Skip to main content

Full text of "Planning for city, state, region, and nation : proceedings of the Joint Conference on Planning"

See other formats


PLANNING  FOR 

CITY,  STATE,  REGION 

AND  NATION 

1936 


AMERICAN   SOCIETY 
OF   PLANNING   OFFICIALS 


From  the  collection  of  the 


•7 

-n   T   m 

Prelinger 

i     a 

v    AJibrary 


San  Francisco,  California 
2006 


PLANNING  FOR 

CITY,  STATE,  REGION 

AND  NATION 


PROCEEDINGS  OP 

THE  JOINT  CONFERENCE 
ON  PLANNING 

MAY  4,  5,  AND  6,  1936,  RICHMOND,  VIRGINIA 


American  City  Planning  Institute 

American  Planning  and  Civic  Association 

American  Society  of  Planning  Officials 


AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  PLANNING  OFFICIALS 

850  EAST  FIFTY- EIGHTH  STREET 
CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 


COMMITTEE  ON  PROGRAM  AND 
PROCEEDINGS 

FLAVEL  SHURTLEFF,  Director  of  the  Conference 
CHAIRMAN 


FOR  THE  AMERICAN  CITY  PLANNING  INSTITUTE 

RUSSELL  VANNEST  BLACK,  President 
HOWARD  K.  MENHINICK,  Executive  Secretary 


FOR  THE  AMERICAN  PLANNING  AND  Civic  ASSOCIATION 

FREDERIC  A.  DELANO,  President 
HARLEAN  JAMES,  Executive  Secretary 


FOR  THE  AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  PLANNING  OFFICIALS 

ALFRED  BETTMAN,  President 
WALTER  H.  BLUCHER,  Executive  Director 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 
INTRODUCTION Alfred  Bettman         1 


THE  CITY 

City  Planning  Extends  Its  Boundaries L.  Deming  Tilton  3 

City  Planning  and  the  Urbanism  Study L.  Segoe  7 

Large-Scale  Housing  and  the  City  Plan  .    .      Russell  VanNest  Black  13 
Effect  of  Certain  Significant  Characteristics  of  City  Housing  Projects 
of  All  Kinds  Upon  City  Planning  Procedure  in  Locating  Such 

Projects Frederick  Bigger  17 

Discussion 22 

Revision  of  Zoning  Ordinances Arthur  C.  Comey  27 

Discussion 31 

The  City  Official  Needs  the  Plan  .    .    .    .   ^   .  ..    .    Clifford  W.  Ham  35 
EXPERIENCE  WITH  CITY  PLANNING  PROGRAMS 

The  Gymnastics  of  Municipal  Planning  Procedure   .    .    .    .    '..  '.  -. ,'.t 

Charles  B.  Bennett  40 

How  City  Planning  Programs  Are  Made S.  R.  DeBoer  44 

Richmond's  Experience  in  City  Planning    ....      G.  M .  Bowers  47 

THE  COUNTY 

AN  APPROACH  TO  COUNTY  PLANNING 

Chairman's  Introduction Marshall  N.  Dana        53 

County  Planning  in  Iowa P.  H.  Elwood       54 

Distinctive  Features  of  Planning  Procedure  in  Clackamas  County, 
Oregon L.  C.  Stoll  and  V.  B.  Stanbery       59 

COUNTY  AGRICULTURAL  ADJUSTMENT  PLANNING     .  Bushrod  W.  Attin       66 

INTER-COUNTY   ORGANIZATION 

The  Georgia  Eastern  Coast  District Henry  T.  Mclntosh        72 

Tennessee  Counties  .  Gerald  Gimre        75 


THE  STATE 

STATE  PLANNING  PROGRESS 

Massachusetts Elisabeth  M.  Herlihy       81 

South  Dakota W.  R.  Ronald       87 

Florida C.  B.  Treadway;  Read  by  Mrs.  M.  M.  Ebert        91 

New  Jersey Charles  P.  Messick       94 

vii 


viii  CONTENTS 

Virginia  PAGE 

Chairman's  Introduction Willard  Day  95 

State  Planning  and  Education  .    .    .    ...    .    .    .   Sidney  B.  Hall  96 

State  Planning  and  Conservation  and  Development 

Wilbur  C.  Hatt  97 

State  Planning  and  Legislative  Planning     .    .    William  R.  Shands  101 

THE  REGION 

REGIONAL  PLANNING 

Incentives  and  Objectives  in  Regional  Planning    .    George  T.  Renner  105 
Political  and  Administrative  Aspects  of  Regional  Planning     .... 

Marshall  E.  Dimock  1 1 1 

Accomplishments  in  Regional  Planning  ....  Charles  W.  Eliot,  2d  116 

THE  NATION 
NATIONAL  PLANNING 

Emerging  Population  Problems Frank  Lorimer  123 

Industrial  Resources Gardiner  C.  Means  126 

Planning  for  Public  Works Fred  E.  Schnepfe  132 

Highlights  of  the  National  Water  Resources  Study  .    .  Abel  Wolman  138 

RESOLUTION  OF  THE  CONFERENCE 146 

ADDRESSES  DELIVERED  AT  THE  BANQUET 

Chairman's  Introduction Morton  L.  Wallerstein  149 

A  Permanent  National  Resources  Board     ....    Maury  Maverick  149 

Chairman's  Introduction 157 

State  Planning George  C.  Peery  157 

Chairman's  Introduction 162 

Planning  and  Progress Frederic  A.  Delano  163 

Citizen  Support  for  Planning    ......   Samuel  P.  Wetherill,  Jr.  164 


Introduction 

By  ALFRED  BETTMAN,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 
President,  American  Society  of  Planning  Officials 

THE  annual  planning  conference  is  now  entered  into  jointly  by  the 
three  organizations  which  resulted  from  the  reorganization  a  year 
or  so  ago  of  the  planning  movement,  namely :  the  American  City  Plan- 
ning Institute,  the  American  Society  of  Planning  Officials  and  the 
American  Planning  and  Civic  Association,  representing  respectively, 
in  a  general  way,  the  professional  group,  the  group  which  is  officially 
connected  with  the  making  or  administration  of  plans,  and  the  group 
which  is  engaged  in  promoting  the  movement  and  creating  popular 
support  for  it. 

I  think  it  may  be  said  that  it  will  not  be  necessary  for  each  of  us  as 
we  speak  to  define  planning,  especially  as  we  have  been  spending  many 
years  unsuccessfully  in  arriving  at  a  definition,  but  in  general  we  mean 
the  sort  of  thing  we  have  done  in  city  planning,  the  designing  of  the 
uses  of  land  for  human  purposes  and  for  the  protection  of  human  wel- 
fare. That  may  be  said  to  have  been  begun  in  the  field  of  the  city 
thirty-five  years  ago.  I  believe  it  grew  out  of  two  streams  of  recognition 
of  the  problem.  Those  who  had  had  some  experience  with  city  adminis- 
tration began  to  realize  the  wastes  of  uncoordinated,  unplanned  effort 
in  the  different  administrative  departments  and  the  different  adminis- 
trative activities  of  the  city. 

I  doubt  whether  at  the  beginning  the  social  objectives  were  con- 
sidered. I  think  this  first  sense  of  the  need  of  coordination  and  adjust- 
ment by  means  of  design-  and  program-making  was  felt  rather  as  an 
economic  than  as  a  social  activity  idea.  But,  at  any  rate,  there  was 
here  and  there  throughout  the  cities  this  sense  of  the  need  of  having 
the  street  and  recreation  activities  and  so  on  programmed  so  as  to  assure 
each  department  getting  itself  under  way  and  keeping  its  end  up. 

The  second  stream,  so  far  as  organizing  the  movement  is  concerned, 
was  that  which  we  call  zoning,  which  was  simply  urban  land-use  classi- 
fication in  the  case  of  privately  owned  land.  It  developed  with  the 
growth  of  the  automobile,  which  involved  the  invasion  of  residential 
districts  by  garages,  and  to  some  extent  also  out  of  special  experiences 
such  as  that  of  New  York's  Fifth  Avenue  with  the  invasion  of  the  tex- 
tile industry  into  that  fine  shopping  street.  These  two  streams  and 
possibly  others  came  together  to  produce  the  city  planning  movement. 

As  we  discussed  and  talked  we  began  to  realize  more  and  more,  in 
the  first  place,  that  zoning  was  not  separated  from  planning,  but  that 
it  was  simply  a  feature  of  it,  a  feature  which  could  not  be  successfully 
met  without  an  equal  amount  of  attention  paid  to  it,  an  equal  amount 
of  effort  put  into  it,  and  with  the  same  thoroughness  as  is  put  into 
all  the  other  features  of  the  lay-out  of  the  city. 

1 


2  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

That  is  one  lesson  we  learned.  Another  lesson  was  that  our  objectives 
were  social,  that  we  were  originating  the  street  system  and  the  recreation 
system  and  the  school  system  and  all  the  rest  of  it  in  order  that  human 
beings  who  live  in  urban  areas  might  live  better  lives;  more  orderly, 
more  convenient,  more  healthful  lives.  So  I  feel  that  gradually  the  city 
planning  movement  became  enriched  by  the  consciousness  of  its  mean- 
ing, its  social  purpose. 

In  the  meantime  there  had  been  going  on,  especially  in  the  colleges, 
and  more  particularly  in  the  agricultural  colleges,  studies  of  the  classi- 
fication of  rural  land.  I  do  not  think  that  either  the  city  planner  knew, 
or  that  the  men  studying  land-use  classification  of  the  rural  districts 
were  conscious  of  the  fact,  that  in  technique  and  in  objective  they  were 
parts  of  the  same  idea.  They  grew  up  separately;  they  have  not  yet 
realized  that  they  are  parts  of  the  same  idea,  and  one  of  the  things 
that  we  should  bring  about  is  this  realization  that  they  are  fundamen- 
tally, in  objective  and  in  method,  the  same,  differing  only  in  the  factors 
which  rural  areas  or  suburban  areas  or  urban  areas  contribute  to  the 
problem. 

There  came  along  the  depression,  and  that  produced  a  consciousness 
of  the  terrific  wastes  of  planlessness  in  the  national  and  state  fields. 
The  National  Planning  Board,  and  its  successor  the  National  Resources 
Committee,  realized  that  the  same  wastes  had  caused  an  enormous 
national  loss,  whether  one  expressed  that  loss  in  terms  of  dollars  and 
cents  or  in  terms  of  social  ills,  and  from  this  realization  grew  the  national 
planning  movement.  It  inspired  and  brought  into  being  the  state  plan- 
ning movement  and  the  great  river  basin  regional  movements,  and 
consequently  this  fundamental  concept  is  now  present  in  more  or  less 
degree  in  each  of  the  geographical  and  political  fields  and  levels. 

The  tremendous  interest  in  national  planning  and  state  planning  by 
virtue  of  the  prestige  which,  of  course,  national  action  always  carries 
with  it,  and  of  the  men  who  have  engaged  in  it,  and  the  novelty  of  it, 
the  somewhat  thrilling  size  and  magnitude  of  it,  and  its  ideals,  has 
tended  rather  to  overshadow  city  planning.  That  is  something  we 
must  counteract  because  no  skill,  no  high  degree  of  thought,  no  degree 
of  thoroughness  in  national,  state  or  interstate  planning  will  provide 
for  the  social  welfare  of  the  American  people  unless  local  planning  be 
kept  alive  and  growing  and  made  effective. 

So  I  think  it  is  somewhat  symbolic  of  a  correct  point  of  view  that 
this  national  conference  begins  with  the  subject  of  city  and  local  plan- 
ning. The  activities  of  the  city  come  home  to  us  and  contribute  to  our 
welfare  from  the  beginning  of  time,  over  every  minute  of  the  twenty- 
four  hours  of  the  day;  the  air  we  breathe  and  the  water  we  drink  in  the 
cities,  the  streets  we  walk  or  drive  upon  going  from  business  to  the 
home  and  from  the  home  to  business.  The  quality  of  our  lives  is  very 
much  affected  by  what  goes  on  in  the  public  activities  of  the  locality. 


CITY  PLANNING  EXTENDS  ITS  BOUNDARIES          3 

So  there  will  be  no  real,  general  health  in  American  life  unless  local 
planning  be  kept  as  alive  and  as  growing  as  in  the  higher  levels  of  the 
planning  field,  not  higher  in  the  sense  of  more  important,  but  higher  in 
a  political  and  geographical  sense. 

Mr.  Pomeroy  was  to  have  read  the  first  paper,  "City  Planning 
Extends  Its  Boundaries,"  but  because  of  illness  is  unable  to  be  here. 
Mr.  L.  Deming  Tilton,  one  of  the  most  active  men  in  the  practice  of  plan- 
ning in  Southern  California,  has  consented  to  speak  on  the  same  subject. 

City  Planning  Extends  Its  Boundaries 

By  L.  DEMING  TILTON,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif., 
Consultant,  California  State  Planning  Board 

1AM  HAPPY  to  be  before  you  this  morning  because  it  gives  me  an 
opportunity  to  call  to  your  minds  that  there  is  a  tremendous  interest 
in  planning  on  the  other  side  of  the  continent.  The  State  of  California 
is  definitely  committed  to  the  system  of  planning  with  some  thirty 
county  planning  commissions,  about  half  of  them  active,  and  about  ten 
of  them  possessing  technical  staffs  and  budgets  to  carry  on  a  regular 
program  of  work,  with  a  good  many  cities  actively  engaged  in  planning 
and  carrying  on  during  the  depression  period  with  about  as  much  vigor 
as  they  did  before.  That  is  the  record  over  there,  and  I  want  to  call  it 
to  your  attention  as  indicating  that  planning  is  still  regarded  as  an 
important  function  of  government  out  on  the  Pacific  Coast. 

There  is  a  general  recognition  today  in  California,  as  elsewhere,  that 
planning  has  moved  into  wider  fields.  The  city  is  seen  as  a  part  of  the 
organism  that  is  known  as  the  State;  it  is  a  definite  area  set  aside  for 
certain  particular  functions.  We  have  an  illustration  of  that  in  Cali- 
fornia— the  importance  of  seeing  our  urban  areas  devoted  to  the  func- 
tions which  they  are  fitted  to  serve — in  the  case  of  a  little  town  called 
Newport  Beach,  which  lies  south  of  Los  Angeles.  It  is  a  recreation 
community  pure  and  simple,  and  exists  for  the  primary  purpose  of 
enabling  people  to  go  down  to  enjoy  Newport  Bay.  Yet  the  city  council 
of  that  city  just  a  few  months  ago  in  a  moment  of  weakness — after 
the  Federal  Government  had  spent  about  a  million  and  a  half  dollars 
to  dredge  their  bay  to  make  it  more  useful  for  recreation  purposes — 
the  city  council  of  that  city,  forgetting  that  the  primary  function  of  the 
city  was  recreation  and  pleasure,  voted  to  grant  permits  for  canneries  on 
the  waterfront,  thereby  introducing  an  element  which  everyone  was 
bound  to  say  would  very  largely  destroy  that  whole  area  for  the  pur- 
pose for  which  nature  ideally  fitted  it.  We  argued  that  Newport  Beach 
should  function  as  a  recreation  community  in  the  interest  of  giving  the 
entire  State  a  balanced  type  of  development — communities  devoted  to 
recreation  here,  communities  devoted  to  industry  there,  and  commu- 
nities devoted  to  commerce  elsewhere.  When  that  point  was  presented 


4  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

to  the  Newport  council  they  said:  "Let's  revise  our  zoning  scheme,  and 
let's  keep  this  community  a  recreation  community  and  do  everything 
we  can  to  enable  it  to  discharge  its  function." 

Now  that  is  merely  a  thought  that  indicates  by  an  actual  example 
how  the  cities  have  to  be  regarded  as  functional  elements  in  the  larger 
region  with  various  kinds  of  roads,  as  Mr.  Bettman  has  indicated,  run- 
ning out  into  the  larger  areas.  There  is  the  water  supply  that  has  to 
be  brought  from  great  distances  into  the  city;  there  are  forest  areas 
that  have  to  be  depended  on  for  the  supply  of  essential  building  mate- 
rials; there  is,  of  course,  the  agricultural  background  which  the  city 
dweller  must  have  some  interest  in  because  that  is  where  his  food  is 
produced.  It  is  that  new  understanding  of  the  relationship  between 
the  urban  communities  and  their  functioning  and  the  larger  region  which 
they  serve  and  upon  which  they  are  dependent  that  gives  this  planning 
movement  at  the  present  time  its  wider  scope. 

The  problems  of  the  cities,  however,  are  still  acute  and  difficult  to 
solve.  The  principal  problem  today  in  cities,  as  we  all  know,  is  that  of 
trying  to  find  some  corrective  for  the  spread  of  blight  and  decay  at  the 
heart,  and  that  is  a  very  difficult  problem,  one  which  challenges  the 
ingenuity  and  thought  of  everyone  engaged  in  this  line  of  work.  Another 
job,  it  seems  to  me,  is  to  indicate  clearly  to  those  who  are  concerned 
with  the  improvement  of  power  distribution  that  there  is  a  special 
function  in  government  today  that  has  to  be  performed  by  someone. 
He  can  be  called  a  planner  or  any  other  title  you  want  to  apply  to  him, 
but  planning  there  must  be,  and  it  is  possible  within  cities  to  show 
easily  what  we  mean  by  planning. 

This  whole  program  in  terms  of  our  own  individual  interests  and  in 
terms  of  our  group  interests  is  vast.  The  problems  are  intriguing,  and 
it  is,  after  all,  a  work  that  has  possibilities  of  giving  us  a  rich  sense  of 
satisfaction  in  the  knowledge  that  what  we  do,  even  though  it  may  be 
just  a  little,  is  for  the  benefit  of  our  fellow  creatures. 


THE  CITY 


CITY  PLANNING  AND  THE  URBANISM  STUDY          7 

City  Planning  and  the  Urbanism  Study 

By  L.  SEGOE,  Cincinnati,  Ohio, 
Director,  Research  Committee  on  Urbanism,  National  Resources  Committee 

WHEN  invited  to  make  a  statement  at  this  Conference  on  the 
subject  "City  Planning  and  the  Urbanism  Study,"  perhaps  I 
should  have  referred  the  program  makers  to  Mr.  Eliot's  paper  at  last 
year's  Conference  in  Cincinnati,  "New  Approaches  to  Urban  Planning," 
which,  although  we  didn't  know  it  at  the  time,  announced  the  intention 
of  the  National  Resources  Committee  to  undertake  the  Urbanism  Study 
and  pointed  out  its  significance  as  a  means  to  a  new  approach  to  urban 
planning.  Having  overlooked  this  opportunity  of  escape,  I  shall  endeavor 
to  present  the  subject  in  closer  perspective. 

City  planning,  or,  more  accurately,  the  planning  of  the  physical 
structure  of  urban  communities  and  regions  (which  is  really  what  we 
mean  by  the  abbreviated  term)  and  the  research  study  of  urbanism  are 
related  to  one  another  in  a  number  of  different  ways.  In  some  respects 
the  relation  may  be  said  to  be  reciprocal:  the  findings  of  the  Urbanism 
Study  being  expected  to  offer  a  more  solid  foundation  for  the  planning 
of  urban  communities  and  regions,  to  supply  over-all  controls  and  general 
directives;  in  turn,  city  planning,  from  the  standpoint  of  the  Urbanism 
Study,  is  one  of  the  tools  for  accomplishing  such  improvements  in  the 
condition  of  urban  life  as  can  be  brought  about  or  fostered  by  the  re- 
shaping of  the  physical  structure  of  urban  communities. 

In  general  terms,  the  objectives  of  the  Urbanism.  Study  are  to  deter- 
mine what  the  role  of  the  urban  community  is  in  national  life;  what  the 
social  and  economic  functions  are  which  can  best  be  performed  in  urban 
communities;  and  what  can  be  done  to  enable  these  communities  better 
to  perform  such  functions  and,  at  the  same  time,  to  remedy  and  combat 
the  evils  and  problems  which  appear  to  be  associated  with  intensive 
urbanization. 

The  urgent  need  for  at  least  a  preliminary  study  of  this  sort  was 
called  to  the  attention  of  the  groups  here  assembled  during  last  year's 
conference  by  Dr.  Merriam.  He  pointed  out  the  difficulties  confronting 
the  governmental  agencies  and  the  planners  of  government  in  formulating 
programs  of  action  affecting  urban  communities  and  in  determining  the 
correct  policies  on  which  to  predicate  such  programs,  without  answers 
to  some  of  the  following  fundamental  questions:  What  kind  of  urban 
community  should  we  desirably  plan  for?  Should  we  encourage  the 
building  of  larger  and  larger  cities  and  the  further  concentration  of 
urbanization  or  should  we  foster  a  wider  dispersion  of  urbanization? 
Should  public  and  private  policies  be  directed  towards  industrial  cen- 
tralization, dispersion,  regional  specialization  or  diversification  and 
balance?  Should  we  try  to  improve  the  lot  of  the  workers  of  congested 
industrial  centers  by  encouraging  them  to  move  to  smaller  communities 


8  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

and  attempt  to  take  their  jobs  with  them,  or  should  we  seek  to  accom- 
plish the  same  ends  by  transforming  our  cities  and  industrial  areas  into 
places  where  these  workers  will  have  a  more  decent  environment  in 
which  to  live? 

Whether  we  should  plan  for  the  rehousing  of  much  of  our  working 
population  in  the  larger  cities  or  in  the  smaller  ones;  whether  we  should 
attempt  to  discourage  further  urbanization  by  new  Federal  policies  in 
respect  to  transportation  and  rates,  the  distribution  of  public  works, 
and  relief,  or  what  form  of  urbanization  we  should  encourage;  whether 
one  kind  or  another  kind  of  city  planning  policies,  land  policies,  transit 
policies,  etc.,  should  be  pursued  by  our  local  governments — all  will  depend 
on  the  primary  question,  what  do  we  have  to  look  forward  to  in  the 
matter  of  further  urbanization  and  what  is  the  direction  we  desire  that 
this  should  take,  to  produce  the  kind  of  urban  communities  best  adapted 
to  the  role  these  are  to  play  in  the  social  and  economic  life  of  the  nation 
and  in  which  we  can  expect  to  find  or  provide  most  of  the  good  things 
and  least  of  the  bad  of  city  life? 

Search  for  the  answers  to  these  questions  opens  up  an  extremely 
broad  and  complex  field  of  inquiry.  We  should  have  to  ascertain  the 
extent  and  nature  of  urbanization  and  its  effects  on  urban  life  as  well  as 
on  our  national  life;  the  forces  that  may  be  presumed  to  cause  it;  the 
probable  future  direction  of  the  movement;  and  the  means  which  may 
be  employed  to  guide  and  control  it. 

1.  What  have  been  the  effects  of  increasing  urbanization  and  its  concentra- 

tion on  various  aspects  of  urban  and  national  life,  and  what 
variation  may  be  found  in  the  consequences  of  urbanization  in 
cities  of  different  sizes  and  types?  In  somewhat  more  detail, 
what  have  been  the  effects? 

(a)  On  population — its  composition,  characteristics,  fertility,  mortality, 
migration. 

(6)  On  the  economic  and  social  conditions  of  the  population. 

(c)  On  the  general  physical  development  of  the  community. 

(d)  On  health,  safety,  security  and  welfare,  on  recreation  and  education. 

(e)  On  transportation  and  other  public  services  and  facilities. 
(/)  On  the  economic,  political,  and  legal  order. 

(0)  On  culture,  arts,  science,  and  religion. 

(h)  On  governmental  administration,  local,  State,  and  Federal. 

2.  What  are  the  forces  and  factors  and  the  public  and  private  policies  foster- 

ing urbanization,  and  what  changes  may  be  expected  in  such 
factors  and  their  influence? 

3.  What  can  we  anticipate  concerning  further  urbanization  and  what  na- 

tional policies  might  be  formulated  so  to  influence  or  control  it 
as  to  mitigate  present  problems,  guard  against  the  creating  of 
new  ones  and  assist  the  cities  in  improving  the  quality  of  urban 
life? 

4.  What  instruments  and  methods  may  be  employed  under  our  political  and 

economic  system  for  controlling  urbanization  and  for  dealing 
with  the  problems  incident  thereto? 


CITY  PLANNING  AND  THE  URBANISM  STUDY         9 

No  definite  answer  can  be  found  probably  to  several  of  these  ques- 
tions but  we  will  have  to  have  some  answers  to  most  of  them  if  we  are  to 
understand  the  process  of  urbanization,  the  forces  that  produce  it  and 
equip  ourselves  to  chart  the  course  of  its  future.  No  one  will  deny  that 
an  attempt  to  find  these  answers  would  be  an  extremely  large  and  com- 
plex undertaking.  "The  growth  of  large  cities  constitutes  perhaps  the 
greatest  of  all  problems  of  modern  civilization,"  said  Mackenzie  towards 
the  end  of  the  last  century,  and  he  could  not  possibly  foresee  what 
has  transpired  since. 

The  present  effort  of  the  Research  Committee  on  Urbanism  cannot 
hope  to  make  an  exhaustive  study  of  such  a  problem  because  of  time 
and  other  limitations.  Such  a  study  would  have  to  be  conducted  over  a 
period  of  years  and  demand  much  more  information  and  data  about 
urban  communities  and  regions  than  are  at  present  available  through 
public  and  private  fact-collecting  agencies.  The  present  Urbanism  Study 
can  only  hope  to  make  an  initial  exploration  of  the  field  on  a  rather 
broad  front  but  with  limited  penetration.  By  necessity  it  is  focused  on 
several  major  phases  of  the  problem  of  urbanization  which  are  pressing 
for  attention  by  reason  of  developments  during  the  last  few  years  and 
the  need  of  determining  some  guiding  policies  arising  therefrom. 

In  their  relationship  to  urban  planning  the  studies  programmed  by 
the  Research  Committee  on  Urbanism  may  be  grouped  in  the  following 
four  categories : 

1.  Those  that  deal  with  some  of  the  most  important  factors  expected  to 

influence  the  future  course  of  urbanization:  population,  the  locational 
trends  of  industry,  transportation  and  rate-making  policies,  power  distri- 
bution, communication,  etc. 

It  is  anticipated  that  these  will  throw  light  on  the  probable  future 
amount,  distribution  and  characteristics  of  the  future  urban  population. 

2.  Those  studies  that  will  compare  the  relative  advantages  and  disadvantages 

of  communities  of  various  sizes  and  types,  also  of  the  urban  and  the 
rural  way  of  living  and  will  strive  to  discover  the  reasons  for  the  presence 
of  certain  problems  in  some  communities  and  for  the  absence  of  like 
problems  in  others. 

These  ought  to  lead  to  some  conclusion  as  to  the  desirable  types  of 
communities,  not  perhaps  in  terms  of  size  but  in  terms  of  the  minimum 
standards  of  social  and  economic  existence  and  of  physical  environment. 

The  uncovering  of  cause  and  effect  relationship  may  furnish  a  new 
set  of  remedies,  and  illuminate  the  social  origins  and  consequences  of 
the  existing  maladjustments  and  deficiencies  in  our  cities. 

3.  Those  studies  that  will  examine,  appraise,  and  endeavor  to  improve  the 

instruments  already  available  for  guiding  and  controlling  the  future 
development  of  the  urban  community,  will  seek  to  discover  and  ex- 
periment with  new  implements  and  methods  of  control,  and  will  aim  to 
strengthen  them  all  by  broadening  the  field  of  conscious  social  planning 
for  shaping  urban  life. 


10  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

City  planning  as  practiced  to  date  is  to  be  examined  to  determine 
how  effective  a  tool  it  has  been  and  how  it  may  be  strengthened  and 
made  more  effective.  Experience  with  planned  communities  and  neigh- 
borhoods is  to  be  reviewed  to  ascertain  their  successes  and  shortcomings 
and  the  applicability  of  this  experience  to  certain  urban  problems. 

The  effects  of  past  and  prevailing  urban  land  policies  and  transit 
policies  are  to  be  traced  to  discover  the  influence  these  had  on  the 
development  of  urban  communities  and  to  what  extent  these  may  be 
held  to  be  responsible  for  some  of  the  maladjustment  existing,  to  see 
what  changes  hi  such  policies  may  be  made  to  remedy  these  and  to 
foster  desirable  future  development  and  redevelopment. 

An  attempt  will  be  made  through  experimental  studies  to  explore 
the  possibilities  of  rationalizing  by  industrial  planning  the  industrial 
structure  of  urban  communities  and  regions,  directed  not  to  produce 
just  growth,  as  heretofore,  but  towards  soundness  of  industrial  develop- 
ment, greater  stability,  and  the  wiser  use  of  natural  and  human  resources. 

An  examination  is  to  be  made  of  recent  trends  in  local  government 
and  the  relationship  of  the  Federal  Government  to  cities,  also  the  part 
that  the  unions  of  cities  (formal  associations,  governmental  and  regional 
associations)  can  play  in  such  relationship.  These  comprise  the  studies 
of  the  governmental  machinery  for  implementing  national  policies  and 
programs  involving  urban  communities. 

4.  The  studies  of  this  category  are  to  turn  to  some  of  the  more  mature  foreign 
countries  with  a  civilization  like  our  own,  to  find  out  what  we  ought 
to  look  forward  to  in  the  light  of  their  experience  as  a  result  of  con- 
tinued urbanization,  what  changes  in  our  political,  social,  cultural,  and 
economic  life,  what  new  problems  and  intensifications  or  lessening  of 
old  ones  we  should  be  prepared  for.  Likewise,  to  find  out  what  instru- 
ments and  methods  were  employed  in  these  countries  for  guiding  and 
controlling  urbanization  and  dealing  with  the  problems  incident  thereto 
and  how  effective  these  had  been  found  to  be,  to  determine  which  of 
these  may  be  suitable  and  adaptable  to  our  problems  under  our  politi- 
cal and  economic  system. 

With  this  summary  of  studies  organized  with  respect  to  their  relation 
to  urban  planning,  and  purposely  severely  condensed,  it  is  now  possible 
to  discuss  in  more  detail  the  relationship  between  City  Planning  and 
the  Urbanism  Study  briefly  stated  at  the  beginning. 

Manifestly,  the  studies  in  the  first  group  will  assist  in  answering 
those  primary  questions  in  the  planning  of  urban  communities  which 
heretofore  we  have  endeavored  to  arrive  at  without  benefit  of  the  over- 
all controls  and  general  directives  to  be  developed  by  these  studies. 
We  had  to  grope  almost  in  the  dark  trying  to  arrive  at  some  reasonably 
acceptable  forecast  of  such  a  basic  question  as  the  population  for  which 
the  plan  of  the  urban  community  or  region  ought  to  be  prepared,  and 
faced  even  greater  difficulties  when  called  upon  to  substantiate  any  such 
forecast  not  meeting  the  most  buoyant  expectations.  Such  over-sanguine 


CITY  PLANNING  AND  THE  URBANISM  STUDY        11 

prognostications  as  used  by  official  and  semi-official  agencies  for  the 
regions  of  New  York,  Chicago,  Philadelphia,  Los  Angeles,  Cleveland, 
Washington,  and  Boston,  which  in  the  aggregate,  it  was  found,  would 
absorb  all  of  the  national  population  increase  and  some  more,  would  not 
have  been  entertained  if  there  had  been  adequate  knowledge  of  the 
national  outlook.  Likewise,  it  should  be  possible  to  gain  the  acceptance 
of  zoning  regulations  more  reasonable  than  those  of  New  York  under 
which,  according  to  recent  studies  of  the  New  York  City  Housing  Au- 
thority, the  area  zoned  residential  would  accommodate  almost  77  million 
people  and  the  business  and  industrial  districts  could  provide  working 
space  for  340  million  people.  Perhaps  we  may  even  succeed  in  making 
an  impression  on  the  subdividers  who  provided  enough  lots  around 
Chicago  estimated  to  be  capable  of  housing  10  million  people  and  on 
Long  Island  to  resettle  the  entire  population  of  the  five  Boroughs  of  New 
York,  and  in  comparably  absurd  proportions  around  Los  Angeles, 
Detroit,  Cleveland,  and  other  cities. 

More  adequate  knowledge  about  the  locational  trends  of  industry 
nationally,  the  probable  effects  of  the  reorganization  of  the  transporta- 
tion system  and  the  wider  availability  of  fluid  power,  should  permit  a 
sounder  appraisal  of  the  probable  future  of  the  community  for  planning 
purposes.  It  would  no  doubt  stimulate  the  examination  of  the  forces 
responsible  for  the  growth  of  the  community,  and  studies  of  the  trends 
in  direction  and  potency  of  these  forces.  This  would  be  another  approach 
to  a  reasonably  sound  prognostication  of  what  the  outlook  is  for  the 
community,  without  which  there  can  be  no  real  planning. 

With  a  reasonably  reliable  indication  of  future  growth  and  with  the 
aid  of  the  studies  of  the  comparative  advantages  and  disadvantages  of 
communities  of  different  sizes  and  of  the  experience  with  planned  com- 
munities and  neighborhoods,  it  should  be  possible  to 'formulate  the  basic 
general  pattern  of  development  appropriate  for  the  specific  urban  com- 
munity or  region,  which  is  to  serve  as  a  framework  for  the  more  detailed 
community  plan.  This  would  indeed  be  a  new  procedure  in  urban  plan- 
ning. Such  a  procedure,  it  seems  to  me,  is  fundamental  to  realize  its  full 
possibilities,  although,  I  admit,  it  would  be  of  no  avail  to  attempt  it 
unless  we  can  develop  stronger  tools  than  heretofore  available  for  carry- 
ing out  such  a  plan. 

The  studies  of  the  third  category  consist  of  the  examination  of  the 
availability  of  several  such  tools  and  the  ways  these  could  be  employed, 
including  city  planning  itself  as  it  had  been  practiced.  Urban  land 
policies,  transit  policies,  the  reorganization  of  the  transportation  terminal 
facilities  are  among  such  tools.  The  extension  of  the  field  of  planning  to 
industry  and  the  securing  of  a  stronger  place  for  planning  in  govern- 
ment at  various  levels  are  additional  avenues  to  be  explored,  for  the 
purpose  of  strengthening  planning  and  making  it  a  more  potent  instru- 
ment for  controlling  the  future  development  of  our  cities. 


13  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Some  additional  exposition  may  be  of  interest  concerning  the  experi- 
mental industrial  planning  studies.  It  is  not  being  proposed  that  city 
planning  extend  its  scope  to  include  this  kind  of  planning,  but  it  should 
not  require  much  argument  to  show  how  important  such  planning  is  as 
a  basis  for  the  city  plan  and  that  it  should  be  undertaken  by  someone. 
It  has  often  occurred  to  me  before,  how  much  consideration  we  have 
given  in  the  preparation  of  city  plans  to  the  configuration  of  the  land  on 
which  the  city  is  located  and  will  continue  to  expand,  on  which  the 
roads,  schools,  recreation  facilities,  etc.,  are  to  be  built,  and  how  little 
to  the  composition,  the  soundness  and  stability  of  the  industrial  struc- 
ture on  which  the  very  existence  of  the  community  and  its  future  depend. 

The  sample  studies  contemplated  are  to  experiment  with  the  pos- 
sibilities of  evolving  a  program  of  selective  future  industrial  development 
directed  towards  attaining  through  better  articulation  of  the  industrial 
structure  such  aims  as:  greater  stability  of  employment,  improved  or- 
ganic relationship  between  manufacturing  industries,  fuller  use  of  ad- 
vantages in  point  of  labor  supply  and  special  aptitudes,  natural  resources, 
markets,  etc.,  and  the  coordination  of  the  manufacturing  industries  with 
other  productive  industries  such  as  agriculture,  forestry,  extraction,  and 
with  service  industries.  Also  to  demonstrate  the  desirability  to  the 
public  and  private  agencies  of  guiding  further  industrial  growth  in  ac- 
cordance with  a  selective  program. 

In  answer  to  those  who  would  raise  objections  to  such  a  program  and 
any  attempt  at  public  control  of  the  sort  involved  here,  I  wish  to  point 
to  free  land,  tax  exemptions,  free  rent,  preferential  utility  rates,  etc., 
that  have  been  used  by  cities  in  the  past  to  compete  for  industries  with- 
out discrimination.  What  is  proposed  here  is  only  that  such  inducements 
be  extended  with  discrimination  in  accordance  with  a  selective  program 
of  development. 

Although  city  planning  accomplished  considerable  good,  taking  into 
account  that  it  is  still  a  very  young  governmental  function,  at  least  a 
few  of  us  felt  for  some  time  that  it  was  deficient  in  two  major  directions : 
outwardly,  because  city  plans  were  framed  by  the  corporate  limits  or  at 
the  most  by  a  border  of  a  few  miles  outside,  thus  floating,  as  it  were,  not 
being  anchored  to  or  integrated  with  their  immediate  environs  or  with 
the  broader  plans  for  large  regions  and  States;  inwardly,  because  city 
planning  stayed  too  close  to  the  surface,  because  its  approach  was  not 
fundamental  enough,  and  because  of  lack  of  adequate  tools  with  which 
to  make  a  more  fundamental  plan  effective. 

The  possibility  of  remedying  the  first  of  these  major  deficiencies — 
integration  with  the  plans  of  region  and  State — appears  now  to  be  in 
sight  with  the  state  and  regional  planning  movement  in  full  swing. 
Assistance  in  a  new  approach  to  urban  planning  and  finding  new  means 
for  making  it  more  effective,  are  hoped  to  emerge  from  the  Urbanism 
Study. 


LARGE-SCALE  HOUSING  AND  THE  CITY  PLAN        13 

Large- Scale  Housing  and  the  City  Plan 

By  RUSSELL  V.\NNEST  BLACK,  New  Hope,  Pa.,  Consultant-Director, 
New  Jersey  State  Planning  Board 

TO  what  extent  has  the  Federal  housing  program  been  handicapped 
by  the  lack  of  adequate  city  plans?  Are  city  plans  essential  to  in- 
telligent large-scale  housing  procedures?  If  city  plans  are  important  to 
housing,  what  special  form  should  they  be  given  best  to  serve  housing 
purposes?  These  are  among  the  questions  that  have  been  especially 
troublesome  to  both  housing  officials  and  city  planners  during  recent 
months,  producing,  to  put  it  mildly,  much  friendly  conflict. 

The  planners  contend  that  neither  location  nor  character  of  housing 
projects  may  be  well  determined  upon  the  basis  of  a  three-day  investi- 
gation by  a  zealous  houser  in  a  strange  land,  no  matter  how  well  he  may 
be  armed  with  real-property  inventories.  Housing  officials  concede  that 
real  city  plans  might  be  useful  if  such  things  existed  but  that,  in  their 
experience,  such  plans  as  they  have  come  across  are  more  likely  to  be 
obstacles  than  aids.  They  add  that  they  have  not  much  time  for  plans 
anyway — their  job  is  building  houses.  The  planners  still  insist  that 
intelligent  housing  cannot  be  done  safely  on  any  considerable  scale 
except  with  the  guidance  of  good  comprehensive  plans.  "All  right," 
says  the  houser,  "produce  them." 

I  stand  with  my  colleagues,  the  planners,  not  in  support  of  all  that 
has  been  done  in  the  name  of  planning  but  in  their  insistence  upon  the 
essential  contribution  planning  has  to  make  toward  solution  of  the 
national  and  local  housing  problem.  To  me,  it  is  obvious  that,  since 
houses  are  a  major  part  of  the  flesh  upon  the  skeleton  of  the  city  plan,  the 
plan  can  have  little  meaning  except  as  it  determines  the  housing  pattern 
and  defines  the  extent  and  character  of  and  the  limitations  upon  essential 
services  to  housing.  If  housing  can  be  advanced  safely  and  effectively 
without  the  guidance  of  comprehensive  city  plans,  then  what  after  all 
is  the  purpose  of  comprehensive  planning? 

There  is  both  direct  and  implied  criticism  from  housing  people  that 
existing  city  plans  and  information  available  at  planning-board  offices 
are  quite  universally  inadequate  to  housing  determinations.  But  this 
criticism  seems  never  to  include  clear  definition  of  what  different  and 
what  more  is  needed. 

There  are,  admittedly,  all  kinds  of  city  plans  and  few  indeed  that 
represent  any  near  approach  to  exhaustion  of  planning  possibilities. 
The  authors,  themselves,  would  be  the  last  to  advance  their  plans  as 
having  reached  the  ultimate  in  either  scope  or  refinement.  Many  city 
plans  are  frankly  only  introductions  to  planning  in  their  respective 
communities.  In  few  cities  has  there  been  either  the  money  or  the 
interest  to  do  the  real  planning  job.  I  venture  that  more  money  has 
been  thrown  into  the  making  of  any  one  of  several  recent  real-property 


14  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

inventories  than  has  been  available  for  city  planning  in  the  whole 
country  during  any  given  year  since  planning  gained  its  new  impetus 
early  in  this  century.  I  think  I  can  assure  the  housing  people  that  their 
disappointment  in  the  character  and  extent  of  existing  city  plans  is 
shared  with  only  slightly  less  poignancy  by  the  planners. 

But  our  purpose  today  is  not  to  bemoan  the  shortcomings  of  past 
planning  performance  but  to  determine  if  we  can  the  degree  to  which 
worthwhile  housing  is  dependent  upon  what  we  call  comprehensive 
planning  and  the  kind  of  city  plans  that  will  be  most  helpful.  Probably 
no  more  pressing  problem  faces  either  the  public  housing  officials  or  the 
city  planners.  I  believe  that  large  concentration  upon  the  job  of  re- 
housing the  lower-income  workers,  in  the  relatively  near  future,  is 
inevitable.  We  may  soon  find  ourselves  in  the  full  tide  of  rebuilding 
many  American  cities.  Added  to  the  pressure  of  social  necessity  for  more 
and  better  housing  is  the  threat  of  chronic  unemployment  likely  to  seek 
at  least  a  fair  measure  of  relief  through  this  form  of  expanded  public 
activity.  I  may  seem  optimistic  in  thinking  that  enforced  public  enter- 
prise will  find  one  of  its  major  releases  in  public  housing,  but  such 
optimism  as  I  have  is  leavened  with  enough  realism  to  caution  that 
whether  or  not  public  housing  reaches  any  large  proportions  during 
your  and  my  working  lives  depends  in  considerable  part  upon  the  quality 
and  soundness  of  the  beginnings.  If  behind  public  housing,  from  the 
start,  there  is  no  breadth  of  vision,  if  public  housing  accepts  perpetuation 
of  the  old  social  and  economic  evils  of  the  present  outmoded  form  of 
American  city  structure,  then  public  housing  carries  within  itself  the 
seeds  of  its  own  destruction  and  promises  too  little  of  permanent  good 
to  be  worth  serious  effort.  Really  constructive  housing  offers  an  engaging 
challenge  to  housing  experts,  to  planners,  to  planning  boards,  and  to  the 
entire  citizenry  of  these  United  States.  Good  planning  and  good  plans 
are  essential  safeguards  of  both  the  form  and  direction  of  public  housing. 

I  do  not  wish  to  bore  you  with  the  technical  details  of  the  kind  of 
city-plan  background  that  many  of  us  believe  to  be  necessary  to  the 
proper  selection  of  housing  sites  and  to  determination  of  the  kind  of 
housing  that  may  be  placed  appropriately  in  any  given  locality,  but  a 
few  rather  specific  suggestions  may  not  be  out  of  place. 

First  of  all,  I  am  rather  convinced  that  a  city  plan  which  fails  to 
serve  such  housing  purposes  as  those  of  guidance  in  selection  of  sites, 
indication  of  the  type  of  houses  most  appropriate  to  the  site  or  sites 
selected,  and  direction  as  to  appropriate  street  pattern,  fails  likewise 
and  perhaps  in  equal  degree  to  serve  the  various  other  purposes  for 
which  that  plan  is  intended.  In  other  words,  any  really  good  compre- 
hensive city  plan  should  be  as  effective  in  guiding  these  particular  hous- 
ing determinations  as  it  is  in  directing  street  extensions  and  improve- 
ments, the  routing  of  traffic,  expansion  of  the  park  and  playground 
system,  and  location  of  the  new  city  hall. 


LARGE-SCALE  HOUSING  AND  THE  CITY  PLAN        15 

For  housing  purposes,  however,  it  may  be  that  somewhat  more  than 
usual  emphasis  should  be  placed  upon  existing  and  future  use-of-land 
studies.  Existing  use-of-land  information  should  include:  mapped  indi- 
cation of  land  and  building  uses  and  land  coverage;  approximate  popu- 
lation density  by  blocks  or  by  census  tracts;  and,  possibly,  a  real- 
property  inventory.  For  all  general  purposes,  existing  land  and  building 
uses  and  existing  land  coverage  can  be  observed  or  shown  most  simply 
and  quite  adequately  on  a  good  large-scale  air  map.  Existing  population 
density  usually  can  be  determined  with  sufficient  accuracy  for  general 
planning  and  programming  purposes  from  information  supplied  by  the 
most  recent  census  count  and  by  the  existing  use-of-land  map.  The  real- 
property  inventory  serves  multiple  purposes  but,  so  far  as  city-wide 
application  is  concerned,  is  most  valuable  in  determining  the  extent  of 
deficiencies  in  the  various  dwelling  types  and  in  establishing  a  scheduled 
construction  program  to  correct  these  deficiencies.  It  is  probable  that, 
in  most  instances,  the  detailed  real-property  survey  can  be  limited  to 
otherwise  determined  specific  problem  areas,  leaving  quantities  of  and 
vacancies  in  the  several  dwelling  unit  types  to  be  got  from  other 
usually  available  public  records  or  by  special  vacancy  surveys. 

Existing-condition  surveys  as  outlined  above  are,  of  course,  merely 
a  matter  of  money,  men,  and  mechanics.  The  real  and  the  difficult  job 
lies  in  the  prediction  and  establishment  of  future  land-uses,  to  be  based 
upon  visible  needs,  suitability,  adaptability,  and  probable  future  de- 
mands. The  future  land-use  study  must  extend  beyond  the  confines  of 
a  city  to  visualize  so  far  as  may  be  possible  that  city's  place  in  the  future 
regional  and  national  pattern.  There  should  evolve  a  reasonably  well- 
founded  guess  as  to  the  qualitative  and  quantitative  future  of  the  city 
under  study.  This  guess  must  represent  a  fine  balance  between  what 
it  appears  the  city  should  be  and  what  perhaps  irresistible  forces  are 
likely  to  make  of  it.  Within  such  a  guess  of  quantitative  and  qualitative 
probability,  the  next  step  is  to  allocate  most  logical  and  most  desirable 
functions  to  the  various  portions  of  the  city.  This  is  to  be  done  in  ac- 
cordance with  a  proper  coordination  of  interrelated  functions,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  relative  adaptability  of  the  several  land  areas;  and  in 
accordance  with  existing  and  still  feasible  service  facilities. 

The  future  use-of-land  plan,  not  only  for  housing  but  for  all  planning 
purposes,  should  go  far  beyond  the  usual  present-day  zoning  ordinance 
and  plan  which  is  essentially  negative  in  its  determinations.  To  be  fully 
effective,  the  future  use-of-land  plan  should  be  legally  established  and, 
at  least  with  respect  to  residential  neighborhood  units,  should  be  fixed 
and  virtually  unchangeable.  Such  a  fixed  land-use  and  population- 
density  plan  is,  of  course,  a  far  cry  from  now  established  zoning  pro- 
cedures. It  would  require  much  more  thorough  and  competent  basic 
studies  and  plans  than  have  been  employed  in  perhaps  ninety-nine  out 
of  a  hundred  existing  zoning  ordinances.  It  may  be  that  neither  the 


16  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

courts  nor  the  planners  are  now  prepared  to  take  safely  this  long  step 
in  planning.  Observing  the  weaknesses  of  much  of  zoning  in  its  present 
embryonic  stage,  I  hesitate  to  suggest  rapid  advance  into  a  more  positive 
application  of  the  zoning  principle  however  seemingly  desirable.  I  offer 
this  suggestion,  therefore,  not  so  much  as  a  recommendation  for  im- 
mediate and  universal  action  as  an  idea  important  to  real  city  planning 
— as  an  idea  worthy  at  least  of  much  serious  experimentation. 

Regardless  of  whether  or  not  the  future  use-of-land  plan  can  be 
legally  established,  it  remains  an  essential  foundation  for  the  general 
city  plan  and  for  the  housing  plan  and  program.  The  future  use-of-land 
plan  both  determines  and  is  determined  by  the  structural  form  of  a  city 
as  shaped  by  transportation  arteries,  underground  utilities,  parks  and 
other  public  properties,  and  natural  features  such  as  mountains  and 
rivers.  The  structural  form  of  the  city  as  represented  by  the  above 
public  facilities  can  be  fixed  by  law.  God  is  not  likely  to  change  His 
mind  very  much  about  most  mountains  and  rivers.  Private  building 
enterprise  and  the  use  of  land  can  be  controlled  in  some  degree  through 
zoning.  Much  of  guidance  can  be  exercised  through  land  subdivision 
control.  Public  housing  enterprise  certainly  can  be  established  quite  in 
conformity  with  the  land-use  plan.  There  is  no  real  reason,  therefore, 
for  shying  from  such  basic  planning  while  waiting  for  the  time  of  crystal- 
lizing the  long-period  use  of  land  through  direct  legislation.  The  in- 
tegrity of  the  land-use  plan  can  be  preserved  in  considerable  degree 
through  the  proper  employment  of  already  available  machinery. 

It  may  be  argued  that  housing  deficiencies  are  so  obvious  in  nine 
cities  out  of  ten  that  no  shot  aimed  in  the  general  direction  of  these 
deficiencies  is  likely  to  miss.  I  have  tried  that  kind  of  shooting  at  bunches 
of  quail  and  usually  have  had  better  results  from  more  selective  aim. 
It  is  possible,  of  course,  in  most  cities  to  find  here  and  there,  without 
much  study,  a  few  blocks  of  vacant  or  otherwise  available  land,  in  an 
obviously  residential  district,  where  chances  of  subsequent  interference 
with  other  major  improvements  is  comparatively  slight.  By  sponging 
upon  existing  park,  school,  and  other  community  facilities  in  the  general 
neighborhood  it  may  be  contrived  to  build  upon  one  of  these  sites  a  few 
hundred  dwelling  units,  irrespective  of  existing  and  traditional  housing 
densities  and  dwelling  types,  without  seriously  disrupting  the  prevailing 
conditions  and  the  future  prospects  of  the  community  concerned.  If 
this  were  the  beginning  and  the  end  of  new  housing  or  rehousing  in  a 
given  city,  perhaps  something  might  be  said  for  such  a  hit-or-miss  pro- 
cedure. But  even  so,  basic  to  planning  philosophy  is  the  idea  that  first 
things  should  come  first.  I  venture  that,  from  point  of  view  of  long- 
time serviceability  and  of  safety  to  itself,  the  superficially  selected  site 
will  seldom  coincide  with  the  site  selected  upon  the  basis  of  compre- 
hensive planning  studies. 

The  public  housing  job,  however,  is  not  going  to  end  with  the  build- 


CHARACTERISTICS  OF  CITY  HOUSING  PROJECTS     17 

ing  of  a  few  hundred  or  a  few  thousand  dwellings  in  a  few  scattered 
cities.  Those  who  should  know  say  that  we  need  in  this  country  between 
eight  and  ten  million  new  or  modernized  low-cost  houses.  Sooner  or 
later  we  are  going  to  build  these  houses  if  not  upon  the  persuasion  of 
our  social  conscience,  then  in  the  interest  of  our  economic  salvation. 
Large  portions  of  many  properly  situated  cities  will  be  rebuilt.  This 
rebuilding  cannot  and  should  not  take  place,  block  by  block,  but  by 
whole  neighborhoods  and  upon  completely  modernized  street  plans. 
To  perpetuate  the  old  street  patterns,  with  their  disrupting  qualities, 
their  inefficiencies,  and  their  disregard  for  amenities,  would  defeat  those 
corollary  purposes  of  new  housing — quiet  and  assured  residential  neigh- 
borhoods, adequate  public  services  at  reasonable  cost,  and  effective 
coordination  of  community  functions.  This  does  not  mean  that  the 
whole  rehousing  job  has  to  be  done  at  one  time  but  that  it  should  be 
conceived  as  one  operation  and  that  each  step  should  be  taken  in  ac- 
cordance with  a  preconceived  objective. 

May  I  repeat — if  the  comprehensive  city  plan  is  of  any  value  and  at 
all  worth  making,  it  has  a  vital  part  to  play  in  the  broad  and  adequate 
approach  to  housing,  and  further,  if  a  comprehensive  city  plan  is  really 
good  enough  to  serve  the  other  purposes  for  which  it  is  intended,  it  is 
quite  likely  to  serve  equally  well  the  needs  of  the  housing  official. 


Effect  of  Certain  Significant  Characteristics  of 
City  Housing  Projects  of  All  Kinds  Upon  City 
Planning  Procedure  in  Locating  Such  Projects 

By  FREDERICK  BIGGER,  Architect  and  Town  Planner,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

IT  has  been  impossible  for  Mr.  Black  and  me  to  attack  our  subject 
cooperatively  as  it  was  suggested  we  do.  My  approach  to  it  is,  there- 
fore, an  individual  one;  and  I  venture  to  revise  the  title  so  I  may  justify 
a  special,  if  only  partial,  approach. 

It  is  axiomatic  that  housing  projects  in  cities  (the  only  location  this 
paper  allows  to  be  discussed)  necessarily  constitute  elements  of  the  city 
plan.  They  may  be  alike  in  that  the  definitive  characteristic  is  that  each 
project  is  "a  group  of  dwellings."  But  beyond  that,  it  is  my  impression 
that,  between  housing  projects,  there  are  significant  differences  which 
of  themselves  raise  questions  of  some  importance  to  the  planner. 

Perhaps  we  should  not  attempt  any  too  exhaustive  classification  of 
housing  projects;  but  I  may  be  forgiven  for  observing  that  we  as  stu- 
dents, and  the  general  public  as  the  bewildered  victim,  do  not  have  any 
very  specific  and  accepted  picture  in  our  minds  when  we  use  the  mere 
phrase  "housing  project."  Therefore,  some  classification  and  definition 
is  necessary  for  the  purpose  of  this  discussion.  Two  major  classifications 


18  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

are  in  order.  That  which  concerns  only  physical  characteristics  is  a  more 
obvious  one,  and  may  be  laid  aside  until  we  examine  the  other.  That 
classification  has  to  do  with  ownership,  and  its  social  and  pecuniary 
objectives. 

Category  No.  1.  I  would  limit  this  to  a  housing  project  which  is 
designed  and  built  as  one  thing  but  is  destined  to  be  sold  off,  dwelling  by 
dwelling,  to  future  individual  owners.  To  design  this  sort  of  housing 
project  is  to  design  something  as  an  entity  which  will  not  remain  an 
entity  afterward.  By  this  I  mean  that  the  individually  owned  small 
properties,  into  which  the  project  will  have  been  converted,  are  hardly 
likely  collectively  to  retain  intact  the  wholesome  characteristics  of  the 
original  unified  design.  Each  of  the  individual  owners  will  be  subject 
to  the  vicissitudes  and  hazards  of  small  property  ownership,  to  which 
in  the  past  our  communities  have  been  altogether  too  oblivious.  Changes 
in  the  family  financial  status,  or  sale  of  a  property  to  another  family 
with  a  different  point  of  view  or  different  mode  of  living — these  and 
other  unpredictable  conditions  will  tend  to  break  down  the  original  lay- 
out and  character  of  the  planned  project.  Therefore,  from  the  point  of 
view  of  the  general  public  and  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  public 
officials,  the  kind  of  project  here  discussed  may  be  nice  to  think  of  in 
the  beginning,  but  is  not  an  unqualified  blessing  for  the  urban  com- 
munity if  the  hazards  of  the  future  are  considered.  It  cannot  be  em- 
phasized too  strongly  that  these  hazards  are  real  and  serious;  and,  if 
time  permits  today,  there  should  be  discussion  of  this  aspect  of  urban 
adjustment. 

Category  No.  2.  Here  may  be  included  a  housing  project  designed  as 
an  entity,  but  destined  to  be  rented  to  many  individual  families,  at  the 
generally  prevailing  rates.  This  is  a  commercial  venture,  in  which  one 
or  the  other  of  two  alternatives  must  be  noted :  (a)  either  continuity  of 
ownership  is  implied,  with  the  housing  project  representing  a  long-term- 
high-class  investment;  or  (6)  the  ownership  may  shift  from  time  to  time, 
possibly  quite  frequently,  with  either  gain  or  loss  to  the  seller,  in  which 
case  the  method  of  handling  the  project  makes  it  a  venture  of  speculation. 

In  the  case  of  the  housing  project  which  is  an  investment,  the  problem 
of  the  designer  is  to  make  a  design  for  living,  the  conveniences  and  amen- 
ities for  the  occupants  of  the  dwellings  being  a  major  consideration  in 
order  to  prevent  vacancies  and  to  preserve  tenant  satisfaction  and 
stability  of  income.  In  the  case  of  the  venture  which  is  speculative, 
although  the  designer  may  have  had  comfort  and  amenity  as  one  of  his 
objectives,  the  actual  manipulations  of  ownership  have  converted  the 
project  into  something  in  which  the  housing  is  a  mere  commercial  com- 
modity, and  the  comfort  and  well-being  of  the  occupants  of  the  dwellings 
will  in  varying  degree  have  less  consideration  than  the  primary  pe- 
cuniary one. 

Category  No.  3.   In  this  group  may  be  included  all  housing  projects 


CHARACTERISTICS  OF  CITY  HOUSING  PROJECTS     19 

which  might  be  carried  out  by  a  limited-dividend  housing  corporation 
or  by  a  housing  authority,  wherein  rentable  dwellings  are  produced, 
calculated  to  serve  people  of  modest  or  low  income,  and  under  a  policy 
of  limitation  of  rent  and  return  on  the  invested  capital.  In  this  case 
there  is  a  social  objective,  the  promise  of  which  is  implied  by  the  very 
undertaking  itself;  and  the  designer  will  provide  all  the  comforts  and 
conveniences  that  he  can  reasonably  furnish  with  the  money  which  is 
to  be  expended,  and  with  a  careful  calculation  of  the  probable  rental 
that  can  be  secured  from  modest-income  and  low-income  families.  The 
difference  between  this  limited  return  on  the  invested  capital,  and  the 
return  upon  ordinary  commercially  invested  capital,  represents  the 
premium  that  is  paid  to  achieve  the  social  objective.  This  type  of  housing 
project,  in  theory  at  least,  and,  of  course,  if  well  designed,  is  a  permanent 
asset  as  a  part  of  the  city  pattern.  However,  it  might  very  well  be  that 
such  a  project  would  be  but  one  attractive  oasis  set  down  in  the  midst 
of  other  housing  which  is  completely  subject  to  commercial  manipulation. 
In  that  event  there  would  undoubtedly  be  a  constant  tendency  for  the 
desirable  housing  project  to  break  down  and  become  less  desirable  be- 
cause of  the  conditions  existing  in  the  surrounding  neighborhoods. 
This  immediately  suggests  to  the  planner  that,  if  at  all  possible,  the 
future  safety  of  a  good  project  of  this  kind  conceivably  might  be  safe- 
guarded if  the  project  itself  were  completely  surrounded  by  park  areas 
which  would  effectively  separate  the  project  from  the  less  desirable 
surrounding  neighborhoods. 

Category  No.  4-  In  this  group  we  must  include  all  projects  which  are 
similar  to  that  described  above  under  Category  No.  3,  but  different 
only  in  that  the  ownership  is  different,  i.e.,  the  ownership  in  this  case 
vested  in  the  occupants  of  the  houses,  each  renter  being  also  a  part 
owner  of  the  entire  project.  This  is  the  same  idea  that  we  know  as  the 
traditional  English  "co-partnership  housing,"  and  it  is  not  essentially 
different  in  its  principle  of  ownership  from  that  applied  in  the  familiar 
"cooperative  apartment  buildings."  I  reaffirm  the  warning  to  provide 
protection  against  the  malign  influences  of  blighted  districts  and  un- 
desirable housing  which  surround  a  well-designed  housing  project. 

These  four  classifications,  when  reviewed,  drive  home  to  us  the  im- 
portance, to  the  planner,  of  knowing  (a)  whether  a  housing  project  is  to 
be  split  up  for  ultimate  sale  to  individuals;  (6)  whether  it  is  to  be  utilized 
as  a  manipulated  profit-and-loss  commodity  only,  regardless  of  a  para- 
mount interest  of  the  occupants  of  the  dwellings;  (c)  whether  there  is  a 
social  objective  contemplated,  and  in  a  measure  secured  by  an  effective 
limitation  of  income  and  of  rent  levels;  and  (d)  whether  or  not  the 
occupants  of  the  dwellings  are  themselves  the  owners  of  the  group  of 
dwellings.  The  importance  I  assign  personally  to  this  matter  may  not 
have  your  concurrence;  but  I  maintain  that  the  issue  is  a  vital  one, 
even  if  we  look  at  the  entire  matter  without  any  bias  favoring  housing 


20  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

projects  based  on  social  objectives  as  contrasted  with  housing  projects 
based  on  pecuniary  objectives. 

The  Joker  About  Ownership.  If  there  were  such  a  thing  as  a  "realist," 
I  think  he  would  say  something  like  this  about  ownership.  He  would 
admit  that  the  possession  of  a  title  deed,  and  the  complete  freedom  of 
the  property  from  any  lien  or  mortgage,  could  be  called  real  ownership, 
since  it  involves  complete  control  or  opportunity  to  control  on  the  part 
of  the  owner.  On  the  other  hand,  if  one  holds  a  title  deed  to  his  property, 
but  continues  to  be  obligated  to  pay  considerable  sums  to  some  money- 
lending  institution  on  a  mortgage  or  a  note  of  any  kind  related  to  the 
property  in  question,  then  certainly  ownership  is  only  partially  vested 
in  the  so-called  owner  who  holds  the  title  deed.  He  is  not  free  to  control; 
he  may  not  be  able  to  meet  the  financial  obligations  upon  his  dwelling; 
he  may  very  well  have  to  give  it  up  and  turn  the  property  over  to  some- 
one else  who  can  pay  to  the  money-lending  institution  the  moneys  that 
are  due.  In  hundreds  of  thousands  of  instances  of  presumed  ownership 
the  ultimately  effective  and,  therefore,  the  "real"  owner  is  the  holder 
of  the  mortgage.  As  I  am  not  settling  the  affairs  of  the  world,  I  pass 
on  after  posing  the  question:  When  is  an  owner  not  an  owner? 

Relationship  of  Owner  s  Objective  to  the  Problem.  Obviously  those  who 
hold  an  equity  in  property,  those  who  hold  a  financial  interest  in  it,  are 
owners.  If  these  owners  are  not  identical  with  the  occupant  families  in 
the  project,  then  we  have  divergent  forces.  The  needs  of  the  occupants 
for  more  space  and  better  living  pull  in  one  direction,  while  the  demand 
for  return  on  investment,  or  profit  from  speculation,  pulls  in  the  op- 
posite direction. 

There  are  those  who  would  abandon  the  profit  motive  (if  they  could) ; 
there  are  those  who  would  apply  to  it  checks  and  balances;  there  are 
those  who  would  have  nothing  but  more  and  dizzier  profits.  Present- 
day  planners  in  America  know  that  the  issue  will  be  settled,  if  it  ever  is, 
almost  without  their  assistance,  even  though  they  might  contribute 
much  to  the  stable  evolution  of  an  ultimate  policy. 

Why  so  relatively  great  a  proportion  of  my  presentation  is  devoted 
to  this  issue  will  be  somewhat  clearer  if  I  give  an  example.  The  planner 
necessarily  is  controlled  by  the  over-all  financial  consideration  arising 
out  of  the  cost  of  his  land,  the  cost  of  revamping  or  building  new  public 
utilities,  the  cost  of  dwellings,  the  cost  of  attractive  landscaping,  etc., 
in  addition  to  the  basic  item  of  cost  of  financing  of  the  project.  If  he 
thinks  carefully,  he  knows  that  he  may  have  to  provide  funds  for,  and 
to  design  and  construct,  for  example,  sewers  or  a  public  school,  because 
the  city  itself  has  not  yet  provided  them  to  serve  the  part  of  the  town 
in  which  he  is  proposing  to  locate  his  project.  The  designer  realizes  that 
the  city  with  which  he  is  dealing  has  not  completely  developed  its  entire 
utility  system  and  school  system  for  the  service  of  a  comprehensively 
designed  distribution  of  dwellings,  commercial  buildings,  and  industrial 


CHARACTERISTICS  OF  CITY  HOUSING  PROJECTS     21 

areas.  If  a  purely  pecuniary  objective  controls  the  designer,  he  will 
locate  his  housing  project  so  that  it  can  be  subsidized  by  the  existing 
community  through  an  earlier  provision  of  utilities  and  schools,  even 
though  some  other  location  involving  new  construction  of  some  of  these 
facilities  is  a  better  one  from  the  standpoint  of  the  community's  social 
and  financial  interest,  i.e.,  better  from  the  standpoint  of  the  city  plan. 

Projects  as  Assets  and  as  Liabilities.  We  have  seen  that  of  the  four 
categories  of  housing  projects  listed  in  the  beginning,  Number  1  (that 
which  becomes  a  multitude  of  separate  ownerships  later)  and  Number 
2-b  (commodity  housing  on  a  speculative  basis)  might  very  well  be  said 
to  promise  no  permanence  and  no  stable  contribution  to  the  community. 
Those  types  might  be  thought  of  as  leeches  whose  nourishment  is 
filched  from  the  social  and  economic  life-blood  of  the  more  stable  parts 
of  the  community.  That  would  be  a  fair  assumption,  in  the  case  of  one 
because  individual  owners  have  no  ability  to  cope  with  the  disintegrat- 
ing forces  which  surround  them;  and  the  other  speculative  one  because 
its  basic  intention  is  to  get  the  most  out  of  the  community,  with  the 
least  possible  contribution  by  itself.  On  the  other  hand,  long-term  in- 
vestment housing,  co-partnership  housing,  and  limited-dividend-and- 
rental  housing  all  share  the  need  for  certain  stability  and  continuity  of 
existence  within  the  urban  pattern.  So  we  have  every  right  to  expect 
the  community  planner  (city  planner  or  town  planner  or  regional 
planner)  to  look  askance  upon  the  two  kinds  of  housing  and  with  favor 
upon  the  others.  That  he  must  have  an  opinion  is  axiomatic,  if  he  is  to 
assist  in  the  determination  of  the  relationships  of  dwellings  to  open 
spaces,  and  of  both  to  streets  and  other  buildings,  which  relationships 
he  must  deal  with  as  a  planner. 

Two  More  Points.  There  remain  but  two  points  that  seem  necessary 
to  include  in  this  presentation.  One  has  to  do  with  another  kind  of 
classification  of  housing  projects,  namely,  that  which  concerns  the 
actual  physical  arrangement  in  relation  to  the  needs  of  the  particular 
people  who  are  to  occupy  the  project.  The  other  has  to  do  with  the 
procedure  and  technique  of  the  town  planner  himself. 

Physical  Characteristics  of  Housing  Projects.  It  has  seemed  to  me 
that  the  discussion  of  what  a  housing  project  should  be  is  one  which 
has  been  and  continues  to  be  of  prime  importance  to  the  people  of  this 
country.  It  is  of  paramount  importance  to  those  who  take  part  in  such 
a  meeting  as  this.  And  it  happens,  fortunately,  that  many  of  those 
here  present,  and  many  other  competent  persons,  are  engaged  upon 
those  problems  at  this  time  under  the  leadership  of  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment. I  do  not  consider  it  my  function  to  describe  either  the  physical 
characteristics  of  what  ought  to  be  done,  or  the  multitude  of  cases  that 
could  be  imagined.  I  do  assert  that  a  generous  amount  of  open  space, 
generously  distributed,  is  a  basic  element  in  planning  a  housing  project 
if  that  project  is  to  be  a  socially  desirable  one,  and  if  the  financial  values 


22  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

in  the  project  are  to  be  stable  and  reasonably  permanent.  That  is  why, 
previously,  the  preference  was  expressed  for  those  types  of  housing 
project  which,  judged  by  the  type  of  ownership  and  the  objectives  of 
the  owner,  promise  more  stability. 

More  Obvious  Angle  of  Approach  Ignored  Here.  Again,  it  has  seemed 
to  me  that  the  title  of  the  subject  which  I  am  supposed  to  be  discussing 
offered  an  opportunity  to  enter  at  considerable  length  into  a  discussion 
of  the  calculation  of  land  values;  the  appraisal  of  the  shifting  aspects  of 
population  and  the  shifting  of  values  from  one  locality  to  another;  the 
character  and  adequacy  of  utilities  and  services  of  one  kind  and  another; 
and,  in  general,  the  entire  technique  of  preliminary  analysis  of  existing 
conditions  and  synthetic  formulation  of  new  and  better  relationships 
which  we  refer  to  as  planning.  A  discussion  along  these  lines  may  be 
appropriate,  it  may  be  offered  at  any  tune,  it  is  probably  a  perpetual 
one.  I  offer  no  apology  for  ignoring  such  discussion  as  of  less  funda- 
mental significance  than  the  points  to  which  greatest  attention  is  given 
in  the  paper  now  happily  drawing  to  a  close. 

DISCUSSION 

MR.  JOHN  IHLDER,  Washington,  D.  C.:  Last  week  in  New  York 
I  was  informed  that  I  was  causing  some  gratification  as  being  at  least 
one  housing  worker  who  seemed  to  be  optimistic,  not  so  much  because 
of  certain  definite  things  that  are  taking  place,  but  because  of  the  very 
rapid  and  widespread  increase  of  interest  in  the  subject  of  housing, 
and  the  realization  that  it  is  an  integral  part  of  a  number  of  other  subjects. 

In  this  planning  group  we  have,  during  the  past  few  years,  had  a 
very  progressive  increase  in  the  realization  that  housing  is  intimately 
connected  with  effective  city  planning,  but  there  is  a  danger  that  the 
planner  approaching  it  from  a  physical  point  of  view,  seeing  things  in 
a  definite  form,  will  go  into  too  great  detail  or  be  too  rigid  in  the  appli- 
cation of  his  solution. 

Mr.  Segoe  said  a  number  of  things  that  require  a  good  deal  of  study 
and  a  good  deal  of  consultation  before  we  can  get  anywhere  definitely 
with  them,  but,  as  you  know,  there  was  once  a  poet  named  Browning 
who  penned  the  lines:  "Unless  our  reach  exceeds  our  grasp  what  is  a 
heaven  for?"  We  are  trying  to  make  something  analogous  to  heaven 
here  on  earth,  and  our  reach  is  exceeding  our  grasp  at  the  present  time. 
For  example,  Mr.  Segoe  blithely  proposes  we  shall  go  into  the  matter 
of  industrial  relations,  and  even  that  of  taking  over  the  old  discredited 
Chamber  of  Commerce  practice  of  granting  free  sites,  only  doing  it 
democratically  and,  of  course,  with  intelligence  rather  than  in  the  un- 
intelligent way  that  local  Chambers  of  Commerce  used  to  do.  Now  it 
may  be  that  this  sublimated  method  may  be  effective  where  other 
methods  appear  discredited  or  futile. 


CHARACTERISTICS  OF  CITY  HOUSING  PROJECTS     23 

Mr.  Black  proposes  that  city  planning,  in  order  to  be  effective,  must 
take  account  of  the  kind  of  housing  development  that  there  should  be 
in  each  part  of  the  community.  Every  housing  worker  certainly  would 
agree  with  that.  For  a  good  many  years  we  have  been  advocating 
exactly  that.  Only  remember  that  when  one  goes  into  details  of  that 
kind,  if  he  is  too  rigid,  if  he  says  you  "must" — and,  as  I  understand  it, 
Mr.  Black  is  inclined  to  say  "must" — instead  of  saying  "Thou  shalt 
not,"  he  may  impose  handicaps  which  will  interfere  considerably  with 
the  development  of  the  proper  housing  in  that  area  of  the  city.  There 
must  be  flexibility. 

If  the  city  planner,  for  instance,  is  going  to  decide  exactly  how  wide 
every  lot  must  be  before  approval  is  given  to  a  housing  development, 
he  may  impose  just  that  additional  handicap  that  prevents  the  develop- 
ment from  being  made. 

Mr.  Bigger  gave  you  an  indication  of  the  various  kinds  of  complica- 
tions that  the  housing  worker  must  face.  I  don't  suppose  that  the 
city  planner  can  possibly  become  technically  informed  on  every 
question  involved  in  the  different  kinds  of  housing  financing,  but 
he  should  have  general  information  that  will  make  him  receptive  to 
counter-suggestions  from  the  housing  worker  when  he  makes  his  city 
plan  in  detail. 

MR.  HERBERT  S.  SWAN,  Montclair,  N.  J. :  I  have  been  particularly 
interested  in  the  paper  read  by  Mr.  Segoe  because  it  recognizes  that 
stability  of  industry  is  essential  to  proper  city  growth.  Throughout  the 
depression  there  has  been  a  process  going  on  of  shutting  down  the  high- 
cost  plant  and  concentrating  more  in  the  low-cost  centers.  The  situation 
today  is  practically  this,  that  many  of  our  smaller  communities  are,  on 
the  basis  of  the  present  industrial  situation,  from  25  to  50  per  cent  over- 
populated.  What  are  we  going  to  do  with  these  cities?  Are  we  going  to 
liquidate  this  surplus  population  or  are  we  going  to  find  work  for  the 
people  to  do?  If  we  are  going  to  find  work  for  these  people  we  have  got 
to  analyze  the  economic  basis  of  existence  of  our  community,  and  it  is 
not  sufficient  that  we  draw  plans. 

We  have  ignored  almost  completely  during  the  twenty  years  of  this 
conference  the  importance  of  such  things  as  raw  materials  and  markets 
and  the  freight  rate  structure.  Take  such  things  as  transit  freight  rates 
extended  by  the  railroads.  They  are  designed  to  equalize  economic  dis- 
advantages between  the  communities  midway  between  the  producing 
centers  and  the  consuming  centers.  They  have  had  a  tremendous  effect 
on  the  concentration  of  building  industries  in  many  places.  Such  places 
as  Kansas  City  and  Minneapolis  undoubtedly  owe  their  industrial 
development  in  flour  milling  to  this  factor;  such  a  community  as  Buffalo 
has  its  location  at  the  foot  of  the  Great  Lakes  to  thank  for  the  tre- 
mendous advantage  that  has  come  to  it.  One  of  the  most  important 


24  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

factors  in  the  centralization  of  the  automobile  industry  around  Detroit 
is  the  differential  between  set-up  and  knocked-down  freight  rates. 

MR.  JOHN  NOLEN,  Cambridge,  Mass.:  I  am  certainly  vitally  inter- 
ested in  both  city  planning  and  housing  and  am  greatly  concerned  with 
the  gap  and  the  lack  of  understanding  between  the  planners  and  the 
housers  and  puzzled  to  understand  and  more  puzzled  to  know  what 
to  do  about  it.  I  agree  100  per  cent  with  Mr.  Black's  general  statement 
and  his  philosophy,  and  yet  I  believe  that  there  is  danger  in  any  em- 
phasis on  what  may  be  called  rigidity.  After  all  we  are  dealing  with  a 
living  organism,  biological  in  its  character.  A  part  of  our  difficulty  may 
be  that  as  planners  we  do  not  take  enough  into  consideration  that  we 
are  dealing  with  matters  of  real  life.  It  is  unfortunate  that  we  appear 
before  the  public  as  academicians,  as  writers  of  books.  Just  now  plan- 
ning appears  to  be  dead  or  sleeping,  but  housing  is  alive.  If  the  housing 
people  could  more  realistically  adopt  the  planning  idea  of  locating  their 
housing  projects  with  reference  to  existing  city  plans,  or  see  the  ad- 
vantage of  drawing  upon  city  planning  data  where  comprehensive  plans 
do  not  exist  or  cannot  be  quickly  drafted,  much  of  our  present  difficulty 
would  disappear. 

MAJOR  GEORGE  W.  FARNY,  Morris  Plains,  N.  J.:  I  have  noticed 
that  where  two  groups  in  the  planning  field  consider  themselves  funda- 
mentally opposed,  and  neither  wants  to  give  in,  nothing  is  done.  I  am 
a  trustee  of  the  cooperative  movement  of  America,  but  I  find  too  often 
that  cooperation  means  that  the  other  fellow  expects  me  to  cooperate 
with  him,  but  he  doesn't  want  to  cooperate  with  me.  If  the  houser  is 
expected  to  wait  for  the  planner  to  present  to  him  all  that  the  planner 
wants  to  present,  housing  will  never  go  forward.  If  the  houser  builds 
where  the  planner  does  not  want  him  to,  proceeds  with  the  housing 
program  without  considering  the  planner,  we  are  going  to  have  even 
worse  conditions  than  those  that  exist  today. 

MR.  J.  ROSSA  McCoRMicK,  Scranton,  Pa.:  The  separation  between 
housing  and  planning  and  possibly  the  reason  of  it  may  be  further 
illustrated  by  a  recent  story  told  of  King  Edward.  He  had  visited  the 
shipyards  of  Glasgow  and  had  inspected  the  Queen  Mary.  From  there 
he  visited  the  slums  of  Glasgow,  and  is  said  to  have  remarked  to  the 
people  who  were  attending  him:  "How  is  it  possible  that  the  scientific 
minds  of  the  men  of  Great  Britain  have  achieved  such  an  excellent  thing 
as  that  great  ship,  and  on  the  other  hand  are  content  to  allow  the  living 
conditions  under  which  human  beings  are  suffering?"  Perhaps  we  do 
not,  as  planners,  see  the  human  element  that  enters  into  housing.  The 
thing  that  we  should  achieve  in  America  is  that  the  man  who  has  to 
work  for  a  living  shall  be  given  enough  wages  to  own  his  own  home. 


CHARACTERISTICS  OF  CITY  HOUSING  PROJECTS     25 

ME.  FREDERIC  A.  DELANO,  Washington,  D.  C.:  I  think  that  the 
city  planner  can  make  the  greatest  contribution  to  housing  if  he  will 
address  himself  to  the  problem  that  is  more  aggravated  in  our  country 
than  in  European  countries,  that  is,  the  set-up  of  our  cities.  When  it 
comes  to  where  people's  homes  will  be  located — whether  homes  of  the 
rich  or  the  poor — there  seems  to  be  very  little  attempt  at  stabilization. 
When  you  consider  that  most  of  the  altruistic  housing  projects  are 
based  on  amortization  in  thirty  to  sixty  years,  it  seems  ridiculous  to 
talk  about  them  if  there  is  not  some  definite  plan  of  stabilization.  When 
the  city  of  New  York  adopted  a  subway  system  with  stations  every 
five  to  ten  blocks,  a  destructive  blow  was  dealt  to  many  sections  of  the 
city.  Where  the  stations  were  located  values  were  greatly  increased; 
between  the  stations  properties  were  blighted.  So,  1  appeal  to  you  as 
a  layman  that  you  give  close  attention  to  stabilization  of  values. 

MR.  CHARLES  B.  BENNETT,  Milwaukee,  Wis.:  I  think  raising  the 
question  whether  planning  should  have  anything  to  do  with  housing 
is  an  indictment  of  our  intelligence.  Certainly  it  is  an  integral  part  of 
planning.  We  have  always  considered  it  so  in  Milwaukee,  perhaps  be- 
cause the  Milwaukee  Planning  Commission  is  the  housing  authority.  For 
years  we  have  been  making  housing  studies  and  when  the  Federal 
Government  inaugurated  its  housing  program  we  were  prepared,  and 
we  worked  closely  with  the  housing  division  at  Washington.  If  we  have 
not  established  amicable  relations,  it  is  not  because  the  problems  are 
not  related.  In  getting  together  each  of  us  has  to  give  up  a  little.  The 
planner  cannot  design  the  apartment  and  neither  should  the  houser 
select  the  site.  The  planner  should  have  at  hand  those  factors  which 
should  determine  the  location  of  housing  projects.  If  he  has  not  got  them 
he  is  not  qualified  to  do  planning. 

MR.  WAYNE  D.  HEYDECKER,  White  Plains,  N.  Y.:  The  three  papers 
presented  this  morning  and  the  comments  thereon  all  point  to  the  need 
of  greater  attention  to  the  quantitative  side  of  city  planning.  The  study 
that  Mr.  Segoe  is  making  of  urbanism  has  revealed  the  astounding 
excess  of  area  provided  for  business  and  industry  and  even  excess  of 
housing  sites  that  are  already  available  in  subdivided  land.  Some  studies 
which  have  been  made  in  Washington,  for  instance,  show  that  under 
supposedly  wise  zoning  ordinances  areas  have  been  provided  for  business 
many  times  in  excess  of  those  which  can  profitably  be  used.  It  does  not 
profit  the  community  to  be  forced  to  provide  the  city  service  facilities 
and  public  utilities  for  areas  vastly  in  excess  of  those  which  can  be  in- 
telligently used.  We  have  wasted  our  substance  in  public  expenditures 
far  in  advance  of  needs.  The  study  that  Mr.  Segoe  is  making  should 
be  of  inestimable  benefit  in  bringing  our  estimates  of  future  growth 
somewhere  within  probability. 


26  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

MR.  HABLAND  BARTHOLOMEW,  St.  Louis,  Mo.:  The  urbanism  study 
will  produce  a  great  deal  of  interesting  information  that  will  be  useful 
to  us  in  the  planning  field.  I  hope  it  can  be  extended  into  the  field  of 
actual  appraisal.  For  instance,  will  this  information  be  used  by  those 
who  advocate  new  forms  of  city  development?  Will  it  be  used  as  a 
justification  for  the  development  of  rural  or  suburban  projects  of  the 
type  proposed  by  the  Resettlement  Administration  ?  Has  the  time  come 
when  we  must  admit  that  we  are  incapable  of  developing  satisfactory 
cities  by  following  the  patterns  which  have  so  far  been  used?  Now  the 
fact  that  we  haven't  done  more  real  appraising  leads  to  a  great  deal  of 
confused  thinking  on  past  trends  and  future  programs.  I  know  of  com- 
munities where,  because  of  planning,  the  growth  is  satisfactorily  con- 
trolled. Some  are  self-contained,  some  are  suburban  communities.  I 
know  other  communities  wherein  the  planning  commission  has  been 
able  to  discover  the  improper  policies  that  have  led  to  bad  development. 
Now  if  those  things  were  more  widely  known  and  studied  in  a  number 
of  communities  and  were  found  to  be  parallel  cases,  that  in  itself  would 
be  a  very  useful  contribution  in  the  planning  field.  I  don't  believe  we 
can  over-emphasize  the  importance  of  two  things;  one  is  the  control  of 
population  density  and  the  development  of  a  very  definite  pattern  which 
will  result  in  better  communities.  The  other  is  the  working  out  of  a  very 
much  more  basic  urban  land  policy. 


REVISION  OF  ZONING  ORDINANCES  27 

Revision  of  Zoning  Ordinances 

By  ARTHUR  C.  COMEY,  Assistant  Professor  of  City  Planning,  School  of 
City  Planning,  Harvard  University 

THERE  have  been  a  thousand  reasons  why  zoning  ordinances  need 
revision  today  and  every  one  of  them  is  valid.  They  do  not  all 
apply  to  any  one  place,  but  practically  every  zoning  ordinance  in  the 
country  is  in  the  same  position  in  the  end:  it  needs  revision.  We  may 
consider  zoning  ordinances  as  they  are  from  the  point  of  view  of  the 
defects  when  they  were  written,  the  defects  in  their  application,  the 
fact  that  they  are  old,  the  fact  that  they  are  pioneers,  the  fact  that  the 
people  who  wrote  them  are  departed,  the  fact  that  they  could  not  get 
any  money,  the  fact  that  they  could  not  get  any  support  for  anything 
at  all,  practical  or  theoretical,  the  fact  that  there  was  no  city  planning. 
As  to  the  hope  of  getting  revision,  I  am  not  going  to  spend  any  amount 
of  time  on  that.  We  owe  no  apology  to  anybody  for  the  zoning  ordi- 
nances that  have  already  been  perpetrated;  they  were  drafted  under 
conditions  which  were  not  within  our  control. 

People  wonder  sometimes  why  the  planners  do  not  get  up  and  do 
something.  The  unfortunate  thing  is  that  we  are  professional  people. 
We  can  only  serve  our  clients.  We  cannot  go  off  in  a  corner  and  theorize 
about  city  planning  and  develop  a  wonderful  structure.  We  have  to  have 
a  body  brought  to  us  to  work  on,  just  the  same  as  a  surgeon,  and  with, 
I  hope,  as  satisfactory  results.  But  we  have  a  very  much  greater  diffi- 
culty in  that  we  cannot  do  a  thorough  job  and  put  out  a  new  man.  We 
have  to  patch  up,  as  the  public  will  allow. 

But  what  is  to  be  done?  In  the  first  place,  it  is  fairly  obvious  from 
cursory  observation  that  if  every  city  and  town  adopted  all  the  tech- 
niques and  applications  of  zoning  now  applied  anywhere  in  the  country, 
every  city  and  town  would  be  pretty  well  zoned.  In  other  words,  our 
first  job  is  to  look  around  and  see  what  other  cities  are  doing.  We  made 
two  investigations  at  Harvard  not  long  ago.  We  found  many  cities 
where  we  had  to  dig  the  ordinance  out  of  the  town  clerk's  records  be- 
cause nobody  outside  of  the  town  clerk  knew  the  town  was  zoned,  or, 
perhaps,  no  technician  had  ever  seen  the  ordinance.  Among  those  or- 
dinances we  found  many  valuable  ideas. 

Another  opportunity  in  revision  is  not  in  the  wording  of  the  zoning 
ordinance,  but  in  the  map.  We  have  heard  a  great  deal  on  that;  I  do 
not  need  to  dwell  on  it,  except  to  bring  it  into  the  picture.  Our  cities 
are  mapped  for  untold  millions,  untold  thousands  of  feet  of  business 
area,  great  industrial  districts.  We  did  not  adequately  protect  our  cities 
because  the  map  was  too  generous.  The  clue  is  not  simple,  because 
zoning  has  to  be  adopted  in  the  face  of  public  opposition.  Those  whom 
the  zoning  shoe  pinches  hardest  are  the  ones  that  are  energetic  in  oppo- 
sition, and  our  well-wishers  simply  give  us  mild  and  friendly  smiles. 


28  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Then  we  like  to  base  zoning  on  comprehensive  city  plans.  I  have 
looked  upon  zoning  as  an  opening  wedge  to  get  comprehensive  plans 
into  effect.  Once  a  little  of  the  city  planning  idea  is  tried  the  citizens 
are  ready  for  more,  and  we  give  them  a  homeopathic  dose  in  a  moderate 
zoning  ordinance. 

Under  those  conditions  the  zoning  became  more  like  good  house- 
keeping; it  was  an  orderly  procedure,  making  the  city  more  orderly. 
It  was  not  living  up  to  the  hopes  of  zoning  by  any  means,  but  it  was  all 
we  could  do.  There  are  hundreds  of  cities  in  that  situation  which  have 
profited,  and  it  is  my  belief  that  the  ultimate  complete  zoning  of  cities 
in  this  manner  has  been  advanced  by  this  attempted  partial  application 
of  zoning,  this  process  of  the  adoption  of  a  very  mild  preservation  of 
status  quo,  and  a  little  application  of  some  of  the  principles  we  have 
had  in  mind. 

Another  reason  that  zoning  ordinances  need  revision  is  the  fact  that 
zoning  was  a  pioneer  activity — at  least,  in  New  York  and  a  few  of  the 
leading  cities — and  they  knew  they  had  to  fight  the  case  through  the 
courts.  Mr.  Bassett  has  emphasized  that  point  over  and  over  again. 
I  believe  that  the  other  cities  of  the  country  were  well  advised  not  to 
go  beyond  these  pioneer  leaders;  they  had  not  the  resources  to  fight  the 
legal  battles  which  the  interested  private  parties  who  were  adversely 
affected  by  the  zoning  were  bound  to  wage.  For  that  reason,  when 
people  have  asked  me  to  send  them  a  number  of  zoning  ordinances,  I 
have  said:  "Take  one;  the  others  are  much  like  it." 

We  have  been  criticized  for  that;  I  think  not  properly.  We  can  excuse 
ourselves  from  that  criticism  because  we  had  to  consolidate  the  legal 
position.  That  legal  position  is  now  well  consolidated.  That  excuse  is 
no  longer  good,  and  we  now  have  many  towns  branching  out  and  adopt- 
ing what  makes  some  of  our  legal  friends,  who  might  approve  a  different 
zoning  ordinance,  shake  a  little  bit  or  tremble  with  horrible  fright 
because  of  the  risks  these  towns  are  taking;  but  they  also  assure  us  that 
the  upset  of  that  particular  feature  in  that  town,  if  it  should  not  prove 
to  be  tenable,  will  not  damage  the  main  structure.  Since  the  main 
structure  is  now  legally  established,  towns  are  perfectly  within  the 
proprieties  to  go  ahead  and  try  something  new. 

As  to  the  other  features  in  the  ordinance — such  familiar  ones  as 
use,  height,  area,  density  of  population  or  number  of  families — all  are 
capable  of  great  extension  in  the  control  exercised  to  the  benefit  of  the 
city,  and  there  are  several  other  features  included  in  a  few  of  the  or- 
dinances which  can  be  applied  to  advantage. 

In  the  first  place,  we  have  the  refinement  of  the  ordinance.  Today 
where  there  is  a  comprehensive  plan  and  an  active  planning  board,  the 
procedure  is  well  understood  and  is  part  of  the  regular  system  of  govern- 
ment. There  is  little  use  to  try  to  refine  the  ordinance  in  a  town  where 
it  is  not  well  understood,  although  I  see  no  harm  in  trying  it.  Zoning 


REVISION  OF  ZONING  ORDINANCES  29 

is  like  trying  to  carve  with  a  sledge-hammer.  It  is  a  crude  weapon;  but 
where  the  zoning  works  as  a  part  of  the  plan  and  is  a  part  of  the  regular 
administration,  there  is  a  chance  to  refine  it,  make  it  cut  sharply,  and 
actually  to  start  a  scheme  which  will  really  mold  the  city.  The  first 
opportunities  are  sometimes  in  the  suburban  and  country  towns,  and 
we  have  seen  several  examples  of  that.  There  are  also  a  few  of  our  more 
prosperous  cities  where  the  refining  process  is  beginning  to  give  the 
protection  that  the  community  needs  for  its  best  development. 

Now  on  the  question  of  use.  We  are  cutting  down  the  opportunity 
for  industry  in  those  suburban  communities  to  a  negligible  factor.  Why? 
Because  if  the  metropolitan  area  were  being  zoned,  as  a  rule  that  partic- 
ular residence  section  would  not  have  any  industry  in  it.  Therefore, 
if  it  happens  to  be  a  separate  municipality,  why  should  it  not  be  able 
to  protect  itself  in  the  same  manner?  We  let  in  perhaps  one  industry 
because  the  board  of  appeals  or  selectmen  considers  it  not  unsuitable  for 
that  particular  location.  That  means  protection  such  as  these  small 
communities  have  not  had  under  the  zoning  plans  which  are  based  on 
the  feeling  that  they  must  have  industrial  districts.  We  also  can  go 
further  than  we  did  at  first  and  make  sure  that  the  local  business  dis- 
tricts, or  even  the  central  business  district,  shall  not  be  cluttered  up  with 
the  back-yard  or  back-alley  type  of  industry  which  is  so  apt  to  lie  right 
alongside  the  good  business  property.  Of  course,  the  drawing  of  the 
map  helps. 

When  we  come  to  residences  we  can  zone  the  whole  town  for  one- 
family  houses.  There  are  very  few  of  the  early-zoned  communities  that 
dared  to  do  that.  We  find  that  it  is  popular.  That  is  what  the  people 
want,  although  the  housers  do  not  like  to  unscramble  our  communities; 
they  intimate  that  is  anti-social. 

Many  of  the  towns  are  now  finding  that  it  is  not  to  their  advantage 
in  any  way  to  have  any  district  in  which  houses  can  be  built  close 
together.  That  was  interestingly  argued  by  a  politician,  if  you  please, 
a  town  father,  a  young  man  who  was  influential  in  the  town  in  which 
I  happened  to  live.  He  said,  "You  people  who  come  out  from  the  big 
city  to  live  here  do  not  want  small  lots.  If  you  do,  you  will  not  be  able 
to  get  the  schooling  your  children  need  because  we  cannot  collect  the 
taxes  out  of  the  town  to  pay  for  that  schooling." 

We  have  seen  the  soundness  of  this  argument  over  and  over  again 
in  the  experience  of  the  outer  metropolitan  district.  If  the  number  of 
houses  per  acre  is  high,  the  number  of  children  per  acre  is  high,  con- 
sequently more  schools  are  required  and  land  values  do  not  bring  in 
sufficient  revenue  to  support  the  town. 

Then  the  same  politician  appealed  to  the  people  who  do  the  work  in 
this  little  town,  mow  the  lawns,  keep  up  the  gardens,  repair  the  streets. 
He  said,  "If  you  let  other  people  live  on  small  lots  out  here  you  will  get 
too  much  competition  for  your  jobs,  and  it  is  not  to  your  interest." 


30  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Now  in  the  town  meeting  form  of  government  we  have  in  Massachusetts 
it  is  absolutely  essential  that  the  majority  of  the  people  be  convinced. 
When  the  zoning  ordinance  was  up  for  consideration  they  crowded  the 
hall  and  galleries;  there  must  have  been  600  to  800  people  out  of  a  small 
town  of  1,400.  They  unanimously  voted  to  zone  the  whole  town  for 
40,000-foot  lots. 

There  are  other  towns  which  have  gone  much  further  and  our  lawyers 
are  not  quite  sure  how  they  are  going  to  support  us,  but  presumably 
when  we  ask  them  to,  they  will  find  out.  There  are  towns  with  5  acres 
per  family  in  the  principal  part  of  the  town  as  a  minimum  size  lot,  for 
zoning  could  not  otherwise  protect  the  people  who  want  to  live  there. 

The  same  town  that  adopted  the  1-acre  lots  adopted  at  the  same 
town  meeting  a  40-foot  building  line  for  all  the  streets  in  the  town 
including  those  in  the  business  districts.  That,  too,  was  by  practically 
a  unanimous  vote.  They  had  a  new  super-highway  built  through  the 
town  in  the  last  two  years,  a  great  arterial  route,  100  feet  wide  between 
property  lines  and  with  a  40-foot  pavement.  Somebody  pointed  out: 
"The  people  are  already  30  feet  back  from  the  pavement  before  they 
get  to  their  own  land.  Why  not  reduce  the  building  line  on  this  street?" 
No,  sir;  they  wanted  to  protect  that  street.  It  would  be  the  beauty 
street  of  the  town  in  the  future,  not  just  a  back  alley  or  a  through-truck 
route.  The  property  owners  trembled  for  fear  the  town  would  have 
business  districts  all  along  the  highway.  They  did  not  take  any  technical 
advice  on  how  to  protect  it;  they  did  not  need  any.  They  kept  off  all 
business  from  the  street.  They  said,  "There  is  business  on  it  at  either 
end  of  the  town;  let  them  fill  up  their  gas  tanks  before  they  get  in  the 
town  or  walk,"  or  words  to  that  effect.  Drastic  zoning,  but  it  works; 
the  people  are  satisfied  with  it. 

Now  as  to  zoning  provisions  covering  apartment  houses.  It  seems 
to  me  the  way  to  get  light  and  air  in  an  apartment  house  is  to  say  that 
no  window  shall  be  less  than  so  many  feet  from  a  wall  or  property  line; 
make  it,  say  40  to  50  feet  and  provide  for  open-court  or  no-court  apart- 
ments. We  find  that  people  are  voluntarily  building  that  type  of  apart- 
ment under  our  zoning  ordinances.  We  hardly  keep  pace  with  the  better 
builders,  because  a  revolution  has  taken  place  among  the  people  who 
have  learned  there  are  such  things  as  air-light  apartments  and  will  not 
stay  in  the  others  more  than  a  year  or  two  while  the  building  is  new. 
When  the  building  begins  to  deteriorate,  sufficient  rent  to  maintain  the 
closely  built  apartment  is  not  available. 

There  is  little  to  be  said  for  relying  upon  number  of  families  per  acre 
as  controlling  density  in  apartment-house  districts.  Studies  were  made 
in  Detroit  a  number  of  years  ago  showing  that  the  number  of  people 
per  acre  was  less  where  the  density  of  families  was  greater,  because  in 
the  two-room  apartment,  which  had  kitchenette  and  bathroom  also, 
nobody  slept  in  the  kitchenette  and  nobody  slept  in  the  bathroom 


REVISION  OF  ZONING  ORDINANCES  SI 

and  you  had  an  average  of  two  people  per  apartment.  In  the  four-room 
apartment  you  still  had  one  kitchenette  and  one  bathroom  and 
had  an  average  of  four  people  per  apartment.  The  average  number 
of  people  handling  the  door-knobs  and  other  places  where  they  could 
get  disease  was  fewer  than  under  the  denser  type  of  regulation.  I  would 
use  the  family-per-acre  regulation  only  as  a  stop  gap  where  the  political 
situation  prevents  the  adoption  of  a  decent  zoning  ordinance.  I  call  a 
decent  zoning  ordinance,  with  respect  to  apartment  houses,  one  which 
requires  40  to  50  feet  between  all  walls  of  three-  or  four-story  buildings. 
Such  a  provision  gives  the  proper  amount  of  light  and  air  for  each 
apartment.  The  notion  of  the  side  yard  is  all  wrong.  It  may  be  too 
narrow  and  practically  all  light  and  air  is  in  the  front  and  in  the  rear. 
The  ordinance  should  specify  that  every  required  window  should  have 
a  yard  or  a  certain  reasonable  space  outside  of  that  window.  Then  you 
will  get  light  and  air  and  will  not  have  to  worry  about  density  of  families 
and  oversize  apartments. 

What  use  can  be  made  of  zoning  to  preserve  rural  conditions?  When 
Frank  B.  Williams,  whom  we  consulted  in  this  matter,  told  us  in  his 
opinion  open  development  could  not  be  sustained  by  the  application  of 
zoning  when  the  building-site  value  was  greater  than  the  value  for  open 
property,  I  was  inclined  to  agree  with  him.  That  brings  us  back  to  the 
possibilities  of  zoning  in  theory.  What  we  are  driving  at  is  what  is  pos- 
sible under  police  power,  and  in  spite  of  all  the  definitions  of  police 
power,  I  always  fall  back  on  this  one:  "When  you  do  not  pay  damages, 
it  is  police  power;  when  you  do,  it  is  eminent  domain."  That  is  about 
all  there  is  to  it.  Apparently  we  cannot  reserve  large  spaces  for  open 
development.  By  large  spaces  I  mean  golf  courses,  state  parks,  institu- 
tional grounds,  air  fields,  possibly  small  farms  and  truck  gardens,  and 
many  other  spaces  that  would  be  valuable  as  open  wedges  in  the  town 
or  belts  around  the  town,  or  perhaps  both.  To  assure  this  kind  of  develop- 
ment, I  am  free  to  say  that  we  must  find  some  other  method  than  zoning. 

The  opportunity  for  the  revision  of  zoning  ordinances  is  here,  and 
there  is  a  good  deal  of  popular  interest  in  it.  Just  now  the  interest  is 
somewhat  diffused.  There  are  responses  here  and  there  from  all  sorts 
of  people — your  friends,  technical  people,  some  of  the  zoning  and  plan- 
ning boards,  and  magazines.  I  think  the  time  is  about  ripe  for  another 
forward  movement  in  zoning. 


DISCUSSION 

MR.  HAROLD  S.  BUTTENHEIM,  New  York  City:  Believing  that  the 
zoning  ordinances  of  most  of  our  cities  need  early  and  drastic  revision, 
a  committee  of  the  American  City  Planning  Institute  has  been  gathering 
information  as  to  the  degree  of  land-overcrowding  now  permitted  in 


32  PLANNING   PROCEEDINGS 

residential  buildings  in  the  congested  sections  of  large  cities.  This  survey 
has  been  made  by  means  of  a  questionnaire  addressed  on  April  14  to 
the  American  Planning  and  Civic  Association's  list  of  66  planning  com- 
missions in  cities  of  over  100,000  population. 
The  following  questions  were  asked: 

1.  What  is  the  maximum  bulk  in  cubical  contents  (or  square  feet  of  floor 
area)  which  would  be  legal  for  a  new  multi-family  building  on  a  1-acre  lot,  if 
built  to  the  greatest  height  and  lot  coverage  permitted  under  your  zoning 
ordinance? 

2.  If  your  ordinance  has  a  density  limit,  what  is  the  maximum  number  of 
persons  (or  families)  which  may  be  housed  in  a  new  building  on  a  1-acre  lot? 

3.  Has  your  zoning  ordinance  been  amended  recently,  to  reduce  future  land- 
overcrowding?  If  not,  is  such  an  amendment  now  under  consideration? 

Replies  have  been  received  (up  to  May  4)  from  42  cities.  Of  these, 
28  of  the  answers  to  Question  1  were  sufficiently  definite  for  tabulation : 

BULK  RESTRICTIONS 

Maximum  Bulk  Maximum  Floor  Area 

City  Cubic  Feet  Square  Feet 

Atlanta,  Ga.* 2,065,000 247,800    (total) 

Buffalo,  N.  Y 4,247,100 

Chicago,  111 5,227,200 39,204    (per  floor) 

Cincinnati,  Ohio 2,401,600 

Cleveland,  Ohio .  4,250,000 

Dayton,  Ohio* 2,756,600 34,514    (per  floor) 

Denver,  Colo 3,404,660 

Duluth,  Minn.* 2,900,000f 258,800*  (total) 

El  Paso,  Texas 4,650,000 26,136    (per  floor) 

Erie,  Pa 1,400,000 112,000    (total) 

Fort  Wayne,  Ind 1,306,800 

Hartford,  Conn.* 2,250,000 30,000    (per  floor) 

Kansas  City,  Mo.* 2,634,220 293,580    (total) 

Louisville,  Ky.* 4,356,000 

Los  Angeles,  Calif 3,920,400 

Memphis,  Tenn.* 4,774,800 

Milwaukee,  Wis 5,445,000 

Minneapolis,  Minn 4,237,000 

Nashville,  Tenn 6,519,000 

New  Bedford,  Mass 1,557,720 25,962    (per  floor) 

New  Orleans,  La.* 2,209,950 176,797    (total) 

New  York,  N.  Y 4,400,000 

Providence,  R.  1 4,664,000 

San  Diego.  Calif 26,136    (total) 

Scranton,  Pa 1,437,480 23,958    (per  floor) 

Spokane,  Wash 277,450f  (total) 

Washington,  D.  C 4,261,000 390,680    (total) 

Yonkers,  N.  Y 2,273,400 

NOTES  to  the  foregoing  table: 

*  See  also  density  restrictions  in  the  table  on  the  next  page. 

f  From  the  Duluth  figures  the  areas  of  "necessary  interior  courts"  should  be  deducted. 
For  Spokane  the  total  floor  area  indicated  is  "absolute  maximum  permitted  by  the  zoning 
ordinance  under  the  city's  8-story  height  limit,  and  this  total  would  actually  be  greatly 
reduced  by  required  light  courts  and  the  necessity  of  providing  windows  for  all  rooms." 


REVISION  OF  ZONING  ORDINANCES  33 

As  will  be  seen,  half  of  the  replies  listed  above  gave  no  answer  to  the 
question  as  to  maximum  permissible  floor  area.  Where  such  figures  were 
given,  as  above  indicated,  some  replies  showed  the  maximum  floor  area 
for  the  entire  building,  and  others  the  maximum  area  per  floor. 

It  will  be  observed  from  the  foregoing  tabulation  that  the  city  of 
New  York,  though  high  in  the  hierarchy  of  sinners,  is  not  the  only  or 
indeed  the  worst  offender  as  to  permissible  land-overcrowding  with 
residential  buildings.  In  several  cities,  including  New  York,  it  is  legally 
possible  in  this  year  of  enlightenment,  1936,  for  a  developer  to  erect  on 
a  1-acre  plot  a  residential  building  having  a  bulk  of  more  than  4,000,000 
cubic  feet.  Let  us  see  what  this  means. 

Assuming  no  serious  overcrowding  within  the  building — allowing, 
say,  10  vertical  feet  per  floor,  and  240  square  feet  (of  the  gross  floor 
area)  per  room  and  an  average  of  only  one  occupant  per  room — this 
would  mean  an  occupancy  of  one  person  for  each  2,400  cubic  feet  of 
the  bulk  of  the  building.  Hence  a  multi-family  building  with  a  bulk  of 
4,000,000  cubic  feet  on  a  1-acre  lot,  would  house,  on  a  plot  less  than 
210  feet  square,  more  than  1,600  persons.  In  other  words,  100,000  per- 
sons could  thus  be  housed  on  about  60  acres — less  than  one-tenth  of  a 
square  mile — an  obviously  needless  and  absurd  degree  of  congestion. 

In  few  cities  are  there  bulk  or  density  restrictions  as  such.  In  general, 
therefore,  the  figures  in  the  foregoing  list  are  not  to  be  found  in  the 
respective  zoning  ordinances,  but  represent  computations  of  zoning  or 
planning  officials  as  to  maximum  bulk  for  which  a  permit  would  be 
granted  under  existing  restrictions  as  to  height,  lot  coverage,  and  re- 
quirements as  to  courts,  yards,  setbacks,  etc. 

DENSITY  RESTRICTIONS 

Families-per-acre  restrictions  were  reported  by  the  following  cities, 
the  figures  given  in  each  case  being  presumably  those  for  the  apartment 
house  district  of  highest  density.  The  figures  are  based  in  most  cases  on 
restrictions  as  to  minimum  lot  area  required  per  family.  The  Louisville 
minimum,  for  example,  is  250  square  feet  of  lot  area  per  family;  New 
Orleans,  400  square  feet;  and  Memphis,  625  square  feet. 

Maximum  Families 
City  Per  Net  Acre 

Atlanta,  Ga 70 

Dayton,  Ohio 174 

Duluth,  Minn 216 

Hartford,  Conn 140 

Kansas  City,  Mo 116 

Louisville,  Ky 174 

Memphis,  Tenn 69 

New  Orleans,  La. 108.9 

Wichita,  Kans 174 

MB.  EDWARD  M.  BASSETT,  New  York  City:  I  agree  fully  with  Mr. 


34  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Comey  and  with  Mr.  Buttenheim  and  nearly  all  of  the  people  that  are 
studying  this  question,  that  the  zoning  ordinances  of  the  United  States 
need  revision.  I  am  intimately  acquainted  with  the  zoning  ordinances 
of  Greater  New  York.  I  fully  agree  with  the  committee  with  which  I 
have  worked  which  is  about  to  submit  a  proposal  of  smaller  cubage,  less 
height  and  changes  from  business  to  residence  in  many  parts  of  the  city. 

Now  how  to  get  results.  Let  us  say  that  this  committee  in  New 
York  City  goes  before  the  Board  of  Estimate,  and  says:  "We  have 
worked  out  very  carefully  these  desirable  changes  of  cubage  that  will 
make  less  density,  and  changes  to  residence  instead  of  business."  The 
presiding  officer  says:  "Whom  do  you  represent?"  "I  don't  represent 
anybody  except  this  body  that  has  studied  this  subject  all  over  the 
city."  "WTell,  don't  you  represent  any  property  owners?"  "No,  I  don't 
represent  any  property  owners."  "Those  opposed  arise,"  and  perhaps 
three  hundred  property  owners  arise,  and  the  presiding  officer  says: 
"Don't  you  think  you  had  better  get  a  petition  or  have  a  meeting  to  start 
the  ball  rolling  in  order  to  bring  about  your  ideas?"  All  right;  we  will 
hold  meetings,  and  the  meeting  is  advertised,  let  us  say  in  Flatbush. 
Nobody  comes  to  the  meeting.  Why  not?  Because  no  one  is  interested 
among  the  property  owners  in  discussing  the  density  or  decreasing  the 
allowable  height.  It  is  one  of  those  difficult  things  to  get  started. 

I  think  I  am  able  to  say  that  the  zoning  of  the  United  States  to  the 
extent  of  nine  hundred  and  ninety-nine  parts  out  of  a  thousand  is  what 
the  average  informed  real-estate  owner  of  that  district  will  stand  for. 
It  is  simply  remarkable  why  those  things  which  you  work  out  ought 
not  to  penetrate  more  quickly.  Now  there  is  a  way  to  get  results.  I  am 
not  a  pessimist  on  this.  I  am  working  on  it  all  the  time  myself  in  New 
York  City  as  counsel  of  the  zoning  committee. 

About  one  year  ago  when  Robert  Moses  enlarged  some  of  the  park- 
ways into  Queens,  we  got  about  twenty  square  miles  of  beneficial  changes 
because  a  dozen  of  us  jumped  right  in  to  alter  the  zoning  along  those 
new  parkways,  and  under  the  momentum  of  the  new  parkways  we  ac- 
complished great  changes  along  the  lines  of  less  density,  less  height  and 
changes  from  business  to  residence. 

If  we  will  be  ready  to  grasp  opportunities,  we  can  in  many  cases 
bring  these  changes  about.  On  the  west  side  of  Manhattan  an  enormous 
district  is  now  preparing  a  change  in  zoning,  inspired  by  the  property 
owners  themselves.  The  proposal  will  prevent  the  spread  of  blight  in  an 
area  of  at  least  twenty  square  miles. 


THE  CITY  OFFICIAL  NEEDS  THE  PLAN  35 

The  City  Official  Needs  the  Plan 

By  CLIFFORD  W.  HAM,  Chicago,  111.,  Executive  Director, 
American  Municipal  Association 

IN  DISCUSSING  this  subject  I  should  like  first  to  pay  my  respects 
to  the  city  officials  of  this  country  and  give  a  word  of  testimony  as 
to  the  work  being  performed  by  that  group.  This  testimony  is  given  in 
light  of  the  fact  that,  in  addition  to  being  a  city  official  for  a  great  many 
years,  it  has  been  my  privilege  to  know  and  work  intimately  with  a  very 
large  body  of  city  officials  in  America  over  the  past  twenty -five  years. 
It  is  now  my  privilege  also  to  watch  them  operate  and  to  assist  them  in 
the  study  of  their  problems  directly  and  through  their  combined  efforts 
in  leagues  of  municipalities  in  the  various  States.  Local  public  officials 
on  the  whole  are  a  sincere  and  able  group,  desirous  of  doing  the  best 
possible  job,  and  increasingly  do  we  find  them  reaching  out  for  improved 
methods  of  administration  and  improved  techniques  in  government. 
When  one  scans  the  results  of  the  current  period  of  economic  stress 
through  which  we  have  been  passing  the  last  several  years,  he  finds  that 
city  government  has  stood  the  strain  remarkably  well,  and  in  comparison 
with  the  record  of  private  business  the  record  of  the  cities,  to  say  the 
least,  is  commendable.  City  officials  throughout  this  period  have  con- 
sistently, through  their  national  and  state  organizations,  taken  co- 
operative steps  for  the  solution  of  governmental  problems,  carried  on 
research  into  the  facts  and  best  practices,  and  in  a  great  variety  of  ways 
dug  in  intelligently  into  the  problems  of  local  government. 

I  should  like  to  make  another  observation,  the  truth  of  which  is 
becoming  increasingly  apparent  to  those  charged  with  the  administra- 
tion of  local  government.  The  maintenance  of  the  high  standard  of 
living  and  our  democratic  civilization  is  dependent  directly  upon  the 
ability  of  cities  to  continue  local  services.  The  maintenance  of  these 
civilization  standards  of  living  and  democratic  institutions  is  not  auto- 
matic, as  we  are  so  often  apt  to  consider  it.  These  standards  and  institu- 
tions can  be,  and  are,  maintained  and  advanced  only  through  conscious 
effort  and  cooperative  action.  It  is  largely,  I  think,  for  their  perpetua- 
tion that  we  concern  ourselves  so  directly  with  the  subject  of  planning 
and  why  planning  must  and  does  enter  into  the  program  of  public  ad- 
ministration at  so  many  points.  The  National  Resources  Committee  has 
stated  that  planning  consists  of  the  systematic,  continuous,  far-sighted 
application  of  the  best  intelligence  available  in  order  to  provide  higher 
standards  of  living  and  greater  security  for  the  people.  "Planning,"  says 
the  Committee,  "is  the  use  of  scientific  and  technical  skill  coupled  with 
imagination  to  determine  and  influence  trends  or  changes  which  can  be 
helpful  to  this  larger  purpose."  Of  course,  too,  when  we  speak  of  plan- 
ning we  think  of  relatively  long-term  planning. 

The  city  official  finds  himself  in  the  midst  of  two  different  dilemmas 


36  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

in  the  execution  of  any  plan.  The  first  is  the  hiatus  that  exists  between 
any  long-term  planning  and  the  necessity  for  short-term  appropriations. 
State  governments  appropriate  usually  on  a  biennial  basis.  Likewise, 
elected  public  officials  and  the  policies  of  administrations  are  subject  to 
review  in  periods  ranging  from  one  to  four  years.  Planning,  on  the  other 
hand,  aims  to  project  the  program,  policies  and  objectives  over  a  much 
longer  period  in  order  that  the  work  will  not  be  subjected  to  the  ineffec- 
tiveness of  a  short-range  view.  To  bridge  this  gap  between  long-term 
planning  and  short-term  appropriations  challenges  the  genius  of 
administration. 

From  year  to  year  many  matters,  of  course,  intervene  and  experiences 
show  that  parts  of  a  program  once  adopted  must  be  changed  and  em- 
phasis thereon  must  be  shifted  from  time  to  time  through  the  pressure 
of  events.  Because  of  all  of  these  reasons  the  current  and  detailed 
program  is  many  times  modified,  as  conditions  warrant,  and  yet  we 
must  prosecute  the  work  with  the  long-term  objective  in  view.  The  fail- 
ure to  bridge  this  gap  successfully  explains  why  so  many  good  planning 
efforts  gather  dust. 

The  second  dilemma  faced  by  the  city  official  is  the  training  in 
budgetary  practice  and  the  worthy  pride  of  achievement  in  sound 
current  finance  programs  and  balanced  budgets.  I  sometimes  think  that 
we  men  who  have  occupied  administrative  positions  as  city  managers, 
quite  necessarily  lack  the  imagination  which  the  planning  people  say 
must  be  coupled  to  the  use  of  scientific  and  technical  skills.  We  are 
pressed  to  achieve  sound  current  finance  practice,  balance  our  budgets, 
gain  immediate  results,  render  honest  government.  These  are  of  im- 
mediate concern  and  test  the  skill  of  any  official. 

One  of  the  most  caustic  criticisms  I  ever  heard  on  the  subject  of  city- 
manager  government,  spoken  partly  facetiously  and  mostly  seriously, 
was  that  there  was  not  enough  corruption  in  it;  that  the  City  of  Tokyo 
after  the  earthquake  had  a  marvelous  city  plan  for  the  rebuilding  of  that 
city  and  it  failed  miserably  in  many  respects,  because  the  people  back 
of  the  plan  were  honest  and  had  nothing  to  gain  in  a  personal  way  in 
seeing  it  pushed  to  completion.  This  same  critic  pointed  out  some  of  the 
great  developments  of  parks,  arterial  boulevards,  and  unfolding  city 
plans  which  had  been  achieved  in  larger  American  cities.  "Most,"  said 
he,  "are  monuments  to  corruption,  but  they  got  the  parks  and  the 
boulevards."  He  was  by  no  means  condoning  corruption  in  public  office 
and  would  be  the  severest  critic  of  such  practices  for  any  purpose.  He 
was,  however,  calling  attention  to  this  dilemma  in  which  the  administra- 
tor finds  himself  when  he  is  confronted  with  annual  balanced  budgets 
and  current  programs  as  ends  in  themselves  and  the  pushing  along  of  a 
long-term  plan.  I  raise  the  question,  therefore,  whether  we,  as  planners 
and  public  officials,  have  considered  the  problems  of  management  and 
planning  together  and  made  a  sufficient  effort  to  reconcile  the  two. 


THE  CITY  OFFICIAL  NEEDS  THE  PLAN  37 

The  city  official  needs  the  plan  which  will  consider  its  own  imple- 
mentation. The  plan  must  provide  for  its  own  salesmanship  and  a  con- 
tinuity of  program  during  and  beyond  budget  periods  and  beyond 
changing  public  policies  and  economic  conditions.  We  have  unconsciously 
limited  very  often  our  scope  of  activity  in  this  respect  and  have  been 
content  with  physical  planning  and  that  primarily  in  one  community. 
The  problem  of  getting  plans  approved,  once  they  are  drawn  up,  of 
reconciling  the  conflicting  elements  and  personal  interests,  the  bringing 
to  bear  upon  the  problems  of  execution  solid  public  support,  and  even 
enthusiasm,  is  as  much  a  part  of  planning  as  the  physical  and  geographi- 
cal phases.  Plans  cut  across  all  levels  of  government,  local,  state, 
regional,  national.  Until  national,  regional  and  state  plans  are  trans- 
lated into  actual  accomplishments  of  particular  projects  within  particular 
local  areas,  the  attempt  remains  so  much  paper  work.  Conversely,  until 
local  plans  in  their  execution  are  coordinated  with  the  larger  aspects  of 
regional  planning,  the  city  official  fails  in  the  opportunities  for  the  best 
and  most  orderly  developments. 

Let  me  give  you  a  current  example.  The  Federal  Government  is  now 
constructing  the  Grand  Coulee  Dam  on  the  Columbia  River  in  the 
northeastern  part  of  the  State  of  Washington.  At  the  dam-site  there  has 
been,  or  will  be,  constructed  a  set  of  permanent  buildings  for  the  housing 
of  the  operating  force  required  after  the  completion  of  the  dam.  This 
housing  development,  I  understand,  is  on  Government-owned  land. 
There  have  been  constructed  a  permanent  school-building  and  other 
essentials  of  permanent  community  life. 

On  the  other  side  of  the  river  there  has  been  built  a  rather  large 
number  of  temporary  homes  to  house  the  labor  force  during  the  con- 
struction of  the  dam.  This  community,  known  as  Mason  City,  is  fairly 
well  built  but  is  recognized  to  be  of  temporary  nature,  arid,  I  understand, 
is  to  be  torn  down  when  the  construction  work  is  finished. 

The  Federal  Government  has  built  a  paved  roadway  on  government 
right-of-way  from  the  main  highway  leading  into  this  construction  site. 
Straddling  this  Federal  highway  there  has  grown  up  a  rather  large 
number  of  houses  of  all  descriptions  occupied  by  the  natural  hangers-on 
that  are  found  in  proximity  to  large  construction  operations.  Some  four 
or  five  thousand  people  are  now  living  in  this  settlement  and  there  have 
sprung  up  stores,  shops,  garages,  and  other  sorts  of  commercial  establish- 
ments serving  the  community.  This  settlement  grew  up  in  unorganized 
county  territory,  and  in  addition  to  the  problems  of  sanitation,  schools, 
water  supply,  there  were  also  the  usual  vice  conditions  to  be  found  in 
that  type  of  community.  Some  of  the  leading  and  more  enterprising 
individuals  of  the  community  felt  that  the  county  organization  was  not 
in  position  to  provide  the  requisite  community  services  and  protection. 
I  believe  the  Federal  Government  has  discouraged  the  growth  of  the 
community  and  feels  that  when  the  dam  is  completed  the  community 


38  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

will  have  no  reason  for  existence  and  quite  naturally  fall  to  pieces. 
However,  real-estate  speculation  and  other  factors  have  operated  to 
convince  certain  of  the  people  that  they  have  there  the  beginnings  of 
a  community. 

To  procure  for  themselves  the  essentials  of  community  services  they 
have  just  organized  this  community  under  the  Washington  State  laws 
as  a  city  under  the  name  of  "Grand  Coulee."  This  city  has  paid  its 
dues  into  the  Association  of  Washington  Cities  and  is  now  asking  the 
Association  for  its  assistance  and  guidance  in  solving  its  problems. 
I  believe  it  is  proposed  to  float  bond  issues,  levy  special  assessments  and 
make  other  financial  commitments,  with  bonds  being  placed  on  the 
public  market  and  probably  sold  to  uninformed  investors.  It  should  be 
pointed  out,  also,  that  the  main  street  of  this  new  city  is  the  right-of-way 
owned  by  the  Federal  Government  on  which  is  the  paved  road.  A 
number  of  very  serious  questions  are  involved,  perhaps  the  least  of 
which  is  the  control  of  this  city  over  its  own  streets  the  main  one  of 
which  is  the  Federal  right-of-way. 

The  problem  is  one  in  which  the  Association  of  Washington  Cities  is 
quite  powerless,  and  while  the  city  is  there  and  conditions  of  public 
health  and  safety  are  thus  serious,  the  Association  of  Washington  Cities 
is  vitally  concerned  in  seeing  that  every  assistance  is  given  to  correct 
the  condition. 

The  National  Resources  Committee,  the  Reclamation  Service  which 
has  charge  of  the  construction  of  the  dam,  the  Resettlement  Administra- 
tion, are  all  vitally  concerned  in  this  particular  problem  and  other 
problems  of  this  sort.  I  am  of  the  opinion  that  leadership  must  come 
from  this  group  in  a  solution  of  this  particular  problem.  If  there  is  no 
reason  for  believing  that  the  community  will  be  permanent,  then  im- 
mediate steps  should  be  taken  to  provide  the  essentials  of  community 
service  without  the  building  up  of  a  municipal  debt  structure,  sold  to 
widely  scattered  private  investors  who  would  stand  to  lose  in  the  future, 
thus  presenting  exactly  the  problem  which  the  Resettlement  Administra- 
tion is  now  trying  to  solve  in  the  older  communities  in  the  drought 
area.  An  attempt  should  be  made  to  prevent  this  condition  from  jelling, 
necessitating  later  unsatisfactory  efforts  to  unscramble  the  egg. 

The  city  official  is  also  confronted  with  the  execution  of  the  plan  in 
light  of  the  changing  status  of  private  undertakings  and  industry.  Sound 
plans,  if  their  administration  is  to  succeed,  must  look  for  possible  changes 
in  the  private  industries  of  the  community,  as  well  as  to  the  public  needs. 
If  I  may  be  pardoned  a  personal  reference,  I  had  occasion  in  1927  to 
rebuild  the  main  street  of  the  city  in  which  I  was  then  serving.  An 
electric  railway,  connected  by  an  interurban  line  to  the  city  of  Detroit, 
operated  the  local  street-car  transportation  in  the  city,  and  its  lines 
traversed  the  length  of  our  main  street.  The  company  was  in  receiver- 
ship, its  franchise  was  expiring,  its  tracks  completely  worn  out.  To 


THE  CITY  OFFICIAL  NEEDS  THE  PLAN  39 

rebuild  the  main  street,  without  either  removing  the  street-car  tracks 
or  completely  rebuilding,  would  have  been  folly.  To  recommend  an 
additional  long-term  franchise  was  not  wise. 

We  negotiated  with  one  of  the  large  manufacturers  of  buses  and 
taxicabs  to  see  whether  they  would  be  interested  in  replacing  the  street- 
car system  with  a  coordinated  bus  and  taxicab  transport  service. 
Traffic  engineers  spent  many  weeks  in  a  detailed  study  of  the  problem,  and 
the  conclusion  and  recommendation  of  the  bus  people  was  that  we  should 
keep  the  steel  rail  backbone  in  the  rebuilding  of  our  main  street,  regard- 
less of  the  cost  to  the  city.  They  said  frankly  that  we  could  not  handle 
the  mass  transportation  needs  of  the  community  by  buses  but  must 
maintain  the  rail  service. 

To  make  a  long  story  short,  may  I  recall  that  the  franchises  of  the 
street  railway  company  were  expiring,  the  company  was  in  receivership, 
its  structures  in  complete  disrepair.  We  told  the  receiver  that  if  he  saw 
fit  to  rebuild  the  street-car  tracks,  coincident  with  our  paving,  and  to 
meet  our  specifications  as  to  the  material,  workmanship  and  time  of 
completion  with  no  franchise,  we  would  permit  them  to  rebuild.  This 
was  done.  The  court  approved  the  expenditures  from  receivership  and 
the  defunct  railway  company  spent  over  a  million  dollars  in  cash  in  the 
rehabilitation  of  that  system,  and  there  was  built  there,  without  cost  to 
the  city,  the  best  street  railway  track  in  the  country.  They  even  paid 
for  the  seventeen  feet  of  pavement  surface  in  the  center  of  the  street 
occupied  by  their  double  track.  This,  may  I  recall,  was  in  1927,  nine 
years  ago,  and  yet  there  has  not  been  a  street-car  operating  in  that 
city  for  five  years  and  all  of  the  local  public  transportation  is  being 
handled  by  buses. 

An  example,  I  think,  of  the  need  for  the  city  official  and  the  planner 
to  canvass,  not  only  the  public  needs  but  the  changing  status  of  private 
and  quasi-public  activities  which  tie-in  directly  to  the  problems  of  city 
planning  and  municipal  operation. 

The  city  officials  of  this  country  look  with  hope  to  these  conferences 
on  planning.  They  believe  there  is  here  the  possibility  of  resolving  the 
difficulties  which  beset  them  in  their  work  in  the  ways  I  have  described. 
The  problems  are  mutual  and  the  aims  of  officials  are  one  with  the  aims 
of  the  planners.  City  officials  have  done  much  in  improvement  of  ad- 
ministrative practices  and  techniques.  They  are  pursuing  these  efforts 
with  increasing  zeal.  The  planning  people  have  done  much  in  the 
techniques  and  physical  aspects  of  planning.  Between  the  two  fields, 
though,  there  has  existed  a  sort  of  No-Man's-Land.  I  urge  a  more  com- 
plete merging  of  efforts  whereby  the  planning  aspects  of  administration 
can  be  properly  dealt  with,  while  at  the  same  time  the  administrative 
difficulties  in  planning  can  be  recognized  and  solutions  developed.  Then 
we  can  go  forward  toward  the  objectives  we  all  cherish. 


40  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Experience  with  City  Planning  Programs 

THE  GYMNASTICS  OF  MUNICIPAL  PLANNING  PROCEDURE 

By  CHARLES  B.  BENNETT,  City  Planner,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 


A<TER  seventeen  years  of  rough-and-tumble  experience  with  the 
Milwaukee  Planning  Commission,  it  is  only  natural  that  I  should 
have  formulated  opinions  on  the  value  of  city  planning  and  the  technique 
of  putting  it  across,  and,  since  today  is  my  day  to  be  opinionated,  I 
shall  not  hesitate  to  take  advantage  of  the  occasion.  While  all  of  my 
experience  has  been  in  one  city,  I  feel  that  human  nature  and  politics 
are  pretty  much  the  same  everywhere,  and  that  the  problems  existing 
in  all  large  cities  are  fairly  comparable.  Therefore,  what  I  have  to  relate 
may  be  of  some  value  to  other  municipal  planners. 

One's  estimate  of  the  value  of  city  planning  is  wholly  dependent  upon 
one's  conception  of  what  planning  is.  Personally,  I  would  define  city 
planning  as  being  the  highest  form  of  municipal  research  —  a  research 
that  goes  beyond  mere  figures  on  into  human  values,  and  the  relation 
between  these  values  and  physical  objects,  both  natural  and  man- 
created,  a  research  that  will  some  day  evolve  a  perfect  design  for  living. 

To  us  technicians  and  others  meeting  here  in  mutual  admiration, 
there  can  be  no  question  of  the  value  of  planning.  We,  however,  consti- 
tute but  a  handful  of  those  upon  whom  the  successful  application  of 
planning  depends.  Until  a  much  larger  group  of  disciples  is  organized, 
planning  will  not  be  effective  as  an  instrument  for  perfecting  a  social  and 
economic  Utopia.  How  to  organize  such  a  group  is  one  of  the  major 
problems  facing  planners. 

As  a  step  in  this  direction  I  would  suggest  that  we  first  convert 
elected  officials  to  our  cause  before  attempting  to  organize  large  citizen 
committees.  Unless  they  are  convinced  that  planning  is  a  necessary 
function  in  municipal  administration,  inside  resistance  will  be  more  than 
outside  pressure  can  overcome.  I  make  this  suggestion  in  the  belief 
that,  as  a  general  rule,  elected  officials  are  not  as  yet  convinced  of  the 
importance  of  planning.  If  they  were,  a  much  fewer  number  of  planning 
commissions  would  have  had  their  budgets  cut  to  zero  during  the 
depression. 

Unfortunately,  no  books  have  been  written  on  city  planning  sales 
psychology  and  it  is,  therefore,  necessary  for  whoever  undertakes  the 
job  of  selling  planning  to  elected  officials  to  blaze  his  own  trail. 

In  my  opinion,  most  of  our  failures  in  the  past  have  been  due  chiefly 
to  the  method  of  approach.  Too  often,  we  have  tried  to  sell  city  planning 
as  a  panacea  for  urban  difficulties.  I  also  believe  that  in  many  instances 
planning  has  been  over-publicized.  Nothing  offends  other  public  officials 
more  than  having  a  new  municipal  activity  receive  all  the  newspaper 
ink,  when  departments  of  long  standing  have  to  beg  for  space.  Large 


EXPERIENCE  WITH  CITY  PLANNING  PROGRAMS     41 

citizen  committees  organized  to  whip  elected  officials  into  line  are  also  a 
mistake,  I  believe.  They  are  apt  to  build  up  the  very  resistance  they 
are  intended  to  overcome. 

In  the  city  of  Milwaukee,  we  work  without  large  citizen  groups, 
although  special  committees  of  the  City  Club  and  Real  Estate  Board  do 
take  an  interest  in  city  planning.  However,  we  do  not  rely  on  these 
committees  for  much  support,  because  we  have  found  that  elected 
officials  do  not  relish  having  such  groups  tell  them  how  to  run  their 
business.  Fortunately,  of  course,  elected  officials  in  Milwaukee  are 
fairly  well  converted  to  the  importance  of  city  planning,  and  we  never 
fail  to  get  their  support  on  planning  recommendations  which  fall  within 
the  city's  financial  ability  to  absorb. 

How  to  sell  city  planning  to  politicians  is  a  problem  that  needs  a 
great  deal  more  attention  than  we  have  been  wont  to  give  it.  I  can  tell 
you,  from  my  own  experience,  that  in  most  cases  it  is  no  job  for  a  dilet- 
tante. Any  planner  who  attempts  to  use  flowery  rhetoric,  delivered  in 
the  grand  manner,  to  a  group  of  hard-boiled  aldermen,  is  apt  to  find 
himself  looking  for  a  job  in  a  corset  shop  next  budget-tune.  In  most 
cases,  rough-and-tumble  salesmanship  is  the  only  medium  that  will  be 
found  effective. 

Just  for  the  fun  of  it,  I  am  going  to  list  what  I  believe  to  be  the 
necessary  attributes  of  a  successful  planning  salesman.  He  must  possess: 

1.  A  diploma  in  the  technique  of  planning; 

2.  A  bachelor's  degree  in  personality; 

3.  A  master's  degree  in  salesmanship; 

4.  A  doctor's  degree  in  tact  and  diplomacy; 

5.  A  sense  of  humor; 

6.  A  working  knowledge  of  curbstone  vernacular; 

7.  Ability  to  judge  a  good  nickel  cigar;  and 

8.  The  fortitude  to  drink  a  glass  of  beer  without  making  a  wry  face. 

Possessing  these  qualifications,  only  invincible  ignorance  can  prevail 
against  his  success. 

If  I  had  my  job  to  do  over  again,  I  would  initiate  planning  into  the 
municipal  administration  as  a  research  bureau — a  department  charged 
with  the  responsibility  of  first  gathering  all  of  the  facts  having  any 
relation  whatsoever  to  urban  problems.  I  would  say  nothing  about 
master  plans  for  expensive  physical  improvements.  These  can  be  intel- 
ligently discussed  only  after  all  of  the  facts  have  been  assembled.  Too 
often  have  we  been  criticized  as  an  agency  of  the  Government  preparing 
plans  for  improvements  which,  if  carried  out,  would  bankrupt  the  city, 
and  since  wise  planning  dictates  that  recommendations  be  made  only 
after  competent  research,  I  suggest  this  as  the  most  important  and  first 
order  of  business. 

A  city  planning  commission  set  up  on  this  basis  can  be  of  immeasur- 
able value,  not  only  to  all  other  units  of  government  but  to  commercial 


4fc  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

interests  as  well.  The  more  one  studies  municipal  government  the  more 
one  realizes  how  much  intelligent  research  is  necessary  before  we  can 
hope  to  make  any  degree  of  progress  in  planning.  The  responsibility  for 
this  research,  I  believe,  belongs  with  the  city  planning  department.  If 
we  can  put  city  planning  on  this  basis,  charged  with  the  responsibility 
of  such  research,  it  will  have  little,  if  any,  difficulty  becoming  one  of  the 
permanent  functions  of  municipal  government.  Research  never  ends 
and,  consequently,  the  city  planning  commission's  job  never  ends. 

I  also  believe  that  city  planners  should  know  more  about  the  func- 
tioning of  other  municipal  departments,  and,  certainly,  more  about  the 
problem  of  taxation.  After  all,  the  primary  purpose  of  taxation  is  to 
furnish  the  most  necessary  bread-and-butter  services  needed  by  the 
community  for  safety,  health,  and  education.  When  the  cost  of  these 
services  gets  up  around  $30  per  thousand,  there  is  little,  if  any,  hope  for 
programs  for  expensive  embellishments,  even  though  man  cannot  live 
by  bread  alone.  The  average  taxpayer  first  wants  those  services  which 
come  closer  to  home,  and  Mrs.  Taxpayer  gets  a  great  deal  more  satis- 
faction out  of  having  her  ashes  hauled  regularly  than  she  does  out  of  a 
street-widening  improvement  or  a  new  viaduct. 

There  are  many  recommendations  the  planning  commission  can 
make  which  are  extremely  important  and  do  not  affect  the  tax  rate. 
Among  these  are:  zoning  ordinances,  setback  lines  for  the  future  widen- 
ing of  streets,  and  platting  restrictions.  These  phases  of  city  planning 
can  be  of  tremendous  value  to  a  community  and  are  financially  painless. 

For  the  past  decade  the  Milwaukee  Planning  Commission  has  been 
operating  more  as  a  municipal  research  bureau  than  as  an  agency  pre- 
paring plans  for  parks,  boulevards,  and  civic  centers.  We  entered  the 
field  of  research  mainly  through  a  desire  to  probe  deeper  into  the  reasons 
why  certain  physical  improvements  should  be  recommended.  The  result 
of  this  research  has  been  that  not  only  are  other  city  departments 
dependent  upon  us  for  factual  data,  but  local  and  outside  commercial 
interests  as  well.  The  research  data  available  in  our  files  were  one  of  the 
primary  determinants  in  the  selection  of  Milwaukee  for  a  $2,800,000 
PWA  housing  project  and  a  $7,500,000  Resettlement  Administration 
suburban  development. 

Milwaukee  has  done  nothing  of  a  spectacular  nature  in  city  planning, 
and  one  reason  for  this  is  that  we  do  probe  deeper  into  the  reasons  why 
or  why  not  certain  improvements  should  be  recommended.  To  us,  care- 
ful city  planning  dictates  that  no  matter  how  seemingly  advisable  certain 
improvements  may  appear  to  the  planner,  if  they  are  beyond  the  ability 
of  the  taxpayer  to  pay  for,  they  should  not  even  be  recommended. 

We  believe  as  faithfully  as  others  in  the  preparation  of  master 
plans,  but  such  plans  should  only  be  prepared  after  careful  research  and 
analysis.  We  do  not  believe  in  official  master  plans  unless  accompanying 
such  a  plan  is  a  financial  program  well  within  the  taxpayers'  ability  to 


EXPERIENCE  WITH  CITY  PLANNING  PROGRAMS    43 

carry  out.  In  the  archives  of  the  Milwaukee  Planning  Commission 
reposes  an  unofficial  master  plan.  This  plan  is  used  as  a  guide  in  making 
all  decisions  affecting  proposals  for  street  widenings,  additional  play- 
grounds, parks  and  parkways.  We  find  it  a  great  deal  more  flexible  and 
less  embarrassing  to  have  an  unofficial  plan  than  it  would  be  to  have 
one  of  an  official  nature. 

Of  course,  I  realize  that  an  unofficial  master  plan  requires  a  strong 
city  planning  commission  whose  recommendations  will  be  strictly  ad- 
hered to  by  elected  officials.  In  any  event,  we  should  certainly  want 
planning  commissions  more  firmly  entrenched,  and  it  is  toward  the 
accomplishment  of  this  end  that  I  believe  we  should  concentrate  more 
of  our  efforts. 

Since  I  have  had  so  much  to  say  about  how  the  Milwaukee  Planning 
Commission  functions,  it  might  be  interesting  if  I  enumerated  some  of 
its  accomplishments  during  the  past  two  decades.  They  are  as  follows: 

Civic  Center  Plan.  Well  on  its  way  to  completion. 

Zoning  Ordinance.  Adopted  in  1920  and  administered  with  excellent  co- 
operation between  the  Building  Inspector,  Zoning  Board  of  Appeals,  and  City 
Planning  Commission. 

Comprehensive  System  of  Fifty  Playgrounds.   Costing  three  million  dollars. 

Platting  Code.  Adopted  in  1924,  which  has  considerably  raised  the  standard 
of  platting  and  secured  many  miles  of  widened  highways  through  dedication. 

Major  Thoroughfare  Plan.  (First  step.)  This  plan  was  adopted  by  the 
Common  Council  in  1930  as  a  guide  in  arranging  a  financial  program,  if  possible, 
for  the  widening  of  important  thoroughfares  in  the  city. 

River  Parkways.  Plans  completed  and  three-fifths  of  the  property  needed 
purchased  by  the  city.  In  connection  with  one  of  these  plans  WPA  officials 
allocated  $2,300,000  for  the  development  of  the  Lincoln  Creek  Parkway  for  a 
distance  of  three-quarters  of  a  mile. 

Housing.  As  previously  mentioned,  housing  surveys  made  in  the  city  of 
Milwaukee  were  responsible  for  the  development  of  a  $2,800,000  low-rent 
housing  project. 

Municipal  Airport,.  A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  airport  situation  was 
made  by  the  Planning  Commission  with  definite  recommendations  for  its  location. 

Neighborhood  Parks.  A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  recreational  facilities 
available  has  been  finished,  and  the  data  secured  will  be  used  as  a  guide  in  all 
future  park  purchases. 

Truck  Routes.  The  Commission  has  just  finished  an  analysis  of  truck  move- 
ments within  the  Milwaukee  region,  and  sometime  in  the  near  future  will  make 
definite  recommendations  to  the  Common  Council. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  the  Planning  Commission  has  also  made 
numerous  studies  on  other  matters,  such  as  transportation,  union 
terminal  facilities,  harbor  development,  grade  separation,  health  centers, 
branch  police  stations,  comfort  stations,  branch  ward  yards,  dump-sites, 
water-tank  sites,  school-sites,  and  branch  incinerator  sites.  Added  to 
these,  the  staff  has  done  research  work  in  land  economics,  the  motor 
vehicle  parking  problem,  zoning  experience,  vacant-lot  situation,  tax 
delinquencies,  and  the  rehabilitation  of  blighted  areas. 


44  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

HOW  CITY  PLANNING  PROGRAMS  ARE  MADE 

By  S.  R.  DeBOER,  Planning  Consultant,  Denver,  Colo. 

CITY  PLANNING  has  fully  redeemed  itself  during  the  days  of 
emergency  work.  During  the  late  twenties  it  seemed  as  if  planning 
had  come  to  be  like  the  proverbial  prophet's  preaching  in  the  desert — 
there  was  no  one  to  listen  to  it.  Today  the  groups  who  valiantly  proposed 
better  ways  of  city  building,  who  courageously  stood  for  the  sneers  of 
stupidity  and  lack  of  imagination,  may  smile  up  their  sleeves.  They 
have  been  fully  vindicated. 

If  city  plans  have  not  been  as  thorough  in  the  past  as  they  might 
have  been,  certainly  it  cannot  be  said  that  those  who  criticized  planning 
have  come  forward  with  ideas  for  broadening  it.  The  emergency  period 
has  shown  the  need  for  more  planning  and  has  shown  the  way  toward 
broader  planning. 

This  is  perhaps  the  proper  time  to  check  up  on  experience  with  city 
planning  programs.  Many  of  them  were  prepared  in  the  days  before  the 
industrial  crisis,  and  great  programs  of  construction  were  based  on  them. 
To  many  of  us  the  work  must  have  been  rather  gratifying. 

In  the  light  of  the  broader  field  of  planning  which  is  now  opening  up 
for  large  regions  and  States,  the  first  decades  of  city  planning  look  like 
a  rather  weak  attempt  toward  broad  planning.  Traffic  studies,  recrea- 
tional plans,  zoning,  and  platting  of  additions  have  been  the  major  lines 
of  city  planning  in  the  past.  There  were  some  studies  in  economic  plan- 
ning but  most  of  them  were  beginnings  only.  Studies  in  social  planning 
for  cities  were  lacking  in  most  cities.  Financial  planning  has  barely 
been  touched. 

City  planning  work  had  to  evolve  and  grow  like  everything  else.  The 
previous  statements  must  not  be  taken  as  a  lack  of  appreciation  for  the 
work  done  by  city  planning  commissions.  The  fact  is  that  the  Emergency 
Relief  work  has  been  nearest  to  boondoggling  in  those  cities  where  no 
city  plans  existed,  or  where  they  were  fully  ignored.  In  one  city  with 
which  I  am  familiar,  over  one  half  million  dollars  was  wasted  in  shoveling 
sand  from  sidewalks  in  subdivisions  which  were  not  as  yet  built  up.  The 
first  storm  brought  new  sand  back  on  them  again.  This  money  was  not 
from  Federal  funds,  however,  but  was  raised  from  private  subscriptions. 
I  have  seen  no  Federal  boondoggling  that  compared  with  this. 

My  observation  in  regard  to  building  of  utility  lines  for  water, 
sewerage,  and  power,  is  that  in  the  few  cities  which  had  broad  plans  of 
development  for  this  purpose,  unusual  work  has  been  done  and  that 
cities  without  them  have  built  at  relatively  the  same  cost  temporary, 
makeshift  systems  which  eventually  will  need  replacing.  This,  however, 
may  be  a  rather  exceptional  case.  Much  good  work  has  been  done  in 
cities,  and  every  where  •  one  sees  accomplishments  which  a  few  years  ago 
were  thought  impossible. 


EXPERIENCE  WITH  CITY  PLANNING  PROGRAMS    45 

One  night,  while  stopping  over  between  trains  in  one  of  the  smaller 
cities  in  the  Colorado  River  basin,  the  city  manager  came  to  the  hotel. 

"It  is  really  too  dark  to  see  much,"  he  said,  "but  I  have  a  good 
spotlight — I  would  like  to  show  you  something."  Together  we  drove  to 
the  river  front  and  then  over  a  rough  dirt  fill  to  the  building  of  a  great 
embankment.  "Here,"  he  told  me,  "is  your  river  drive."  He  had  made 
use  of  emergency  labor  to  build  a  monumental  boulevard  along  the  river. 

Another  time,  from  another  far-distant  city,  came  an  excited,  hurried 
telephone  call.  "We  are  building  this  traffic  line  on  your  city  plan.  How 
does  it  cross  the  creek  at  such  and  such  a  point?"  Again,  at  a  third  city, 
great  plans  of  development  were  under  way.  "I  don't  know  about  the 
city  plan,"  said  the  engineer,  "our  Planning  Commission  is  dead;  but 
this  is  what  we  are  doing."  Unconsciously,  this  man  was  carrying  out 
the  lines  of  the  city  plan  which  might  never  have  been  built  except 
under  the  present  emergency  conditions. 

This  experience  during  the  emergency  period  seems  to  indicate  the 
fact  that  these  first  city  planning  programs  were  wholly  inadequate  and 
incomplete.  We  must  now  lay  the  foundation  for  more  complete  plans. 

A  future  city  planning  program  should  contain : 

1.  A  complete  physical  plan  including  arteries,  streets,  parks  and  play- 

grounds, utility  lines,  power  provisions. 

2.  A  complete  economic  plan  based  on  economic  history,  economic  founda- 

tion and  future  of  city  industry,  commerce  and  agriculture. 

3.  A  human  resources  plan,  showing  education,  crime,  health,  employment, 

population  studies. 

4.  A  complete  financial  plan  showing  private  and  public  finance,  taxation, 

and  indebtedness. 

5.  A  study  of  the  city's  form  of  government  and  its  laws. 

6.  A  public  works  program  based  on  the  previous  items. 

Cooperation.  The  bold  program  of  Federal  emergency  work,  which 
is  a  challenge  to  our  vision  as  city  planners,  has  brought  out  the  incom- 
pleteness of  city  plans  as  well  as  deficiencies  in  our  methods,  even  though 
our  plans  have  been  mere  beginnings.  There  has  been  a  serious  lack  of 
cooperation  between  planning  boards  and  city  executives.  The  former 
have  set  themselves  up  as  highbrow  learned  bodies  of  men  who  were 
willing  to  transmit  their  bigger  and  better  plans  only  in  a  condescending 
way.  The  latter,  secure  in  their  nooks  of  executive  power,  have  come  back 
with  sneers  about  visionary  schemes  and  dreams.  There  should  have 
been  some  all-seeing  hand  or  power  to  take  the  two  by  the  napes  of  their 
necks  and  knock  their  heads  together  to  make  them  realize  that  the 
welfare  of  thousands  of  citizens  was  at  stake.  This  supreme  overlord,  of 
course,  can  be  found  in  adequate  laws. 

There  have  been  many  technical  mistakes  in  the  plans.  As  a  rule  they 
have  been  either  too  detailed  or  not  enough  so.  The  planning  bodies 
have  hardly  ever  had  the  technical  assistance  to  make  very  thorough 
surveys;  besides  this  is  the  province  allotted  to  the  city  engineer.  An 


46  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

ideal  arrangement  would  be  for  a  planning  board  to  limit  itself  to  a 
general  recommendation  by  stating  that — for  instance — a  diagonal 
artery  is  needed,  naming  its  advantages,  but  leaving  the  actual  mapping 
and  estimating  to  other  civic  departments. 

Similar  things  might  be  said  about  such  matters  as  sanitation.  Very  few 
city  plans  have  brought  out  the  relation  between  sanitation  and  health. 
In  one  city  where  health  conditions  and  sewage  disposal  were  very  bad, 
the  matter  was  not  brought  to  a  head  until  the  state  health  com- 
missioner of  an  adjoining  State  threatened  to  prohibit  importation  of 
produce  from  this  city  into  his  State. 

Each  city  department  has  more  or  less  complete  plans  for  future 
work.  The  department  heads  are  jealous  about  these  plans.  They  know 
that  once  they  give  this  material  to  the  Planning  Commission  their 
personal  thunder  is  gone.  The  Commission  from  then  on  is  the  shining 
light  in  the  minds  of  the  people.  Not  all  of  these  department  heads  are 
politicians,  but  behind  every  office  of  this  kind  is — or  must  be — popular 
approval.  If  the  office  lacks  this  it  will  be  in  danger  of  abolishment  or  of 
lack  of  accomplishment.  This  holds  also  for  planning  commissions,  but 
these  bodies  can  take  the  broader  viewpoint  of  the  coordinating  body 
and  give  due  credit  to  departmental  work.  Planning  commissions  should 
be  rather  aloof  from  the  detailed  difficulties  of  the  departments  and 
encourage  the  heads  rather  than  discourage  them. 

In  the  future,  a  much  broader  attitude  by  planning  commissions  is 
necessary.  This  attitude  must  be  based  on  vision,  legal  background  and 
a  desire  not  to  interfere  with  the  detailed  working  of  departments.  With 
that,  however,  must  go  a  greater  determination  to  carry  out  the  plans 
and  this  must  come  from  greater  contact  with  the  people.  City  plans 
must  be  promoted  far  more  courageously.  If  carefully  studied,  they 
contain  the  most  important  phases  of  a  community  work  and  the 
community  is  entitled  to  know  about  them. 

The  work  of  city  planning  commissions  in  the  future  must  be  based  on : 

1.  Carefully  drawn  laws  of  authorization; 

2.  Greater  cooperation  between  executive  department  heads  and  the  plan- 

ning board; 

3.  A  far  more  courageous  method  in  spreading  knowledge  about  the  plans. 

Many  of  the  programs  outlined  in  city  plans  have  been  carried  out  to 
a  certain  degree  of  completion.  It  is  now  time  to  restudy  these  plans 
and  in  the  light  of  all  the  new  thought  which  the  depression  has  given 
us  in  such  plentiful  measure,  to  broaden  them  and  put  into  them  a  far 
greater  amount  of  human  service. 

City  planning  has  successfully  outlived  the  weaknesses  of  the  infant 
period;  it  is  now  entering  the  youth  period,  the  time  of  ideals,  of  feeling 
of  strength,  and  power.  There  is  still  more  need  for  this  type  of  planning 
to  provide  for  the  livability,  the  beauty  and  the  practical  usefulness  of 
our  cities. 


RICHMOND'S  EXPERIENCE  IN  CITY  PLANNING 

By  G.  M.  BOWERS,  Director  of  Public  Works,  Richmond,  Va. 

R:CHMOND'S  first  City  Planning  Commission  was  created  by 
authority  of  an  ordinance  approved  by  the  City  Council  on  Decem- 
ber 18,  1918,  appointing  the  Advisory  Board,  consisting  of  the  Mayor 
and  his  four  department  heads,  the  Directors  of  Public  Works,  Public 
Utilities,  Public  Safety  and  Public  Welfare,  as  a  City  Planning  Com- 
mission. 

No  meeting  of  this  Commission,  as  such,  was  ever  held,  although  its 
functions  were  carried  on  under  the  direction  of  the  then  Director  of 
Public  Works  in  the  establishment  of  a  precise  triangulation — traverse 
control  survey  and  topographic  mapping  of  territory  adjacent  to  the 
corporate  limits  of  the  city.  This  initial  work  was  begun  in  1921,  and 
within  less  than  two  years  thirty-two  square  miles  of  territory  outside 
of  and  partially  surrounding  the  city  had  been  completely  surveyed  and 
mapped  at  a  cost  of  approximately  $70,000  as  a  foundation  preliminary 
to  the  preparation  of  a  city  plan. 

Concurrent  with  this  work  the  General  Assembly  of  Virginia  enacted 
on  March  10,  1922,  and  subsequently  amended  on  March  21,  1924,  a 
law  known  as  "The  Platting  Act,"  which  provided,  among  other  things, 
that  no  plan  of  subdivision  of  land  lying  either  within  the  city  or  within 
five  miles  of  the  corporate  line  shall  be  recorded  by  the  Clerk  of  any 
court  without  the  approval  of  the  Director  of  Public  Works.  The  act 
further  provided  that  all  public  utilities,  such  as  gas,  water,  sewers,  etc., 
installed  by  the  owners  in  any  subdivision  within  the  limits  of  five  miles 
of  the  corporate  line  should  be  installed  in  accordance  with  plans  first 
approved  by  the  Director  of  Public  Works  of  the  city,  and  if  the  instal- 
lation met  all  requirements  and  acceptance  of  the  Director,  then,  in 
that  event,  the  city  would,  within  six  months  after  annexation,  com- 
pensate the  owners  for  the  then  fair  value  of  such  utilities. 

After  the  enactment  of  this,  "The  Platting  Act,"  and  the  completion 
of  the  initial  topographic  surveys  by  contract  in  1924,  considerable 
difficulty  was  experienced  in  obtaining  funds  to  carry  on  and  extend  the 
topographic  map  work  with  the  result  that,  despite  the  authority  given 
us  by  the  act  over  subdivisions  of  land,  our  efforts  to  plan  and  control 
the  territory  beyond  the  corporate  limits  were,  for  a  time,  handicapped 
for  lack  of  basic  map  information. 

Means  were  finally  worked  out  for  extending  the  control  surveys  and 
topographic  map  work  by  the  use  of  our  own  departmental  forces  with 
the  result  that  we  now  have  completely  mapped  more  than  100  square 
miles  of  territory  both  within  and  adjacent  to  the  corporate  limits  of 
the  city.  This  includes  the  area  over  which  the  Director  of  Public  Works 
is  given  jurisdiction  under  the  provisions  of  the  "Platting  Act."  The  pre- 
cise control  in  both  the  triangulation  net  and  traverse  was  established  and 


48  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

executed  in  accordance  with  methods  used  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  and 
Geodetic  Survey.  The  topographic  mapping  was  done  by  plane  table 
methods  in  sectional  form  on  sheets  approximately  20  by  26  inches  to  a 
scale  of  200  and  400  feet  to  the  inch  depending  upon  its  location,  topog- 
raphy and  the  desired  detail. 

It  would  indeed  be  difficult  to  estimate  the  value  of  this  extensive 
map  information  to  the  city.  Some  appreciation  of  its  value  may,  how- 
ever, be  grasped  by  pointing  out  that  the  lack  of  such  information  prior 
to  our  last  annexation  in  1914  cost  the  City  of  Richmond  upwards  of 
one  million  dollars  in  the  acquisition  of  streets  for  drainage  purposes 
alone  that  could  have  been  largely,  if  not  entirely,  obviated  had  similar 
map  information  been  available  at  the  time  of  the  subdivision  of  the 
parcels  involved.  In  this  particular  we  have  experienced  a  material 
value  in  this  phase  of  city  planning. 

Since  the  adoption  of  the  "Platting  Act"  in  1924,  there  have  been 
submitted  to  the  Director  of  Public  Works  for  approval  under  the  pro- 
visions of  that  act  about  175  plans  covering  the  subdivision  of  land 
embracing  in  all  approximately  6,500  acres  and  aggregating  225  miles 
of  streets.  Likewise,  plans  have  been  submitted  covering  approximately 
90  miles  of  sewer,  gas  and  water  lines  constructed  within  the  five-mile 
limit  beyond  the  city.  These  were  carefully  investigated  and  checked 
and  modifications  made  where  necessary  before  approval.  Much  of  such 
proposed  construction  was  installed  under  the  supervision  of  the  De- 
partment of  Public  Works. 

By  the  further  use  of  this  basic  map  information  or  first  element  of 
city  planning,  we  have  been  able  to  develop  and  execute  since  1924 
many  worthwhile  projects.  Plans  for  widening  and  extending  more  than 
50  miles  of  streets  have  been  prepared  of  which  about  37  miles  or 
70  per  cent  have  been  executed.  What  has  been  accomplished  by  its  use 
in  planning  street  improvements  also  applies  in  great  measure  to  the 
planning  of  parks,  playgrounds,  cemeteries,  airport  and  other  projects, 
especially  the  improvements  proposed  in  connection  with  the  navi- 
gability of  the  James  River  and  the  Harbor  at  Richmond. 

Zoning  regulations  were  first  introduced  in  Richmond  in  1922  through 
the  enactment,  by  the  General  Assembly,  during  that  year,  of  a  tenta- 
tive law  authorizing  the  governing  bodies  of  cities  within  the  Common- 
wealth to  divide  the  municipal  area  into  districts  and  to  regulate  and 
restrict  the  use  of  land  and  buildings  within  their  corporate  limits.  As 
a  protective  measure,  the  Council  of  the  City  of  Richmond  adopted  in 
1922  an  interim  zoning  ordinance  which  was  in  force  and  effect  pending 
the  development  and  adoption  of  a  comprehensive  zoning  ordinance. 
This  act  was  subsequently  amended  in  1926  so  as  to  enlarge  and  clarify 
its  original  purposes;  provide  for  a  board  of  zoning  appeals  and  so 
modified  as  to  be  in  harmony  with  the  recognized  standard  zoning  law, 
varying  in  instances  only  where  local  conditions  seem  to  justify.  This 


EXPERIENCE  WITH  CITY  PLANNING  PROGRAMS     49 

was  followed  by  the  adoption  of  a  comprehensive  zoning  ordinance  ap- 
proved by  the  Council  of  the  City  of  Richmond,  April  13,  1927,  pro- 
viding for  its  enforcement  through  the  Bureau  of  Building  Inspection 
and  the  setting  up  of  a  Board  of  Zoning  Appeals.  The  operation  of  our 
zoning  ordinance  has,  since  its  creation,  met  with  marked  success  and 
cooperation  between  the  public  and  city  officials  alike. 

The  original  ordinance  adopted  by  the  City  Council  in  1918,  creating 
the  City  Planning  Commission,  which  never  functioned,  was  amended 
and  in  its  stead  a  new  ordinance  was  adopted  by  Council  on  February  11, 
1932,  which  provides  that  the  Commission  be  composed  of  five  members, 
namely,  the  Director  of  Public  Works  and  four  citizens,  each  citizen 
to  be  appointed  by  the  Mayor  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Council 
and  to  serve  without  compensation  for  a  period  of  four  years.  The  Com- 
mission thus  composed  and  appointed  meets  upon  call  of  the  Chairman. 
Its  functions  are  limited  to  studies  and  recommendations  for  the  im- 
provement of  the  plan  of  the  city,  both  within  and  for  at  least  five  miles 
beyond  the  city  limits.  Its  duties  are  of  an  advisory  nature  without 
authority  to  appropriate  funds  to  carry  out  and  execute  its  recommenda- 
tions, the  authority  to  appropriate  funds  being  reserved  by  the  Council 
of  the  City  of  Richmond.  The  Commission  is  empowered,  with  the 
approval  of  the  Mayor,  to  procure  the  advice  and  services  of  an  expert 
City  Planner. 

Our  City  Planning  Commission,  has,  since  its  creation  in  1932, 
undergone  some  slight  changes  in  its  membership  due  to  resignations 
and  removals  from  the  city.  Its  personnel  from  the  beginning,  and  as 
now  constituted,  has  always  been  of  a  high  order;  each  member  is  well 
qualified,  displaying  rare  interest,  and  rendering  splendid  and  patriotic 
service  in  the  studies  and  problems  presented. 

The  General  Assembly  of  Virginia,  by  an  act  approved  March  5, 
1934,  adopted  its  first  and  only  "City  Planning  Enabling  Act,"  author- 
izing the  councils  or  other  governing  bodies  of  incorporated  cities  and 
towns  to  provide  for  municipal  planning  and  for  the  organization  and 
powers  of  its  planning  bodies.  This  act,  in  general,  followed  the  usual 
recognized  standard  form  and  gives  to  the  locality  a  clear  definition  of 
its  powers  and  legal  stability  to  its  enforcement  in  matters  of  City 
Planning. 

The  city  planning  ordinance  defines  as  one  of  the  duties  of  the  Plan- 
ning Commission,  "to  prepare  a  comprehensive  city  plan  for  the  future 
improvement  and  growth  of  the  city  within  and  without  the  city  limits. 
.  .  .  After  money  to  cover  the  cost  thereof  shall  have  been  appropriated 
by  the  Council,  to  cause  under  the  direction  of  the  Director  of  Public 
Works  the  necessary  survey  to  be  made  and  the  collection  of  statistical 
data,  and  to  prepare  a  plan,  etc."  No  realization  of  this  accomplishment 
has  been  reached  in  face  of  the  retrenchments  made  in  the  past  several 
years  in  the  personnel  of  the  Department  of  Public  Works  due  to  the 


50  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

curtailment  of  its  budget.  The  present  administration  fully  recognizes 
the  desirability  of  such  accomplishment  but  in  view  of  the  decrease  in 
the  city's  income,  the  demand  for  more  urgent  needs  and  the  burden  of 
relief,  the  city  has  thus  far  been  unable  financially  to  provide  funds  for 
the  necessary  expense  involved.  Notwithstanding  this,  the  department 
has  nevertheless  made  definite  advances  in  surveys  and  in  the  collection 
of  statistical  data  pertinent  and  necessary  to  the  development  of  a 
comprehensive  city  plan. 

Taking  advantage  of  the  opportunities  offered  by  the  various  Federal 
work  relief  plans,  the  Department  of  Public  Works  from  time  to  time 
submitted  several  statistical  project  proposals  pertinent  to  city  planning. 
These  proposals  were  approved  and  the  services  of  Mr.  Harland  Bar- 
tholomew were  engaged  in  an  advisory  capacity.  In  order  to  familiarize 
himself  with  local  conditions,  Mr.  Bartholomew  made  several  visits  to 
Richmond  at  which  time  he  advised  and  aided  in  the  preparation  of  the 
State  Enabling  Act  previously  referred  to  and  outlined  very  thoroughly 
and  very  clearly  statistical  data  to  be  gathered  and  surveys  to  be  made 
that  were  pertinent  and  essential  to  the  development  of  a  comprehensive 
city  plan.  The  studies  outlined  were  related  to  street  planning,  housing 
and  slum  clearance,  zoning,  recreation  and  parks,  transportation  and 
regional  planning. 

The  results  of  some  of  these  surveys,  more  particularly  those  referring 
to  housing  and  slum  clearance,  have  been  completed  and  published  in 
pamphlet  form,  and  we  hope  the  time  is  not  far  distant  when  funds  will 
be  made  available  for  the  development  and  completion  of  a  compre- 
hensive city  plan. 


THE  COUNTY 


AN  APPROACH  TO  COUNTY  PLANNING  53 

An  Approach  to  County  Planning 

CHAIRMAN'S  INTRODUCTION 

MR.  MARSHALL  N.  DANA,  Portland,  Ore.,  Chairman,  Pacific  North- 
west Regional  Planning  Commission:  I  come  from  the  Pacific  North- 
west where  planning,  under  its  various  forms  at  its  various  levels,  has 
been  found  necessary.  Of  the  220  local  organizations  in  the  four  States — 
Montana,  Idaho,  Washington,  and  Oregon — somewhat  less  than  a 
hundred  represent  county  planning  organizations.  Our  experience  is 
probably  that  of  other  States,  that  county  planning  is  not  original,  that 
it  is  an  outgrowth  of  city  planning  and  of  state  planning;  that  it  is  an 
outgrowth  of  city  planning,  particularly  where  counties  are  urban  in 
their  character;  that  it  is  an  outgrowth  of  state  planning  where  counties 
are  predominantly  rural  in  their  character  and  in  their  interests.  County 
planning  assures  a  common  interest  and  that  is  the  technical  guidance 
of  county  planning  organizations  from  the  time  that  they  are  organized. 
It  is  a  misfortune  to  organize  a  county  planning  commission  and  then 
leave  it  to  its  own  initiative  and  orientation.  There  is  a  common  meeting- 
ground  between  the  local  ambition  and  interest  and  recognition  of  the 
value  of  the  work  to  be  done  and  the  technical  wisdom,  experience  and 
guidance  that  can  be  supplied. 

I  would  say  that  in  Montana,  Idaho  and  Washington,  the  legislative 
support  of  county  planning  organizations  has  considerably  advanced. 
In  Oregon,  with  the  cooperation  of  the  Governor,  county  planning  boards 
have  been  appointed,  but  are  unofficial  in  character.  Whether  efficiency 
is  determined  by  legislative  support,  I  think  our  experience  does  not 
permit  me  to  say.  The  comment  is  often  made  that  conferences  of  this 
kind  are  dominated  by  the  interests  and  technique  of  city  planning.  The 
inference  is  that  between  city  planning  and  other  forms,  particularly 
county  planning,  there  is  a  conflict  or  competition.  We  think  we  have 
discovered  in  the  Northwest  a  movement  of  cooperation  between  city 
and  county  interests  or  between  the  county  and  the  near-by  metropolis 
and  between  the  county  and  state  planning  organization. 

I  have  sometimes  been  accused  of  being  a  planner.  If  to  have  a 
plan  is  to  be  a  planner,  then  I  am  one,  and  my  plan  is  to  translate  the 
words  of  the  professional  planner  into  the  language  of  the  man  in  the 
street.  I  have  a  conviction  that  planning  must  abide  in  the  understand- 
ing and  the  confidence  of  the  people  whose  interests  now  and  hereafter 
are  affected  by  good  planning. 


54  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

COUNTY  PLANNING  IN  IOWA 

By  P.  H.  EL  WOOD,  Ames,  Iowa,  Consultant,  Iowa  State  Planning  Board 

THE  first,  and  perhaps  the  most  important  requirement  in  approach- 
ing any  planning  problem  is  inspired  leadership.  The  leaders,  how- 
ever, in  any  movement  should  not  proceed  too  far  ahead  or  beyond 
the  ranks  of  the  followers.  No  captain  should  be  so  far  ahead  of  his 
company  that  he  loses  contact  with  his  men  or  the  objectives  might 
not  be  attained. 

So  it  is  with  planning.  County  planners  in  the  United  States  have 
been  cast  in  the  role  of  followers,  who  have  been  inspired  by  the  wise 
and  intelligent  leadership  of  the  national  and  state  planning  move- 
ment of  the  past  three  years. 

We  should  clarify  the  present  confusion  in  the  minds  of  many  con- 
cerning planning.  The  term  planning  is  often  assumed  to  include  actual 
control  and  administration.  While  this  interpretation  remains,  there 
can  be  little  sound,  thoughtful,  long-range  local  planning. 

The  County  as  a  Planning  Unit.  It  is  my  firm  conviction  that  the 
next  planning  development  in  this  country  will  be  concerned  chiefly 
with  the  county  as  the  basic  planning  unit.  The  planning  idea,  now  so 
magnificently  developed  through  Federal  and  state  planning  agencies, 
must  go  to  and  come  from  the  people  who  are  most  concerned.  They 
must  initiate  the  planning  program  and  carry  it  out. 

The  state  planning  boards  should  help  the  counties  in  their  planning 
efforts,  serving  as  fact-finding,  coordinating  bodies  providing  facts  and 
consulting  personnel  in  a  manner  somewhat  similar  to  the  procedure 
followed  by  the  National  Resources  Committee.  Technical  advisers  and 
lecturers  would  be  available  for  service  in  the  counties. 

In  many  ways  the  county  is  a  logical  and  effective  planning  unit.  It 
is  a  legal  political  unit  with  very  definite  physical  boundaries.  These 
boundaries,  as  planning  proceeds,  are  often  found  very  inefficient  and 
poorly  adapted  to  effective  planning  or  administration.  In  many  States, 
with  improved  transportation,  there  should  be  a  restudy  of  the  whole 
problem  of  county  consolidation  and  the  readjustment  of  county  lines 
to  insure  more  practical  planning  units.  Many  counties  in  our  country 
have  been  doing  a  certain  amount  of  planning  in  the  past. 

Examples  of  County  Planning.  Without  attempting  anything  like  an 
inventory  of  county  planning  in  the  United  States,  it  is  well  for  us,  when 
approaching  the  complex  problems  of  county  planning  today,  to  examine 
the  work  already  accomplished.  Many  of  the  earlier  efforts  in  county 
planning  were  confined  chiefly  to  systems  of  parks  and  parkways. 
Outstanding  among  these  were  Essex,  Union,  and  Hudson  counties  in 
New  Jersey  and  the  well-known  Westchester  County,  New  York,  park- 
ways. Milwaukee  County,  Wisconsin,  and  Cook  County,  Illinois,  were 
the  outgrowth  of  expanding  cities  into  a  metropolitan  region  or  county, 


AN  APPROACH  TO  COUNTY  PLANNING  55 

repeating  somewhat  the  earlier  experiences  of  Boston,  Massachusetts. 
Los  Angeles  County,  California,  is  another  example  of  a  complex,  intricate 
tangle  of  mushroom,  haphazard,  planless  urban  developments  revamped 
into  order  out  of  chaos  through  comprehensive  planning.  In  Los  Angeles 
County  the  county  planning  program  included:  research  and  statistics, 
highways,  land  subdivision,  zoning,  and  landscape  and  recreation  design. 
It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  date  of  this  plan  is  1929,  placing  it  among 
the  early  efforts  toward  comprehensive  coordinated  county  planning. 

A  new  approach,  or  the  application  of  the  principles  of  zoning  to 
rural  land-use,  has  been  developed  during  the  last  three  years  in  Wiscon- 
sin where  several  counties  have  legally  established  zoning  laws  which 
designate  the  use  of  land  for  recreation,  agriculture  or  forestry.  Several 
Kansas  counties  during  the  past  year  have  presented  planned  public 
works  programs.  This,  however,  seems  much  too  restricted  to  be  termed 
comprehensive  county  planning. 

In  Tompkins  County,  New  York,  an  interesting  planning  experiment 
is  being  unfolded  which  apparently  springs  more  directly  from  the  will 
and  the  wishes  of  the  people  concerned  than  any  of  the  examples  of 
county  planning  already  mentioned.  Here  the  people  are  working  out 
their  own  problems  with  a  minimum  of  control  and  guidance  from  the 
New  York  State  Planning  Council  and  the  staff  of  Cornell  University. 
This  really  constitutes  another  approach  more  human,  perhaps,  and 
decidedly  more  rural. 

Unity  of  Rural  and  Urban  Interests.  One  of  the  first  and  most  im- 
portant facts  to  bear  in  mind  concerning  county  planning,  especially  in 
agricultural  States  like  Illinois  and  Iowa,  is  the  interdependence  of  rural 
and  urban  interests  within  the  county.  In  an  address  before  the  recent 
Iowa  Conference  on  Planning,  Prof.  Murl  McDonald,  Assistant  Director 
of  the  Agricultural  Extension  Service  and  Chairman  of  the  County  Land 
Use  Planning  Committee  of  the  State,  said,  "According  to  the  project 
chart  of  the  Iowa  State  Planning  Board,  land,  water,  people  and  com- 
merce are  our  basic  interests.  They  represent  our  physical  and  human 
resources  and  our  economic,  educational  and  social  backgrounds.  They 
are  at  the  root  of  all  planning.  They  concern  all  people  whether  rural  or 
urban. 

"Today,  much  of  the  land  in  this  State  is  owned  jointly  by  rural  and 
urban  people.  Both  have  an  interest  in  the  land.  They  have  a  joint 
interest  in  land  use  and  soil  conservation.  Likewise,  the  people  living  on 
farms  are  potentially  heavy  consumers  of  the  products  of  labor  and  pro- 
fessional services;  consequently  rural  as  well  as  urban  people  have  an 
interest  in  the  problems  of  commerce  and  industry.  Surely  the  experi- 
ences of  the  past,  out  of  which  have  emerged  the  conditions  of  the 
present,  have  revealed  the  absolute  interdependence  of  rural  and  urban 
people." 

This  interdependence  of  urban  and  rural  interests  we  have  tried  to 


56  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

emphasize  in  our  suggested  approach  to  county  planning  in  Appanoose 
County,  Iowa,  particularly  as  it  may  differ  from  those  already  mentioned. 
Two  facts  I  wish  you  to  keep  in  mind  are:  (1)  The  Appanoose  County 
Report  is  not  a  master  plan.  It  is  a  vast  reservoir  of  facts,  some  of  which 
are  from  hitherto  untouched  sources  of  information,  with  but  a  few 
suggested  plans  for  physical  development  and  an  outline  of  procedure 
for  effective  follow-up  work.  (2)  It  is  a  response  by  the  Iowa  State 
Planning  Board  to  the  call  of  the  people  of  Appanoose  County  through 
their  voluntary  Soil  Conservation  Association  and  county  and  city 
agencies  for  help  and  guidance  in  solving  their  planning  problems.  In 
other  words,  the  facts  are  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  people  of  the  county 
for  action. 

The  next  step  in  this  approach  to  planning  should  be  an  appraisal 
and  analysis  of  existing  conditions,  problems  and  resources.  From  this 
analysis  it  may  then  be  possible  to  decide  on  the  disposition  of  these 
resources  to  achieve  the  desired  end,  which  would  be  the  greatest  happi- 
ness of  the  greatest  number.  The  plan,  which  will  then  be  seen  as  the 
last  step  in  an  approach  to  planning,  should  be  the  outgrowth  of  the 
analysis  and  appraisal  of  resources,  natural  and  human.  Such  a  plan 
should  be  sufficiently  broad  and  elastic  to  allow  for  its  adaption  to 
circumstances  which  may  not  be  clearly  recognized  at  the  time  of  its 
inauguration. 

In  its  final  form  this  plan  must  be  the  plan  of  the  people  most  con- 
cerned. They  must  decide  what  disposition  is  to  be  made  of  the  resources 
they  possess.  However,  in  the  appraisal  and  analysis  of  resources,  not 
all  of  us  have  the  necessary  qualifications  for  such  analysis.  Parts  of  this 
work  must  be  done  by  trained  technicians.  The  soils  program  should  be 
based  upon  the  recommendations  of  the  soils  expert,  flood  control  and 
water  supply  upon  the  analysis  of  the  hydraulic  and  sanitary  engineer, 
housing  by  architects,  and  parks  by  landscape  architects. 

The  study  of  Appanoose  County,  Iowa,  represents  an  attempted 
appraisal  of  the  physical  and  social  resources  of  an  Iowa  county  in  the 
light  of  present  maladjustments  or  problems.  It  has  been  compiled  from 
various  sources  and  much  of  it  is  a  result  of  original  investigations  and 
compilations  by  members  of  the  Iowa  State  Planning  Board  staff.  A 
great  deal  of  the  material  is  of  a  sort  basic  to  planning  in  any  Iowa  county. 

Appanoose  County  was  chosen  for  this  demonstration  study  because 
in  many  ways  it  seemed,  when  the  study  was  undertaken,  to  be  a  county 
in  great  need  of  readjustment.  This  county  had  one  of  the  heaviest  relief 
loads  in  the  State.  It  has  suffered  from  a  more  steady  and  serious  decline 
in  population  than  most  counties.  Even  so,  a  study  of  the  employment 
figures  would  seem  to  indicate  that  there  are  still  in  the  county  a  con- 
siderable number  of  persons,  especially  miners,  who  cannot  reasonably 
expect  reemployment  in  their  regular  occupation,  even  if  the  county 
were  to  return  to  prosperity. 


AN  APPROACH  TO  COUNTY  PLANNING      57 

The  idea  of  planning  is  not  new  to  Appanoose  County.  Soon  after 
the  Treaty  of  1842,  by  which  the  Sac  and  Fox  Indian  tribes  sold  the 
last  of  their  Iowa  lands  to  the  Government,  a  survey  of  the  newly 
acquired  territory  was  undertaken.  Appanoose  County  was  created  the 
following  year  and  the  first  election  was  held.  Pending  the  completion 
of  the  necessary  land  survey  and  the  opportunity  for  purchasing  their 
claims,  the  settlers  in  1845  organized  a  claim  protection  society.  The 
first  agricultural  society  was  formed  ten  years  later,  since  which  time 
various  orders  have  arisen  to  act  as  educational  and  planning  forces  in 
the  county,  including  the  more  recently  (1934)  organized  Appanoose 
County  Soil  Conservation  Association. 

To  give  a  fair  conception  of  the  scope  of  our  fact-finding  survey  and 
report  on  Appanoose  County,  let  me  mention  briefly  the  subjects  or 
aspects  of  the  problem  considered. 

Part  I  concerns  primarily  the  rural  county  and  includes: 

Physical  characteristics  Electrification  and  communication 

Population  and  employment       Public  water  supply 
Agriculture  and  industry  Transportation 

Part  II  includes  the  urban  problems :  Existing  Conditions — 
Population  trends  Residential  areas 

Social  organization  Commercial  areas 

Income  and  employment  Industrial  areas 

Housing  and  health  Streets 

Urban  land-use  Parks  and  playgrounds 
Public  and  semi-public  areas 

Conclusions  with  Suggestions  for  local  committees.  This  report  has 
been  presented  to  the  local  officials  and  organizations  in  Appanoose 
County.  They  are  taking  active  steps  to  make  full  use  of  it,  and  the 
State  Planning  Board  hopes  to  keep  alive  the  fine  enthusiasm  for  plan- 
ning in  the  county. 

As  stated  at  the  beginning  of  this  discussion,  leadership,  local  leader- 
ship, is  a  prime  necessity  in  successful  county  planning.  It  is  suggested 
that  some  group  of  interested  citizens — perhaps  a  civic  organization, 
women's  club,  commercial  club,  church  organization,  American  Legion, 
Kiwanis,  Rotary,  Lions,  or  similar  group  (or  combination  of  groups 
acting  jointly) — take  the  initiative  to  the  extent  of  sponsoring  an 
organization  meeting. 

An  organization  meeting  ordinarily  should  be  held  at  the  county  seat 
or  other  convenient  location,  and  should  be  open  to  the  general  public. 
All  civic  and  service  groups  in  the  county  should  be  invited  to  attend. 
At  an  organization  meeting,  the  general  objectives  of  county  planning 
and  the  purpose  of  the  meeting  should  be  stated. 

It  may  be  desirable  to  have  representatives  from  other  planning 
agencies — state,  county  or  municipal — on  hand  to  relate  practical 
experience  and  aid  in  the  explanation  of  a  planning  program.  Graphic 


58  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

material  in  the  form  of  maps  and  charts  may  be  found  very  helpful  in 
emphasizing  the  procedure  and  purposes  of  county  planning. 

The  citizen  group,  service  club  or  other  sponsoring  agency  should 
provide  continuity  to  the  county  planning  movement  until  an  official 
county  planning  council  has  been  selected.  (After  the  passage  of  an 
official  county  planning  enabling  act,  of  course,  a  sponsoring  group 
should  work  directly  for  the  appointment  of  an  official  county  planning 
commission  by  whatever  appointing  agency  the  law  designates.) 

If  a  representative  attendance  is  present  at  the  first  organization 
meeting  called  by  the  sponsor,  the  unofficial  county  planning  council 
may  be  chosen  then.  If  for  any  reason  it  seems  preferable  to  postpone 
selection  of  the  planning  council  until  a  later  meeting,  such  action  is 
at  the  option  of  the  sponsor.  Unnecessary  delay,  however,  should  be 
avoided,  and  the  county  planning  council  should  be  selected  as  soon 
as  conditions  warrant. 

Unofficial  County  Planning  Council.  In  Iowa  it  is  possible  for  munici- 
palities to  appoint  official  planning  and  zoning  commissions  (which  in 
some  cases  have  identical  membership),  but  there  is  at  present  (1936) 
no  legislation  to  provide  for  official  county  planning  bodies.  Nevertheless 
it  is  entirely  possible  for  an  unofficial  county  planning  group  to  be 
appointed  or  selected,  and  for  such  a  group  to  carry  forward  a  program 
which  can  be  as  comprehensive  as  the  vision  and  energy  of  the  group 
members. 

An  unofficial  county  planning  committee  or  council, should  seek  to 
promote  a  comprehensive  county  planning  program  and  urge  the  enact- 
ing of  enabling  legislation  if  needed  to  permit  the  establishment  of 
official  county  planning  bodies. 

It  is  desirable  to  consider  the  administrative  and  technical  officers  of 
the  county  when  choosing  the  members  of  a  county  planning  council — 
not  necessarily  to  have  such  officers  on  the  council  except  as  ex  officio 
members,  but  their  planning  experience  and  executive  authority  should 
be  recognized.  The  council  should  represent  the  lay  citizens,  but  it  also 
must  be  able  to  cooperate  with  the  officials  elected  by  those  citizens. 

It  is  my  firm  conviction  that  fostering,  guiding,  advising  and  assisting 
county  planning  boards  in  any  way  is  one  of  the  most  important  func- 
tions of  state  planning  boards  at  the  present  time.  Consultants  and 
technical  advisers,  as  well  as  all  the  facts  pertaining  to  individual 
counties,  should  be  furnished  and  interpreted  for  the  local  people. 

The  State  Planning  Board  advisers  might  effect  better  integration  of 
the  many  county  committees,  such  as  those  on  wildlife,  recreation, 
parks,  land-use,  safety,  housing  and  others,  into  a  smooth  unit  working 
toward  the  general  welfare  of  the  people. 

If  such  collaboration  could  be  conducted  in  all  States  and  counties, 
nothing  could  ever  halt  the  forward  march  of  planning  in  America. 


AN  APPROACH  TO  COUNTY  PLANNING  59 

DISTINCTIVE  FEATURES  OF  PLANNING  PROCEDURE 
IN  CLACKAMAS  COUNTY,  OREGON 

By  L.  C.  STOLL,  Executive  Secretary,  Clackamas  County  Planning  Board, 
and  V.  B.  STANBERY,  Consultant,  National  Resources  Committee 

EECE  Iowa,  Oregon  has  no  state  law  authorizing  official  county 
planning  boards.  A  bill  for  an  enabling  act  was  recommended  to  the 
last  regular  session  of  the  State  Legislature  by  the  State  Planning  Board. 
It  passed  the  Assembly  and  failed  in  the  State  Senate.  It  will  be  again 
recommended  by  the  State  Planning  Board. 

Twenty-eight  unofficial  county  planning  boards  have  been  organized 
in  Oregon  during  the  last  year.  Twelve  of  these  are  active  and  productive. 

One  of  these,  the  Clackamas  County  Planning  Board,  has  won  par- 
ticular attention,  because,  through  its  efforts,  it  has  obtained  allocation 
of  nearly  $2,000,000  of  Federal  funds  for  construction  projects  of  perma- 
nent value  to  the  county  and  because  it  linked  itself  functionally  and 
actively  with  local,  state  and  Federal  agencies.  In  this  county  there  is 
an  active  and  actual  coordination  of  public  agencies. 

Clackamas  County  is  predominantly  a  rural  county.  It  covers 
approximately  1,800  square  miles  with  a  total  population  of  about  46,000. 
The  county  seat,  Oregon  City,  has  a  population  of  only  5,800.  The 
county's  resources  are  chiefly  those  of  agriculture,  forests  and  recreation 
areas.  It  may  interest  you  to  know  that  it  was  in  Clackamas  County 
that  Rudyard  Kipling  caught  that  extraordinary  salmon  he  wrote  about 
in  his  "American  Letters." 

Purposes  and  Aims.  The  Clackamas  County  Planning  Board  con- 
ceives county  planning  as  covering : 

Study  and  analysis  of  county  problems. 

Plans  for  conservation  of  resources  and  increasing  the  efficiency  of  and 
benefits  from  public  facilities  and  services. 

Initiation  and  furthering  of  needed  and  justifiable  improvement  projects 
and  development  programs,  including  advance  planning  for  public  works  and 
work-relief  projects. 

Creation  of  informed  public  opinion  leading  to  active  cooperation  of  public 
bodies  and  citizen  support  for  the  Board's  recommendations. 

Intensive  follow-up  of  planning  recommendations  to  full  accomplishment. 

The  Board  feels  that  planning  must  produce  demonstrably  useful 
results,  that  the  real  purpose  of  practical  county  planning  is  to  insure 
that  reports  and  recommendations  are  actually  put  into  effect  or  are 
conclusively  rejected  by  a  majority  of  the  people  through  definite  expres- 
sion of  public  opinion.  This  requires  forceful  and  continuous  follow-up 
of  each  advisory  action  and  recommendation.  The  procedure  adopted  by 
the  Clackamas  County  Planning  Board  in  following  through  each 
separate  recommendation  to  ultimate  accomplishment  is  probably  the 
most  distinctive  feature  of  planning  in  Clackamas  County.  It  has 
produced  highly  successful  results  within  a  short  time. 


60  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

The  Board  recognizes  two  distinct  phases  of  planning:  (1)  planning 
under  emergency  conditions  for  projects  to  be  included  in  immediate 
unemployment  and  relief  programs;  (2)  long-range  planning  on  a  broad 
scale  for  the  future  growth  and  development  of  the  county.  The  Board 
has  given  much  thought  and  effort  to  both  these  phases. 

Organization,  Staff  and  Budget.  The  Clackamas  County  Planning 
Board  is,  in  effect,  an  unofficial,  voluntary  planning  committee  nomi- 
nated by  the  Clackamas  County  Court,  May,  1935,  and  appointed  by  the 
Governor  of  Oregon,  so  that  the  Board  could  cooperate  with  the  State 
Planning  Board,  under  the  State  Planning  Board  Act  of  1935. 

The  Clackamas  County  Planning  Board  has  eleven  members,  includ- 
ing two  civil  engineers,  two  bankers,  two  businessmen,  one  school 
superintendent,  one  farmer,  one  labor  representative,  one  lumberman, 
and  one  County  Commissioner.  The  Board  feels  that  since  its  first  duty 
is  to  advise  county  officials,  it  must  be  closely  affiliated  with  the  County 
Court.  The  County  Commissioner  was  therefore  elected  chairman  of  the 
County  Planning  Board. 

The  present  staff  consists  of  an  executive  secretary,  who  is  also  a 
member  of  the  Board,  a  stenographer-secretary,  and  one  additional 
stenographer  provided  by  the  State  Planning  Board  under  its  WPA 
staff  project. 

During  the  last  year  the  Board  received  contributions  equivalent  to 
approximately  $1,600  from  the  following  sources: 

Cash  allotment,  working  quarters,  office  equipment  and  supplies,  furnished 
by  the  Clackamas  County  Court. 

Cash  contributions  by  public  agencies  which  have  been  directly  assisted  by 
the  Board. 

In  addition,  WPA  technical  workers  furnished  by  the  State  Planning  Board 
under  its  WPA  staff  project  have  assisted  the  County  Planning  Board  on  a 
number  of  special  studies. 

General  Policies  and  Procedure.  The  Board  meets  regularly  twice  a 
month.  Because  of  these  frequent  meetings  and  a  large  average  atten- 
dance, it  has  functioned  with  a  high  degree  of  efficiency.  As  far  as  pos- 
sible, each  meeting  has  been  limited  to  the  discussion  of  a  single  subject, 
such  as  flood  control,  forest  problems,  and  farm  conditions.  Representa- 
tives of  all  Federal  and  state  agencies,  and  local  groups  and  organiza- 
tions having  special  knowledge  of  these  particular  subjects,  are  requested 
to  attend  and  participate,  affording  full  discussion  of  each  subject.  Dur- 
ing the  last  year  representatives  of  nearly  every  Federal  and  state 
agency  in  Oregon  have  attended  these  meetings,  given  valuable  advice 
and  offered  their  cooperation. 

Meetings  of  the  Board  are  open  to  the  public,  and  public  attendance 
is  steadily  increasing.  The  people  are  gradually  recognizing  that  the 
Board  is  endeavoring  to  act  for  the  best  interests  of  the  county  and  not 
for  any  particular  group  or  special  interest. 


AN  APPROACH  TO  COUNTY  PLANNING      61 

Every  effort  has  been  made  to  instil  public  confidence  in  the  Board's 
recommendations.  A  continuous  educational  program  is  being  carried 
on  to  give  full  publicity  to  the  Board's  activities  and  reports.  The  policy 
of  complete  frankness  has  been  followed  throughout.  Adverse  opinions 
delivered  at  meetings  have  been  given  the  same  press  notices  as  favorable 
support.  This  policy  has  been  effective  and  cumulative  in  its  results. 
Newspapers  in  the  county  and  throughout  the  State  have  respected  this 
frankness  and  have  given  widespread  publicity  to  the  Board's  work. 
News  stories  appear  several  times  each  week.  Many  columns  have  been 
printed  during  the  last  six  months  concerning  the  Board's  recommenda- 
tions and  follow-up  on  projects. 

Differences  of  opinion  are  brought  out,  together  with  the  underlying 
reasons  for  these  differences,  and  usually  a  satisfactory  solution  or  work- 
ing compromise  has  been  agreed  upon.  This  is  an  important  feature  of 
the  Clackamas  County  procedure,  since  whole-hearted  and  effective 
cooperation  of  all  interested  groups  and  agencies  is  required  to  solve 
many  difficult  county  problems. 

The  Board  has  no  standing  or  permanent  committees.  Whenever  a 
detailed  investigation  or  study  of  a  particular  subject  is  required,  the 
Board  appoints  a  special  joint  committee,  composed  of  members  of  the 
Planning  Board,  outside  technicians,  experts  from  Federal  and  state 
agencies,  and  representatives  of  interested  groups,  to  make  the  study. 
Upon  completion  of  the  study  and  submission  of  a  satisfactory  report, 
the  committee  is  dissolved.  This  procedure  eliminates  the  series  of 
progress  reports  usually  submitted  by  standing  committees. 

For  each  meeting  a  definite  agenda,  listing  subjects  for  consideration 
by  the  Board  and  speakers,  is  carefully  prepared.  A  folder  containing  the 
agenda,  with  copies  of  all  relevant  reports,  correspondence,  memoranda 
and  excerpts  from  minutes  of  previous  meetings,  is  made  up  in  advance 
and  given  to  each  member  at  the  meeting.  Special  reports  upon  which 
the  Board  is  expected  to  act  are  mailed  out  to  each  member  at  least 
five  days  prior  to  the  meeting,  so  that  he  may  study  them  thoroughly 
and  participate  intelligently  in  the  discussion . 

The  Clackamas  County  Planning  Board  maintains  close  contact 
with  the  State  Planning  Board  and  the  State  Consultant.  Before  taking 
any  definite  action  on  subjects  directly  related  to  the  State  Planning 
Board's  program,  or  affecting  development  outside  Clackamas  County, 
the  Board  refers  such  subjects  to  the  State  Planning  Board  for  considera- 
tion and  advice,  accompanied  by  the  County  Planning  Board's  com- 
ments and  recommendations. 

Whenever  available,  the  advice  of  outside  technicians  and  experts  is 
obtained  before  decisions  are  made.  The  Board  has  endeavored  to  in- 
vestigate every  proposal  thoroughly  and  base  its  decisions  on  an  unbiased 
study  of  all  relevant  facts  and  conditions.  Naturally,  the  Board  has 
assumed  heavy  responsibilities  in  giving  definite  recommendations  for, 


62  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

or  rejection  of,  projects  and  proposals  submitted  for  its  consideration. 
The  Clackamas  County  Planning  Board  feels  that  its  progress  has  been 
largely  due  to  its  accepting  these  responsibilities  and  in  taking  definite 
action  on  questions  affecting  the  county's  welfare.  At  first  the  opposition 
of  unsuccessful  petitioners  was  very  strong,  but  by  firm  adherence  to 
this  policy,  the  Board  has  gradually  built  up  a  reputation  among  the 
citizens  of  Clackamas  County  which  has  given  it  considerable  standing 
and  prestige. 

The  Board  is  now  beginning  to  function  as  a  clearing  house  and 
coordinating  agency  for  improvement  projects  within  the  county.  It 
also  serves  as  an  information  bureau,  giving  out  information  and  advice 
on  conservation  and  development  programs  being  carried  out  by  Federal, 
state  and  local  agencies  within  the  county. 

The  Board  also  anticipates  future  unemployment  and  relief  programs 
by  advance  investigation  of  needs  of  local  subdivisions  and  public 
agencies  for  improvements  and  increased  facilities,  and  outlining  sound 
and  justifiable  projects  to  be  constructed  when  funds  become  available. 
Where  necessary  information  is  lacking,  field  surveys  and  investigations 
are  made  to  obtain  data  required  for  project  analysis.  The  Board  feels  it 
must  take  the  lead  in  anticipating  future  requirements  of  the  county  and 
stimulating  public  bodies  to  study  their  own  problems  and  needs  in 
advance  of  future  programs.  The  Board  then  reviews  specific  projects 
suggested  by  local  agencies  in  relation  to  estimated  future  unemployed 
workers  and  to  the  broader  aspects  of  county  development.  Approved 
lists  of  future  PWA  and  work  relief  projects  are  on  file  for  next  year's 
program.  Complete  programs  for  county  road  construction  during  1937 
and  1938,  with  recommended  priorities,  are  now  being  prepared  and  will 
soon  be  submitted  to  the  County  Court. 

The  Board  acts  as  a  buffer  or  cushion  between  county  officials  and 
pressure  groups.  Members  have  been  subjected  to  severe  criticism  be- 
cause of  their  definite  stand  on  controversial  questions,  but  have  agreed 
to  take  these  thrusts,  feeling  that  they  can  render  most  effective  service 
to  their  county  by  maintaining  their  position  as  a  forthright  advisory 
agency.  The  members  of  the  Board  have  consistently  rendered  unselfish 
public  service,  inspecting  field  conditions  and  attending  hearings  upon 
short  notice  and  often  at  considerable  inconvenience. 

The  methods  and  procedure  followed  by  the  Clackamas  County  Plan- 
ning Board  may  be  considered  by  some  as  outside  the  scope  of  legitimate 
planning  activities.  However,  this  Board  has  accomplished  so  much 
during  the  last  year  that  its  methods  and  practice  merit  recognition  by 
other  planning  bodies. 

Example  of  Emergency  Planning.  In  order  to  take  advantage  of  the 
opportunity  offered  to  obtain  funds  for  needed  public  works  and  im- 
provement projects  under  the  Emergency  Relief  Act  of  1935,  the  Board 
conducted  an  intensive  campaign  to  stimulate  the  submission  to  the 


AN  APPROACH  TO  COUNTY  PLANNING  63 

PWA,  WPA,  the  Army  Engineers  and  the  State  Highway  Commission  of 
worthwhile  projects  of  enduring  value.  A  questionnaire  and  letter  were 
first  sent  out  to  all  political  subdivisions  and  public  agencies  in  the 
county,  asking  them  to  submit  to  the  Planning  Board  detailed  informa- 
tion on  projects  which  they  felt  were  needed  and  desirable,  so  that  the 
Board  could  investigate  these  projects  and  give  its  recommendations 
thereon.  This  letter  also  pointed  out  the  opportunities  given  public 
agencies  to  obtain  financial  aid  from  the  Federal  Government  under  the 
1935  Relief  Act. 

The  following  description  of  the  Planning  Board's  action  on  the 
County  Court  House  is  a  typical  example  of  the  Board's  procedure. 

The  Clackamas  County  Court  House  was  over  fifty  years  old  and 
was  in  poor  condition.  It  was  a  serious  fire  hazard,  endangering  many 
valuable  county  records  and  documents.  It  was  also  inadequate  for  the 
needs  of  a  growing  county.  The  Board  therefore  decided  to  make  a 
detailed  investigation  of  the  need  for  constructing  a  new  Court  House. 
The  State  Fire  Marshal  was  first  requested  to  submit  a  report  on  the 
fire  hazards  and  safety  features  of  the  building.  A  report  was  received 
which  showed  that  the  fire  hazard  was  great  and  that  a  large  amount  of 
money  would  have  to  be  spent  to  remove  this  hazard  and  make  the 
building  conform  to  state  fire  laws. 

A  competent  engineer  was  employed  by  the  Board  to  make  a  survey 
of  the  needs  for  future  space  requirements  of  all  county  offices  which 
would  logically  be  located  in  the  new  Court  House.  This  survey  showed 
that  the  present  building  was  inadequate  to  house  the  present  offices  and 
that  the  county  was  spending  approximately  $2000  yearly  in  outside 
rentals  for  county  agencies. 

Upon  recommendation  of  the  Board,  the  County  Court  agreed  to 
submit  an  application  to  the  PWA  for  loan  and  grant  for  a  new  Court 
House.  The  Board  was  asked  to  recommend  the  most  economical  method 
of  financing  the  county's  share  of  the  cost.  A  study  of  the  possible 
methods  of  financing  was  made  by  a  special  committee  whose  report 
showed  that  a  direct  tax  of  five  mills  for  one  year  (plus  the  use  of  O.  and 
C.  grant  money  in  the  amount  of  $37,000)  would  enable  the  county  to 
pay  its  portion  of  the  cost  of  the  Court  House  in  one  year  and  that  this 
was  the  most  economical  method  of  financing,  as  it  eliminated  carrying 
and  interest  charges  required  for  a  bond  issue. 

As  soon  as  the  application  was  submitted  to  the  PWA,  the  Board 
engaged  in  an  active  educational  campaign,  urging  voters  to  approve 
this  five-mill  one-year  tax.  Members  of  the  Board  spoke  throughout 
the  county  on  the  subject.  Five  thousand  pamphlets  were  printed  and 
issued  by  the  Board  and  every  effort  was  made  to  inform  the  people  of 
the  opportunity  for  obtaining  a  new  Court  House  at  lower  cost  than 
would  otherwise  be  possible.  At  the  election  the  proposed  tax  was  carried 
by  a  majority  of  two  to  one. 


64  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Continual  contact  was  maintained  by  the  Board  with  the  PWA 
Administrator  to  see  that  all  details  were  ironed  out  and  taken  care  of 
expeditiously.  The  Court  House  is  now  under  construction. 

Anticipating  possible  future  appropriations  by  Congress  for  future 
PWA,  WPA  and  state  highway  programs,  the  Board  has  sent  out 
questionnaires  and  has  initiated  a  new  series  of  projects  to  be  submitted 
by  political  subdivisions  for  construction  from  1937  to  1940.  The  Board 
plans  to  investigate  carefully  each  of  these  projects  before  making 
recommendations  so  that  balanced  programs  for  future  PWA,  work 
relief  and  highway  projects  will  be  ready  when  funds  become  available. 
By  thus  anticipating  and  studying  future  needs,  hasty,  ill-advised 
decisions  are  eliminated. 

Example  of  Long-range  Planning.  Since  an  active  campaign  was 
being  carried  on  by  real  estate  and  other  promotion  interests  in  the 
county  to  induce  farmers  to  come  to  Clackamas  and  settle  on  the  land, 
the  Clackamas  County  Planning  Board  felt  that  it  should  determine 
whether  such  a  campaign  was  justified.  Accordingly,  the  Board  initiated 
a  survey  of  existing  farms  and  an  investigation  of  the  present  economic 
condition  of  farmers  throughout  the  county.  This  survey  was  made  by 
the  County  Agricultural  Agent  in  cooperation  with  the  Oregon  Agri- 
cultural Experiment  Station.  A  report  was  submitted  to  the  Planning 
Board  indicating  that  in  the  past  twenty  years  the  number  of  farms  in 
the  county  had  increased  from  3,000  to  over  6,000.  The  average  acreage 
per  farm  unit  decreased  from  52  to  22  acres.  The  farms  in  Clackamas 
County  were  obviously  already  of  minimum  size  under  existing  pro- 
ductive capacity  to  support  the  present  farming  population  adequately. 

The  report  also  showed  that  practically  all  super-marginal  agricultural 
land  in  Clackamas  County  is  now  being  farmed;  further,  that  with  an 
average  of  only  22  acres,  the  present  farm  income  was  not  sufficient  to 
provide  a  satisfactory  standard  of  living  and  that  this  could  only  be 
attained  by  increasing  the  productivity  and  gross  income  of  the  present 
units,  through  drainage,  supplemental  irrigation,  fertilization  and  more 
intensive  crop  production.  The  Planning  Board  therefore  recommended 
that  no  additional  farmers  be  brought  into  the  county  until  further 
development  work  had  been  carried  out. 

In  order  to  determine  the  feasibility  of  supplemental  irrigation  of 
Clackamas  County  lands,  the  Planning  Board  requested  that  an  experi- 
mental demonstration  irrigation  project  be  set  up  by  the  U.  S.  Army 
Engineers  and  the  Oregon  State  Engineer,  with  the  definite  request  that 
$15,000  be  made  available  to  determine  the  feasibility  of  irrigation  on 
this  experimental  area. 

Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  State  Planning  Board,  the  Oregon 
State  Legislature  had  appropriated  $7,500  to  the  office  of  the  State 
Engineer  for  making  surveys  to  determine  the  economic  feasibility  of 
supplemental  irrigation  development  in  the  Willamette  Valley.  This  was 


AN  APPROACH  TO  COUNTY  PLANNING      65 

to  be  matched  by  an  equal  amount  of  Federal  funds  from  the  U.  S.  Army 
Engineers.  This  survey  also  covers  a  detailed  investigation  of  the  cost 
of  building  canals,  laterals  and  other  irrigation  works.  Upon  completion 
of  the  report,  if  favorable,  an  irrigation  district  will  be  formed  and  the 
U.  S.  Reclamation  Bureau  will  be  petitioned  to  construct  the  necessary 
works. 

Study  of  Unemployment  and  Relief  Conditions.  For  the  past  six  months 
the  Clackamas  County  Planning  Board  has  conducted  a  study  of  the 
unemployment  and  relief  conditions  in  the  county,  under  the  Emergency 
Relief  Act  of  1935.  Reports  were  first  obtained  from  the  National  Re- 
Employment  Office,  the  Clackamas  County  Relief  Committee  and  Works 
Progress  Administration  offices.  The  Planning  Board  then  met  with 
representatives  of  the  WPA,  USES,  Clackamas  County  Court,  Clacka- 
mas County  Relief  Committee  and  several  groups  of  unemployed 
workers.  In  the  presence  of  these  officials  and  representatives  of  the 
unemployed,  the  whole  subject  of  unemployment  and  relief  was  thor- 
oughly reviewed,  and  the  Board  finally  recommended: 

1.  That  the  allotment  quota  in  Clackamas  County  should  not  be  increased 
at  the  present  time;   but  that  the  certifications  for  WPA  workers  from  relief 
rolls,  based  on  the  May  1  and  November  1  limits,  were  no  longer  applicable  to 
the  present  relief  status  of  relief  cases. 

2.  That  the  Federal  Administration  should  call  for  a  recertification  of  all 
relief  cases,  determined  solely  on  the  basis  of  present  need,  the  number  of  such 
certifications  to  be  limited  to  the  quota  allowed  the  county. 

3.  That  the  Clackamas  County  Court  should  assume  responsibility  for  all 
unemployables,  who  are  working  on  WPA  projects  at  the  present  time;  that 
there  should  be  a  thorough  physical  examination  of  each  worker  by  a  doctor 
employed  by  the  Clackamas  County  Relief  Committee.    Whether  or  not  a 
worker  is  designated  "unemployable"  should  be  determined  by  the  type  of 
work  available  on  active  projects  at  the  time  of  his  physical  examination,  the 
list  of  persons  to  be  examined  to  be  furnished  the  Clackamas  County  Relief 
Committee  by  the  District  WPA  Engineer. 

These  recommendations  were  sent  to  all  the  representatives  men- 
tioned above,  to  Harry  L.  Hopkins,  and  U.  S.  Senator  Charles  L.  McNary 
for  consideration  during  recent  hearings  on  the  $1,500,000,000  appro- 
priation. 

The  Board  recently  received  a  telegram  from  Senator  McNary  stating 
that  its  recommendations  were  very  constructive;  and,  further,  that  he 
was  introducing  an  amendment  to  the  appropriation  bill,  covering  the 
recommendation  for  recertification  of  all  relief  cases  to  be  eligible  for 
employment  under  the  new  appropriation,  based  solely  on  present  need 
for  relief. 


66  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

County  Agricultural  Adjustment  Planning 

By  BUSHROD  W.  ALLIN,  Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration,  Washington,  D.  C. 

ORGANIZED  farmers  have  never  subscribed  to  the  idea  that  indi- 
vidual self-interest  or  individual  action  alone  can  be  relied  upon  as 
an  infallible  governor  of  economic  and  social  relations.  If  by  planning 
is  meant  the  purposeful  attempt  to  modify  such  relations  by  collective 
action,  farmers  have  been  large-scale  planners  ever  since  Oliver  Hudson 
Kelly  founded  the  National  Grange  at  the  close  of  the  Civil  War. 

From  that  time  until  now,  one  great  farmer  movement  after  another 
has  held  the  national  spotlight.  The  Grange,  the  Alliance,  the  Union,  the 
Equity,  the  Non-Partisan  League,  and  the  Farm  Bureau  —  all,  in  turn, 
have  arisen  in  response  to  conditions  which  farmers  believed  should  be 
changed  by  specific  programs  of  joint  action.  Taken  together,  they  have 
profoundly  affected  American  economic  and  political  institutions.  All 
but  the  Alliance  exist  today,  and,  along  with  other  more  recent  organiza- 
tions, have  in  large  measure  determined  present  national  agricultural 
policy.  They  have  been  the  spearhead  of  the  farm  relief  movement  which 
was  inaugurated  in  1920  by  the  post-war  collapse  of  farm  prices,  and 
which  has  culminated  in  the  enactment  of  the  Soil  Conservation  and 
Domestic  Allotment  Act  of  1936. 

The  Federal  Government  first  assumed  responsibility  for  dealing 
with  the  farm  relief  problem  when  Congress  created  the  Federal  Farm 
Board  in  1929  and  replaced  it  with  the  Agricultural  Adjustment  Ad- 
ministration in  1933.  When  this  happened,  the  national  interest  in  main- 
taining farm  income  at  a  reasonable  level  was  officially  recognized. 
What  had  been  previously  a  group  or  class  interest  became  in  part,  at 
least,  a  national  purpose.  As  such,  it  began  to  affect  national  planning. 

To  think  that  governmental  assistance  in  agricultural  adjustment  is 
only  a  temporary  phenomenon  is  to  overlook  its  historical  background 
and  to  misunderstand  the  intent  of  its  immediate  sponsors.  It  has 
always  been  the  intention  of  those  who  framed  the  Agricultural  Adjust- 
ment Act  "to  pass  from  the  purely  emergency  phases  necessitated  by  a 
grave  national  crisis  to  a  long-time,  more  permanent  plan  .  .  .  ."*  The 
transition  began  in  the  spring  of  1935  when  the  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, in  cooperation  with  the  various  agricultural  experiment  stations, 
launched  a  nation-wide  research  project  in  an  effort  to  determine  changes 
in  cropping  practices  needed  for  soil  conservation,  and  the  possible  effect 
of  such  changes  upon  production. 

A  second  step  was  taken  last  August  when  the  Agricultural  Adjust- 
ment Administration,  in  cooperation  with  the  Extension  Service, 
inaugurated  the  county  agricultural  adjustment  planning  project,  which 


a  statement  to  the  press  by  President  Roosevelt,  issued  in  mimeographed 
form  at  the  White  House,  October  25,  1935. 


COUNTY  AGRICULTURAL  ADJUSTMENT  PLANNING    67 

is  the  subject  of  this  discussion.  At  that  time,  a  start  was  made  by  organ- 
izing in  each  agricultural  county  of  the  United  States  an  adjustment 
planning  committee  of  ten  to  twenty  members,  representing  the  various 
agricultural  interests  of  the  county.  Such  committees  now  exist  or  are 
in  the  process  of  being  established  in  most  counties  where  agriculture  is 
of  economic  importance.  Each  committee,  with  the  assistance  of  com- 
munity committees  and  subcommittees,  is  undertaking  to  determine  a 
long-time  plan  for  the  agriculture  of  its  county. 

The  reason  for  starting  county  adjustment  planning  is  to  provide  the 
farmer  participation  needed  both  for  formulating  and  achninistering 
long-time  plans.  The  widest  possible  participation  is  needed  if  such  plans 
are  to  be  flexible  and  give  proper  weight  to  local  as  well  as  national 
interests,  and  if  they  are  to  be  supported  permanently  by  an  adequate 
sense  of  local  responsibility.  Because  of  the  necessity  for  swift  action  to 
reduce  burdensome  surpluses,  it  was  inevitable  that  the  emergency 
programs  could  not  have  maximum  usefulness  in  the  encouragement  of 
sound  farm  practices  and  soil  conservation.  From  the  beginning,  it  has 
been  recognized  that  uniform  adjustments  applied  to  all  farms  could  not 
be  maintained  indefinitely  without  creating  difficulties  more  serious  than 
those  they  were  intended  to  correct.  While  quite  appropriate  for  emer- 
gency action,  they  were  never  intended  as  long-time  measures.  To  ask 
all  farmers  to  make  uniform  percentage  adjustments  in  the  production  of 
a  given  crop  is  to  disregard  the  need  for  differential  adjustments  required 
by  differences  in  the  topography,  history,  economics,  and  land  resources 
of  individual  farms — it  is  to  freeze  agriculture  to  a  historical  mold 
regardless  of  the  merits  of  past  development. 

Because  of  extreme  variation  in  both  the  technical  and  economic 
adjustments  appropriate  for  regions,  communities,  and  individual  farms, 
a  satisfactory  national  plan  cannot  be  developed  by  state  and  Federal 
agencies  acting  alone.  They  do  not  have  all  the  knowledge  and  skill 
required  for  such  planning  if  it  is  to  be  done  with  any  consideration  for 
the  people  now  living  on  the  land.  The  task  is  one  in  which  individuals, 
communities,  the  States,  and  the  Federal  Government  must  all 
participate. 

The  complexity  of  the  problem  is  at  once  apparent  when  it  is  recog- 
nized that  there  are  787  different  type-of-farming  areas  in  the  United 
States.  There  are  the  well-known  Corn  and  Cotton  Belts — as  well  as  the 
wheat,  range-livestock,  dairy,  and  other  regions.  But  the  character  of 
farming  in  any  one  of  these  regions  is  by  no  means  uniform.  The  Cotton 
Belt  is  divided  into  various  subregions  according  to  differences  in  both 
physical  and  economic  conditions.  At  least  fifteen  to  twenty  such  sub- 
regions  can  be  easily  distinguished.  They  include  such  areas  as  the  small 
irrigated  valleys  of  the  Southwest,  the  large-scale  cotton  area  of  western 
Texas  and  Oklahoma,  the  Black-waxie  Prairie  of  Texas,  the  Mississippi- 
Alabama  clay  hills  and  rolling  uplands,  the  Northern  and  Southern  Pied- 


68  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

mont,  and  the  Coastal  Plains.2  The  process  of  refinement  may  be  carried 
still  further.  In  the  Mississippi-Alabama  clay  hills  and  rolling  uplands, 
for  example,  there  are  six  different  type-of -farming  areas;  and  within 
each  of  these,  differences  between  individual  farms  are  often  as  great  as 
those  between  areas. 

The  soil  scientist,  the  economist,  and  other  experts  cannot  develop 
the  best  program  without  farmer  participation;  and  even  if  they  could, 
farmer  approval  and  assistance  would  be  required  for  its  administration. 
A  plan  developed  solely  from  a  national  or  state  point  of  view,  moreover, 
is  likely  to  overlook  or  disregard  important  local  interests.  On  the  other 
hand,  a  national  plan  is  not  merely  a  summation  of  local  plans.  The 
problem  is  one  of  finding  a  workable  program  of  action  concerning  which 
most  national  and  local  interests  are  in  harmony.  Plans  formulated 
jointly  by  central  and  local  agencies  will  be  different  from  any  which 
might  be  developed  by  central  agencies  acting  alone. 

Nor  is  county  agricultural  planning  being  done  merely  to  provide  a 
sounder  basis  for  judgment  as  to  needed  adjustments  and  to  give  proper 
weight  to  local  and  national  interests.  It  also  seeks  to  provide  a  demo- 
cratic procedure  which  will  foster  a  feeling  of  local  responsibility  so 
essential  for  an  enduring  program.  As  Secretary  Wallace  has  pointed 
out,  "An  effective  county  agricultural  planning  agency,  adequately 
supplied  with  local  and  national  data,  established  in  every  agricultural 
county  of  the  United  States  would  provide  the  organization  required  for 
planning  in  a  democracy."3  The  economic,  social,  and  political  fact  of 
paramount  importance  in  agricultural  planning  is  that  the  Nation's 
farm  land  is  operated  as  more  than  6  million  separate  enterprises  by 
people  who  represent  the  most  individualistic  class  of  American  society. 
There  are  probably  half  as  many  separate  owners  who  now  have,  and 
very  likely  will  continue  to  have,  authority  to  do  virtually  as  they  please 
with  the  land  they  own.  A  national  plan,  therefore,  must  come  to  terms 
with  millions  of  owners  and  operators,  or  an  overwhelming  majority  of 
them,  and  it  cannot  be  put  into  effect  by  Federal  compulsion. 

The  immediate  purpose  of  county  agricultural  planning,  which  com- 
prehends the  broader  issues  already  discussed,  was  to  get  farmer  judg- 
ments concerning  changes  in  cropping  practices  needed  for  soil  conserva- 
tion, and  the  possible  effect  of  such  changes  upon  production.  As  pre- 
viously pointed  out,  this  is  the  same  problem  to  which  research  workers 
addressed  themselves  last  spring.  The  tentative  conclusions  reached  by 
them  last  fall  indicate  that  in  order  to  check  soil  erosion  and  depletion, 
farmers  of  the  Corn  Belt  would  have  to  reduce  their  acreage  of  corn  and 
oats  and  increase  their  acreage  of  soil-building  crops  such  as  legumes, 

*M.  L.  Wilson  and  H.  R.  Tolley,  "Some  Future  Problems  of  Agricultural  Adjustment," 
mimeographed  by  the  Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration,  December  18,  1934. 

'Henry  A.  Wallace,  "The  States,  the  Regions,  and  the  Nation,"  an  address  before 
the  Association  of  Land-Grant  Colleges  and  Universities,  November  18  and  20,  1935, 
mimeographed  by  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  p.  7. 


COUNTY  AGRICULTURAL  ADJUSTMENT  PLANNING    69 

hay,  and  pasture.  Southern  farmers  would  have  to  decrease  their  cotton 
acreage  and  increase  their  acreage  in  pasture  and  feed  crops  other  than 
corn.  In  the  wheat-producing  regions  of  the  Great  Plains  and  the 
Pacific  Northwest,  wheat  acreage  would  have  to  be  reduced,  and  low- 
yielding  land  would  have  to  be  taken  out  of  production.  They  also 
concluded  that  in  the  semi-arid  range  region,  the  number  of  cattle  and 
sheep  on  the  range  should  be  stabilized  at  or  near  the  present  low  level 
in  order  to  restore  the  grass  cover  and  check  wind  erosion.4 

But  these  were  the  judgments  of  experts,  and  there  was  no  way  of 
knowing  the  extent  to  which  farmers  themselves  would  agree  with  these 
conclusions.  Until  this  is  known,  the  research  results  cannot  develop 
maximum  usefulness  in  modifying  future  action  programs.  This  need  for 
local  judgments  disclosed  the  lack  of  any  effective  procedure  for  bringing 
about  an  agreement  between  farmer  and  expert  opinion.  Since  1923, 
the  Agricultural  Extension  Service,  through  the  county  agricultural 
agent,  has  conducted  outlook  programs  with  farmers.  Together  with 
farm  management  and  related  extension  work,  these  programs  have 
provided  farmers  with  information  which  has  helped  them  in  making 
individual  adjustments  in  the  light  of  prevailing  and  prospective  eco- 
nomic conditions.  In  a  number  of  States,  moreover,  farm  leaders  have 
worked  with  the  Extension  Service  in  building  what  are  known  as  county 
extension  programs.  Logically,  such  efforts  were  made  almost  entirely 
from  the  point  of  view  of  the  particular  counties  concerned.  An  adequate 
program  was  impossible,  for  there  was  no  national  or  state  plan  with 
which  local  planning  might  be  coordinated,  there  was  no  coordinating 
agency,  and  there  was  no  authorization  for  needed  governmental 
assistance. 

The  Agricultural  Adjustment  Act  provided  both  the  necessary 
authority  and  the  coordinating  agency,  but  there  was  still  the  task  of 
establishing  a  workable  relationship  between  these  and  the  necessary 
local  agencies.  This  was  facilitated  by  past  experience  of  the  Extension 
Service.  By  focusing  outlook  and  extension  programs  upon  specific 
problems  which  could  not  be  previously  considered,  a  "two-way  track" 
for  the  interchange  of  facts  and  judgments  between  local  and  central 
agencies  engaged  in  building  a  national  plan  is  being  established.  Thus, 
county  adjustment  planning  cannot  be  understood  apart  from  the 
national  planning  to  which  it  is  related. 

Building  upon  the  extension  organization  that  had  grown  up  in  the 
past,  the  usual  procedure  during  the  first  year  of  county  adjustment 
planning  has  been  for  state  and  Federal  agencies  to  work  with  the  county 
agent's  committees.  These  are  the  committees  that  have  been  most 
active  in  the  past  in  developing  and  carrying  out  extension  programs. 

"Oris  V.  Wells,  "The  Regional  Adjustment  Project:  A  Summary  and  Some  Sugges- 
tions for  Further  Work,"  an  address  before  the  annual  convention  of  the  Association  of 
Land-Grant  Colleges  and  Universities,  November  20,  1935,  mimeographed  by  the  Agri- 
cultural Adjustment  Administration,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture. 


70  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

They  have  volunteered  their  services,  and,  for  the  most  part,  represent 
the  agricultural  leadership  of  the  counties.  State  agricultural  colleges 
and  the  Department  of  Agriculture  provided  them  with  available  sta- 
tistical data  and  other  background  information.  In  an  effort  to  reach 
sound  conclusions  as  to  the  possible  effect  upon  production  of  changes 
in  farming  systems  needed  for  the  maintenance  of  a  permanent  agri- 
culture, these  committees  made  a  careful  study  of  national,  state,  and 
local  data  bearing  on  this  problem.  With  the  assistance  of  the  county 
agent,  they  have  considered  the  possible  effect  on  livestock  production  of 
recommended  changes  in  cropping  systems.  Many  meetings  were  held 
during  the  winter,  both  at  the  county  seats  and  in  the  various  communi- 
ties throughout  the  counties.  After  these  deliberations,  definite  recom- 
mendations were  made  concerning  needed  changes  in  the  production  of 
each  crop  and  livestock  product. 

In  view  of  the  multiplicity  of  farms  and  the  complexity  of  the 
problem,  there  are  many  who  question  the  feasibility  of  this  procedure 
for  developing  a  workable,  long-tune  national  plan  for  agriculture.  But 
these  are  the  same  considerations  advanced  in  support  of  it.  Of  one 
thing,  however,  there  is  little  room  for  doubt.  The  nation  cannot  afford 
to  postpone  longer  the  adoption  of  effective  measures  to  arrest  the 
present  appalling  waste  of  its  land  resources.  Whether  major  emphasis 
is  given  to  soil  conservation  or  production  control,  the  problem  involved 
cannot  be  dealt  with  effectively  by  individual  action  alone. 

A  large  proportion  of  our  farms  is  in  the  hands  of  people  who  do 
not  have  a  sufficiently  long-time  interest  in  the  land  they  are  cultivating 
to  make  it  economically  worth  their  while  to  take  appropriate  action  in 
soil  conservation.  The  income  of  many  farmers  is  so  low  that  they  are 
unable  to  follow  practices  they  know  would  better  serve  their  own  long- 
time interests.  For  a  considerable  number,  the  reason  is  that  their  farms 
are  too  small  to  make  possible  a  type  of  agriculture  which  will  yield  a 
decent  standard  of  living  and  at  the  same  time  conserve  the  soil.  If 
remedies  are  to  fit  the  causes,  the  necessary  lines  of  action  are  clear. 
Positive  incentives  must  be  provided,  farm  income  must  be  stabilized  at 
a  reasonable  level,  and  the  size  of  many  farms  must  be  changed.  It  is 
scarcely  possible  to  accomplish  these  things  without  both  the  centraliz- 
ing power  of  government  and  the  active  support  of  local  groups. 

Since  the  Supreme  Court  decision  invalidating  a  part  of  the  Agri- 
cultural Adjustment  Act,  the  need  for  local  planning  has  become  even 
more  urgent  than  previously,  because  the  principal  effect  of  the  decision 
was  to  accelerate  the  development  of  long-time  aspects  of  national 
agricultural  policy.  Relatively  greater  emphasis  is  now  given  to  soil 
conservation,  which  requires  a  vastly  more  complex  program.  And  while 
the  Federal  Government  can  no  longer  control  output  by  contracts  by 
individual  producers  in  order  to  maintain  prices,  it  can  grant  financial 
assistance  to  States  for  the  same  purpose  if  state  programs  are  developed 


COUNTY  AGRICULTURAL  ADJUSTMENT  PLANNING    71 

by  1938  which  are  in  line  with  specifications  included  in  the  Soil  Con- 
servation and  Domestic  Allotment  Act  of  1936.  When,  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act,  the  problem  of  developing  state  control  programs  is 
faced,  those  States  in  which  county  adjustment  planning  has  been  done 
most  thoroughly  will  have  a  distinct  advantage.  Work  done  this  winter 
by  the  county  planning  committees  should  make  the  task  less  difficult. 

Recommendations  of  these  committees  have  been  recorded  on  uni- 
form tabulation  sheets  and  sent  to  the  state  office  of  the  Agricultural 
Extension  Service  where  state  totals  are  now  being  tabulated  for  the  use 
of  state  agencies.  Comparisons  will  be  made  with  results  of  the  research 
project  already  referred  to,  and  meetings  will  then  be  held  in  the  counties 
for  the  purpose  of  getting  agreement  and  considering  the  extent  to  which 
the  two  estimates  coincide.  The  data  are  being  forwarded  also  to  the 
Department  of  Agriculture  for  tabulation  of  national  and  regional  totals. 
When  agreement  is  reached  between  farmer,  state  and  Federal  repre- 
sentatives, it  is  expected  to  have  a  major  influence  in  determining  the 
procedure  for  arriving  at  the  national  goal  for  agricultural  production. 
If  this  goal  is  really  to  promote  public  rather  than  merely  group  interests, 
it  must  represent  a  use  of  land  which  will  provide  consumers  with  con- 
tinuous and  abundant  supplies  of  farm  produce  at  reasonable  prices, 
yield  a  reasonable  income  to  farmers,  and  at  the  same  time  maintain 
soil  fertility  and  control  erosion. 

In  conclusion,  it  should  not  be  understood  from  this  description  of 
the  purpose  and  method  of  county  adjustment  planning  that  the  useful- 
ness of  the  county  committees  ends  with  the  performance  of  the  task 
undertaken  this  winter.  At  the  same  time  this  work  was  being  done,  a 
start  was  made  toward  planning  for  the  more  distant  future.  This  in- 
volves balancing  the  agricultural  resources  and  population  of  the  various 
counties  so  as  to  make  possible  a  satisfactory  level  of  income.  It  includes 
not  only  soil  conservation,  but  also  other  problems  of  agricultural  land 
use,  such  as  the  retirement  of  submarginal  land.  County  agricultural 
adjustment  planning  is  a  job  begun  that  can  never  be  finished.  Most 
States  are  anxious  to  continue  the  work,  and  regard  it  as  one  of  the  best 
efforts  ever  started.  It  is  expected  that  the  county  committees  will 
continue  to  collaborate  with  state  and  Federal  agencies  on  all  matters 
of  mutual  interest,  and  that  they  will  consider  questions  of  purely  local 
concern  also — as  they  are  now  doing  in  a  number  of  States. 


72  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Inter-County  Organization 

THE  GEORGIA  EASTERN  COAST  DISTRICT 

By  HENRY  T.  McINTOSH,  District  Chairman,  National  Resources  Committee, 

Albany,  Ga. 

THE  East  Georgia  Planning  Council  is  the  direct  outgrowth  of  the 
Southeastern  Planning  Conference  which  was  held  in  the  city  of 
Savannah  on  December  4  and  5,  1935.  At  that  Conference,  the  first  of 
its  kind  in  the  Southeast,  those  contributing  to  the  program  brought 
informative  discussions  of  local,  state,  regional  and  national  planning. 
Attendance  from  the  four  participating  States  was  splendidly  repre- 
sentative, the  proceedings  were  given  excellent  publicity  through  the 
press,  and  leading  newspapers  made  constructive  editorial  comment  on 
the  significance  of  such  a  meeting. 

The  almost  immediate  fruitage  of  the  Savannah  conference  was  a 
movement  to  organize  a  group  of  counties  of  the  Georgia  coastal  section 
for  regional  planning.  Planning-minded  citizens  of  Savannah  supplied 
the  initiative,  and  other  communities  were  prompt  to  evince  interest 
and  give  assurance  of  cooperation.  At  a  meeting  held  at  Savannah  on 
January  14,  the  East  Georgia  Planning  Council  was  organized,  with 
sixteen  coastal  counties  extending  from  South  Carolina  to  Florida  par- 
ticipating. Mr.  D.  T.  Simpson,  of  Savannah,  was  named  president,  and 
one  member  from  each  of  the  participating  counties  was  appointed  to 
an  advisory  committee. 

At  a  subsequent  meeting  an  invitation  was  extended,  through  the 
Florida  State  Planning  Board,  for  a  group  of  contiguous  Florida  counties 
to  become  members  of  the  Council.  Through  the  cooperative  efforts  of 
Mr.  M.  L.  Montgomery,  executive  secretary  of  the  Florida  Board,  the 
counties  of  Nassau,  Baker  and  Duval,  two  of  which  touch  the  Georgia 
line,  accepted  the  invitation  and  are  now  members  of  the  Council. 

This  Georgia-Florida  coastal  region  offers  an  inviting  field  for  plan- 
ning studies.  In  it  are  five  South  Atlantic  ports,  the  more  important 
of  which  are  Savannah  and  Jacksonville.  It  is  level  country  in  which 
interesting  land-utilization  problems  are  presented,  and  where  much  of 
the  rural  population  can  be  greatly  benefited  by  intelligently  directed 
programs  to  influence  changes  of  existing  agricultural  practices,  as  well 
as  many  which  prevail  in  naval  stores  production  and  lumber  operations. 

Understandable  difficulties  in  inducing  cordial  cooperation  in  a 
regional  planning  activity  by  counties  more  accustomed  to  keen  rivalry 
than  to  coordination  of  effort  might  have  been  expected,  yet  all  such 
difficulties  were  avoided.  When,  in  addition  to  crossing  many  county 
lines,  a  program  such  as  this  assumes  an  interstate  character  by  crossing 
a  state  line,  the  invitation  to  obstacles  is  widened,  yet  it  is  a  pleasing 
fact  that  in  this  case  what  might  have  been  was  not,  and  is  not.  The 


INTER-COUNTY  ORGANIZATION  78 

nineteen  counties  embraced  in  the  set-up  view  the  program  not  as  one 
for  local  benefits  or  advantages,  but  designed  to  benefit  the  entire  region. 

The  planning  studies  contemplated  are  suggested  by  problems  of  the 
area.  They  will,  of  course,  include  such  as  are  necessary  in  connection 
with  the  National  Resources  Committee's  development  of  a  National 
Plan.  It  is  conceivable  that  the  same  problems  would  not  be  encountered 
in  any  other  region  embracing  a  score  of  counties  of  a  coastal  area. 

Resident  in  the  region  are  many  belonging  to  the  struggling  tenant 
and  share-cropper  class,  of  whom  there  are  8,000,000,  in  1,700,000 
families,  in  the  Southern  States.  Embraced  in  any  program  designed 
to  improve  the  condition  of  these  dwellers  in  rural  areas,  and  bring 
economic  benefits  to  the  region  in  which  they  live,  should  be  planning 
for  better  farming,  and  for  diversified  industries  making  use  of  agri- 
cultural products.  The  region  is  capable  of  extensive  production  of  crops 
which  may  be  utilized  in  the  manufacture  of  starch  and  of  alcohol. 
Such  possibilities  suggest  studies  of  great  potential  value. 

Every  region  offers  something  more  or  less  unique  to  the  planner, 
and  in  this  flat  country  which  extends  from  the  Savannah  River  on  the 
north  to  points  well  below  the  St.  Marys  on  the  south,  he  may  find  the 
peculiar  and  the  unusual. 

For  example:  The  entire  region  is  covered  with  an  abundant  growth 
of  pines  of  the  several  types  which  Dr.  Charles  H.  Herty's  experiments 
have  proved  are  ideally  adapted  to  the  manufacture  of  newsprint  and 
other  papers,  as  well  as  rayon.  Hitherto  these  pines  have  possessed 
rather  low  timber  value.  They  grow  in  open  woodlands,  much  of  which 
is  used  as  cattle  ranges.  But  the  grasses  indigenous  to  the  region  possess 
low  nutritive  value,  and,  as  a  rule,  cattle  from  the  pine  ranges  are  of 
rather  poor  types. 

But  while  the  native  grasses,  including  the  wire-grass,  have  low 
grazing  value,  they  feed  fires  which  spread  through  the  woodlands  every 
winter,  destroying  the  pine  mast  which  falls  in  October  and  November, 
as  well  as  thousands  of  young  trees.  Leading  citizens  of  the  region  see 
in  this  situation  a  challenge  to  planning  intelligence,  and  the  problem 
falls  within  the  field  of  land  utilization.  The  problem  seems  to  be : 

1.  To  demonstrate  the  practicability  of  introducing  carpet  or  other  grasses 
into  the  flat-country  woodlands — grasses  on  which  the  ever-present  cattle  will 
thrive,  but  which  will  not  feed  destructive  fires  such  as  have  for  many  years 
taken  heavy  toll  in  the  region. 

2.  To  conserve  the  timber  growth  which  a  hopeful  industry  requires.    One 
large  paper  mill  in  the  region  is  about  ready  to  begin  operations,  and  plans  for 
others  are  in  preparation. 

I  repeat  that  every  region  offers  certain  situations  or  conditions  more 
or  less  unique,  and  to  which  practical  planning  (and  any  planning  which 
is  not  practical  is  certain  to  prove  disappointing)  must  be  adapted. 
That  is  true  of  the  East  Georgia-North  Florida  coastal  region.  Here  is 


74  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

an  area  in  which  thousands  of  acres  of  land  are  ideally  adapted  to  limited 
profitable  uses,  principally  cattle  raising  and  the  production  of  timber 
for  naval  stores,  lumber  and  pulpwood.  The  reference  is  to  timbered 
lands,  in  addition  to  which  there  are,  of  course,  fine  areas  where  profit- 
able farming  operations  are  carried  on.  Every  newspaper  in  the  region 
has  discussed  these  and  related  problems  from  tune  to  time,  for  their 
solution  is  recognized  as  of  great  importance. 

It  is  to  be  borne  in  mind  that  these  are  the  observations  of  one  whose 
planning  zeal  may  border  on  enthusiasm,  but  who  does  not  profess  to 
be  a  planner.  The  layman  merely  views  a  problem  or  a  task;  the  expert 
considers  how  best  to  deal  with  it  effectively,  yet  only  common  sense  is 
required  for  one  to  understand  that  planning  boils  down  to  this:  How 
may  the  resources  of  a  region,  be  it  great  or  small,  be  best  conserved 
and  utilized  for  the  benefit  of  the  men  and  women  who  live  and  labor  in 
it,  and  not  forgetting  that  other  generations,  with  rights  as  sacred  as 
our  own,  come  after  our  generation? 

All  planning  is  more  or  less  experimental.  That  will  be  true  of  this 
regional  plan.  Mistakes  probably  will  be  made,  but  who  believes  the 
perfect  plan  will  ever  be  born  of  human  intelligence?  New  problems 
present  themselves  with  each  rising  sun,  with  countless  old  ones  still 
unsolved. 

But  is  it  not  true  that  the  test  of  our  fitness  for  any  responsibility, 
whether  voluntarily  assumed  or  thrust  upon  us  by  circumstances  beyond 
our  control,  is  in  the  use  we  make  of  what  we  have?  The  answer  to  that 
seems  obvious,  and  it  lies  very  close  to  the  heart  of  planning,  both  good 
and  bad.  We  are  making  many  experiments.  We  are  daring  to  try  the 
untried.  We  presently  shall  be  immeasurably  richer  in  experience  crowned 
with  success— yes,  and  illuminated  by  failure  as  well.  It  is  trite  to  say 
that  what  we  know  already  of  the  importance  of  planning  is  no  less  the 
fruit  of  experiments  which  have  failed  than  of  those  which  have  wholly 
or  measurably  succeeded. 

But  in  every  venture  in  planning — or  call  it  adventure  if  you  will — 
the  task  is  to  take  that  which  the  region  planned  for  offers,  and  direct 
its  use  to  the  end  that  the  greatest  benefits  may  flow  to  the  people  of 
the  region  who  are  the  most  important  factors  in  the  plan.  We  hope 
to  do  that  in  the  coastal  region  of  Georgia  and  northeastern  Florida, 
where  the  program  will  receive  united  support  from  the  nineteen  co- 
operating counties. 


INTER-COUNTY  ORGANIZATION  75 


TENNESSEE  COUNTIES 

By  GERALD  GIMRE,  Nashville,  Term.,  Consultant,  Tennessee  State 
Planning  Commission 

DURING  the  period  in  which  planning  legislation  was  being  con- 
sidered for  Tennessee,  the  question  arose  as  to  what  type  or  size 
of  governmental  unit  should  be  used  to  make  the  plans  effective.  The 
State  functions  under  a  very  old  constitution,  with  the  municipal  and 
county  governments  operating  under  a  system  of  private  statutes  which 
has  resulted  in  a  state-wide  group  of  principalities,  each  with  its  own 
laws  and  different  methods  of  functioning.  The  counties  in  Tennessee 
were  carved  out  by  an  old  law  which  provided  that  the  boundaries  of 
any  county  should  not  be  more  than  one  day's  journey  from  the  county 
seat.  This  has  resulted  in  a  large  number  of  county  governments,  each 
entrenched  in  its  own  locality  and  usually  averse  to  any  change.  County 
consolidation  has  long  been  agitated,  but  with  the  entrenchment  of  the 
multitudes  of  office-holders,  and  because  the  people  of  the  State  are,  in 
general,  very  deliberate  in  changing  to  newer  procedures,  it  will  be  some 
time  before  there  is  any  change  in  the  established  system.  It  was  there- 
fore realized  that  in  our  planning,  the  existing  order  would  have  to  be 
recognized  and  that  such  detailed  plans  as  might  be  perfected  would 
depend  on  the  individual  county  courts  for  enactment. 

As  would  be  expected  under  such  a  system  of  county  governments, 
many  counties  exist  for  no  real  economic  or  governmental  purpose  and 
are  so  impoverished  as  to  be  unable  to  support  the  normal  requirements 
of  government.  It  was  thought  that,  in  light  of  existing  circumstances, 
perhaps  a  means  could  be  derived  whereby,  for  planning  purposes,  exist- 
ing county  boundary  lines  could  be  forgotten  and  plans  formulated  on 
the  basis  of  areas  or  regions  of  such  size  or  character  as  might  be  ex- 
pedient. Not  only  would  planning  be  made  more  comprehensive  by  such 
a  method,  but  perhaps  an  eventual  effect  might  be  a  breakdown  of  the 
resistance  against  changing  the  existing  county  system. 

It  was  decided,  therefore,  to  delegate  to  the  State  Planning  Commis- 
sion the  authority  to  create  regional  planning  commissions  without 
reference  to  any  existing  county  boundary  lines.  The  State  Planning 
Commission  appoints  the  members  of  the  regional  commissions  and 
must  approve  the  selection  of  the  executive  directors.  After  such  regional 
planning  commissions  are  established,  they  have  the  usual  powers  of 
municipal  planning  commissions  in  controlling  subdivision  layouts,  per- 
fecting major  road  plans,  formulating  zoning  ordinances  and  the  for- 
mation of  such  other  parts  of  comprehensive  plans  as  may  be  required. 
An  additional  restriction  is  that  no  state  aid  of  any  nature  whatsoever 
may  be  given  to  any  local  government  within  any  such  region,  until 
and  unless  the  proposed  aid  has  been  referred  to  the  State  Planning 
Commission  for  recommendation  and  report. 


76  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Preparatory  work  has  been  under  way  for  a  number  of  months  for 
the  establishment  of  several  such  regional  planning  commissions.  For 
the  present,  activities  are  under  way  only  for  those  parts  of  the  State 
where  certain  specific  problems  enabled  the  State  Planning  Commission 
to  determine  the  boundaries  of  the  regions  and  to  outline  the  problems 
to  be  studied.  Three  such  commissions  have  now  been  established  and 
several  months'  preparation  has  been  made  on  the  establishment  of 
a  fourth. 

The  Northeast  Tennessee  Regional  Planning  Commission  has  been 
established  for  the  area  comprising  the  five  most  easterly  counties  of 
the  State.  The  area  embraced  is  one  of  the  most  important  industrial 
and  agricultural  areas  in  Tennessee  and  covers  an  area  of  approximately 
1,600  square  miles.  The  problems  to  be  studied  immediately  comprise 
the  study  of  agriculture  and  land  classification  and  certain  physical 
developments  such  as  roads  and  schools.  It  is  hoped  that  this  area  will 
be  one  in  which  a  very  detailed  study  will  be  made  of  industrial  and 
urban  trends. 

A  regional  planning  commission  has  also  been  created  for  Hamilton 
County,  in  which  is  located  the  city  of  Chattanooga,  and  the  New  Chick- 
amauga  Dam  of  the  Tennessee  Valley  Authority.  This  commission  for 
the  present  is  functioning  as  a  county  planning  commission  rather  than 
as  a  regional  planning  commission.  This  was  done  because  it  was  neces- 
sary to  exert  speed  in  getting  certain  measures  of  control  into  effect 
before  the  erection  of  the  Chickamauga  Dam  was  begun,  and  this  would 
not  have  been  possible  if  more  than  one  county  court  had  to  be  dealt 
with.  This  area  will  be  expanded  in  the  future  to  embrace  the  contiguous 
counties  to  this  area.  The  commission  has  effectuated  a  road  plan,  a  set 
of  subdivision  regulations  and  a  subdivision  manual  and  through  the 
County  Court  has  secured  the  enactment  of  an  interim  zoning  law.  A 
comprehensive  zoning  plan  is  now  being  formulated,  and  more  detailed 
studies  are  being  made  of  road  relocations,  which  will  be  necessary 
because  of  the  Chickamauga  Dam  and  pool.  The  existing  school  plant, 
tax  delinquency  and  the  utility  requirements  are  also  being  studied  by 
the  commission. 

A  regional  planning  commission  has  been  created  for  the  City  of  Nash- 
ville, giving  control  to  the  City  Planning  and  Zoning  Commission  for  the 
unincorporated  area  outside  the  city  limits.  Since  this  Commission  is 
more  localized  in  its  operation,  it  need  not  be  discussed  in  this  paper. 

Another  region  under  consideration  is  that  of  the  Obion  River- 
Forked  Deer  River  watershed  areas  in  West  Tennessee.  Preliminary 
surveys  and  a  report  on  the  conditions  within  the  area  have  been  made 
by  the  State  Planning  Commission  and  negotiations  are  under  way 
with  the  county  courts  within  the  area  leading  towards  the  establish- 
ment of  a  regional  planning  commission.  The  area  embraced  includes 
parts  of  thirteen  counties  containing  approximately  4,500  square  miles. 


INTER-COUNTY  ORGANIZATION  77 

It  is  one  of  the  most  fertile  and  best  agricultural  areas  within  the  State, 
but  is  faced  with  acute  problems  arising  from  over-capitalized  drainage 
districts  which,  in  many  cases,  have  made  flooding  worse  than  before 
drainage  began.  Serious  erosion  in  the  uplands  has  clogged  the  streams 
and  resulted  in  destruction  of  timber  and  the  abandonment  of  much 
good  agricultural  land.  This  region,  with  its  extensive  drainage  districts, 
sets  forth  a  perfect  example  of  the  lack  of  planning  in  attempting  to 
carry  out  large-scale  enterprises.  More  than  6  million  dollars  have  been 
expended  by  the  citizens  of  this  area  in  attempts  to  correct  conditions, 
but,  because  of  the  piece-meal  methods  of  construction,  conditions  are 
worse  than  they  were  in  the  beginning. 

These  regional  commissions  are  necessarily  difficult  to  establish  in 
that  the  State  Planning  Commission  does  not  wish  arbitrarily  to  set  up 
such  regional  planning  commissions  unless  the  citizens  of  the  areas  have 
an  understanding  of  their  purposes  and  are  willing  to  lend  interest  and 
support.  For  that  reason,  it  has  taken  the  State  Planning  Commission 
considerable  time  to  get  the  regional  commissions  actually  in  operation, 
and,  while  it  is  too  early  to  report  on  their  definite  accomplishments, 
we  hope  they  will  serve  as  examples  to  the  citizens  of  the  State  in  arriving 
at  a  means  of  giving  services  to  the  citizens  in  the  regions,  which  they 
could  not  otherwise  obtain  under  the  present  form  of  county  government. 


THE  STATE 


State  Planning  Progress 

MASSACHUSETTS 

By  ELISABETH  M.  HERLIHY,  Boston,  Mass.,  Chairman,  Massachusetts  State 

Planning  Board 

WE,  in  Massachusetts,  are  a  very  young  board.  In  fact,  the  Massa- 
chusetts Federation  of  Taxpayers'  Associations,  Inc.,  a  voluntary, 
unofficial  organization,  in  a  recent  report  on  the  Massachusetts  budget 
and  related  matters,  prepared  for  the  House  and  Senate  Committee 
on  Ways  and  Means,  characterized  the  State  Planning  Board — ap- 
pointed in  1935 — as  "one  of  the  latest  contributions  of  a  generous 
Legislature  to  the  field  of  new  activities."  The  report  proceeds  with  a 
burst  of  oratory  which  I  believe  well  worthy  of  perpetuation  in  the 
annals  of  planning  literature : 

The  history  of  all  new  activities  seems  to  be  strangely  similar.  They  grow 
with  the  rapidity  of  mushrooms.  They  flourish  with  the  verdant  luxuriance  of 
the  proverbial  bay-tree.  Their  original  intent  seems  always  to  become  sub- 
ordinated to  the  primal  urge  of  reproduction  and  expansion.  Therefore  while 
considering  .  .  .  new  additions  to  the  "infant  industries"  of  the  Commonwealth 
it  is  well  to  utter  a  word  of  warning  that  just  over  the  fence,  busily  burrowing 
to  reach  the  inner  circle,  are  the  beauticians,  the  steam-fitters,  the  civil  engineers 
and  surveyors,  the  dry  cleansers  and  dyers,  the  architects,  the  real  estate  agents 
and  the  magnetic  healers,  to  be  followed  perhaps  by  the  ward  heelers 

And,  finally,  after  making  certain  misleading  statements  with  regard 
to  expenditures  and  certain  sarcastic  references  to  functions  as  set  forth 
in  the  legislative  act,  the  report  concludes  with  the  words,  "It  is  an 
infant  board  of  great  promise."  Verily,  many  a  true  word  is  spoken  in 
satire.  Our  best  hope  is  that  the  implied  prophecy  may  be  fulfilled. 

The  Massachusetts  State  Planning  Board  opened  its  permanent 
headquarters  in  the  State  House  on  November  25,  1935,  less  than  six 
months  ago.  We  have  a  fine  board,  with  eminent  consultants,  and  we 
have  made  an  excellent  start  in  our  technical  staff  and  in  our  clerical 
staff.  We  have  adopted  an  eight-point  program  which  is  coming  to  be 
rather  generally  recognized  by  my  own  characterization  as  an  eight- 
cylinder  program.  Briefly  this  eight-cylinder  program  includes  studies  of 

LAND:  Agriculture,  forestry,  geologic  resources,  urban  use,  etc.; 

WATER:  Supply,  flow,  sanitation  and  flood  control; 

POWER:  Production,  distribution  and  use; 

INDUSTRY:  Trade  and  social  conditions; 

RECREATION  :  Extensive  and  intensive,  scenery,  wildlife,  etc. ; 

TRANSPORT:  Highway,  rail,  air  and  water  coordinated; 

PUBLIC  WORKS:  Ten-year  state  program  and  budget;  Federal  aid;  and 

COMMUNITY  PLANNING  :  Encouragement  and  advice. 

In  order  that  there  shall  be  smoothness  and  efficiency  of  operation, 
therefore,  we  have  considered  it  advisable  and  even  necessary  to  advance 
along  all  fronts  at  one  and  the  same  time,  in  the  belief  that  no  single 

81 


82  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

classification  or  cylinder  is  in  itself  complete,  but  that  each  one  is,  to  a 
more  or  less  degree,  dependent  upon  the  others  in  the  group. 

For  the  present,  however,  I  shall  ignore  all  but  two  of  the  classifica- 
tions referred  to.  I  have  been  asked  by  the  Program  Committee  to 
direct  my  remarks  particularly  to  the  local  situation,  or  our  Community 
Planning  cylinder,  while  at  the  same  time  the  elements  have  conspired 
to  flood  completely  our  Water  Resources  cylinder.  These  two  classifica- 
tions, therefore,  become  the  joint  objective  of  this  particular  paper. 

We  have  a  somewhat  anomalous  situation  in  Massachusetts.  In  the 
natural  order  of  things,  the  State  Planning  Board  should  be  the  parent 
organization,  the  stimulant  and  inspiration  for  the  establishment  and 
guidance  of  the  local  boards;  but  in  Massachusetts  the  State  Board, 
upon  its  organization  in  1935,  found  local  planning  agencies  scattered 
throughout  the  length  and  breadth  of  the  Commonwealth,  129  orphans 
so  to  speak,  some  of  them  pretty  well  grown,  which  the  State  Board  is 
supposed  to  adopt  and  to  continue  to  function  toward  in  the  role  of 
"guide,  philosopher  and  friend." 

Planning  is  mandatory  in  our  Commonwealth,  a  fact  with  which  the 
members  of  this  Conference  are  perfectly  familiar.  Chapter  494  of  the 
Acts  of  the  year  1913,  which  later  became  sections  70,  71,  and  72  of 
Chapter  41  of  the  General  Laws,  decreed  that  every  city  and  every  town 
having  a  population  of  more  than  10,000  shall,  and  towns  having  a 
population  of  less  than  10,000  may — mandatory  in  the  first  instance  and 
permissive  in  the  second — create  a  planning  board.  The  Act  further 
recites  that  such  board 

shall  make  careful  studies  of  the  resources,  possibilities  and  needs  of  the  town, 
particularly  with  respect  to  conditions  injurious  to  the  public  health  or  other- 
wise in  and  about  rented  dwellings,  and  make  plans  for  the  development  of 
the  municipality,  with  special  reference  to  proper  housing  of  its  inhabitants. 

So  far  as  the  letter  of  the  law  is  concerned,  it  has  been  apparently  fairly 
well  upheld,  nearly  one-half  of  the  total  number  of  boards  being  estab- 
lished in  towns  of  under  10,000  population  where  the  provisions  of  the 
enabling  act  are  merely  permissive  rather  than  mandatory.  I  am  not 
sure  that  I  can  speak  with  equal  confidence  so  far  as  the  spirit  of  the 
law  is  concerned  for,  while  some  of  the  boards  have  rendered  splendid 
service,  by  far  too  many  of  them  have  remained  inactive  so  far  as 
studies  of  the  ''resources,  possibilities  and  needs  of  the  town"  are  con- 
cerned, and  certainly  few  plans  have  been  advanced  "for  the  develop- 
ment of  the  municipality  with  special  reference  to  proper  housing  of  its 
inhabitants."  This  is  not  said  in  any  spirit  of  criticism.  It  is  part  of  the 
job  of  the  State  Planning  Board,  as  I  see  it,  and  as  specifically  set  forth 
in  the  legislative  act  under  which  we  are  functioning,  to  "advise  and 
cooperate  with  national,  regional  and  county,  municipal  and  other  local 
planning,  housing  and  zoning  agencies  within  the  commonwealth  for 
the  purpose  of  promoting  coordination  between  the  state  and  local 


STATE  PLANNING  PROGRESS  83 

plans  and  development."  This  same  provision  is  set  forth  no  less  than 
three  times  in  succeeding  sections  in  the  legislative  act  calling  upon  the 
State  Planning  Board  in  its  relations  with  other  agencies  within  the 
Commonwealth  to  "confer  and  cooperate,"  to  "advise  and  cooperate," 
to  "plan  and  assist  in  planning"  to  the  end  that  there  may  be  better 
housing,  better  planning,  better  zoning  and  the  better  distribution  of 
population  and  industry. 

You  will  recall  the  statement  contained  in  the  Findings  of  the  Na- 
tional Resources  Board  in  its  Report  on  State  Planning  (1935): 

Planning  is  an  attitude  and  a  practice  which  must  command  the  confidence 
and  invite  the  cooperation  of  wide  groups  of  people.  It  must  come  from  the 
bottom  up  as  well  as  from  the  top  down,  from  the  circumference  as  well  as 
from  the  centre.  Indeed  if  it  were  not  for  local  initiative  and  planning  impulse, 
it  would  be  necessary  to  continue  its  cultivation  and  stimulation.  Fortunately 
the  spirit  of  planning  is  strong  in  the  American  local  tradition,  in  industry  and 
engineering,  in  State  as  well  as  Nation,  and  the  task  is  that  of  bringing  together 
and  making  effective  the  various  planning  agencies  so  that  the  largest  results 
may  be  achieved. 

With  this  in  mind,  I  have  made  a  rather  hasty,  and  by  no  means 
complete,  survey  of  the  work  of  the  local  planning  agencies  throughout 
the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  in  an  attempt  to  ascertain  to 
what  extent  the  foundation  has  been  laid  upon  which  the  State  Planning 
Board  is  expected  to  build  "from  the  bottom  up."  The  results,  while 
not  entirely  gratifying,  are  by  no  means  discouraging. 

We  have,  to  begin  with,  129  boards,  more  or  less,  including  several 
unofficial  and  inactive  bodies — perhaps  the  largest  number  in  any  State 
in  the  Union.  Their  growth  has  been  steady  rather  than  spectacular, 
dating  back  to  the  establishment  of  the  Salem  board  in  1912,  nearly  a 
quarter  of  a  century  ago.  This  means  that  the  seed  of  planning  has  been 
planted  in  the  midst  of  more  than  three  and  a  half  million  people  and 
while  some  of  it  may  have  fallen  upon  barren  ground,  I  believe  it  to  be 
one  of  the  functions  of  the  State  Planning  Board  to  attempt  at  least, 
and  I  hope  to  succeed  in  reviving  boards  that  may  have  become  dormant, 
to  cooperate  with  them  in  securing  efficient  support,  and  to  assist  them 
in  developing  constructive  and  forward-looking  programs. 

Appropriations  for  the  work  of  the  local  boards,  while  reasonable  in 
some  instances,  as  a  whole  have  left  much  to  be  desired.  According  to 
a  survey  made  by  the  New  England  Regional  Planning  Commission, 
fifty-eight  communities  reported  budgets  with  a  total  of  $44,181.15,  or 
an  average  of  $762.50.  In  my  own  survey,  I  am  impressed  with  the  fact 
that  the  1936  appropriation,  in  a  number  of  instances,  shows  a  very 
healthy  increase  over  the  average  for  the  preceding  ten  years. 

I  am  further  impressed,  or  perhaps  I  should  say  depressed,  by  the 
comparatively  few  local  groups  that  have  taken  advantage  of  the  op- 
portunity to  secure  Federal  funds  for  planning  purposes.  In  this  my  own 
city  of  Boston  stands  out  in  what  is  to  me  a  most  significant  manner. 


84  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

The  Boston  City  Planning  Board,  in  the  two-year  period  beginning 
December,  1933,  received  Federal  allocations  to  the  amount  of  $480, 
053.  This  enabled  us  to  assemble  a  vast  amount  of  basic  material;  to 
make  housing,  engineering  and  landscape  studies;  to  complete  a  real 
property  inventory,  and  a  survey  of  business  and  industrial  building; 
an  alley  survey  covering  in  detail  the  conditions  obtaining  in  more  than 
two  thousand  alleys,  and  a  report  on  the  income  and  cost  of  six  typical 
districts  in  the  city  of  Boston,  a  survey  which  has  now  been  extended  to 
cover  the  entire  127  census  tracts  into  which  Boston  is  divided.  Against 
this  amount  of  $480,053,  the  city  of  Boston  appropriated  $11,500,  or 
less  than  2J^  per  cent,  for  the  purchase  of  equipment  and  materials. 
In  addition,  we  have  now  received  a  WPA  appropriation  to  the  amount 
of  $892,726  for  the  purpose  of  accurately  surveying  the  street  and  lot 
lines  of  the  city  of  Boston  and  developing  therefrom  an  official  map. 
More  than  500  workers  are  engaged  in  this  project  at  the  present  tune. 

Perhaps  it  is  not  too  late  for  the  State  Planning  Board  to  be  of  as- 
sistance to  the  local  boards  in  developing  programs  for  planning  work 
that  will  find  sufficient  favor  in  the  eyes  of  the  Government  officials  to 
warrant  them  in  approving  for  the  work  an  allocation  of  Federal  funds. 

Few  complete  plans  have  been  prepared,  but  here  and  there  plans 
for  streets,  parks  and  playgrounds,  civic  centers  and  public  buildings 
are  reported.  It  shall  be  the  ami  of  the  State  Planning  Board  to  give 
to  these  existing  plans  new  meaning,  to  assist  in  perfecting  them,  and 
to  coordinate  them  with  those  of  the  neighboring  communities.  Housing 
plans  are  apparently  non-existent,  although  housing  was  the  motivating 
spirit  back  of  the  planning  enabling  act  in  1913.  Here  the  duty  of  the 
State  Planning  Board  will  be  largely  one  of  cooperation,  since  the  State 
Housing  Board,  established  in  1933,  is  fully  equipped,  by  authority, 
ability  and  intent,  to  investigate  defective  housing,  to  study  the  oper- 
ation of  building  laws,  to  acquire  land  by  eminent  domain,  and  to  take 
various  other  steps  in  order  to  increase  the  number  of  wholesome  homes 
for  the  people. 

In  the  local  communities  in  Massachusetts,  the  accent  appears  to 
have  been  placed  upon  zoning  work.  There  are  in  the  State  73  munici- 
palities with  a  population  of  more  than  10,000  persons,  and  of  this 
number  50  have  adopted  zoning  regulations.  Here  again  the  work  of 
the  State  Planning  Board  is  made  clear  by  legislative  act,  to  "confer, 
to  advise,  to  assist,"  in  zoning  as  in  planning  activities.  If  there  is  work 
to  be  done  in  connection  with  zoning  activities,  it  is  perhaps  largely  a 
matter  of  interpretation  in  so  far  as  relates  to  variances  granted  and 
changes  in  the  plan  itself.  It  is  generally  recognized  that  a  zoning  plan 
must  be  flexible  in  order  to  meet  changing  conditions,  but  it  is  not  so 
well  appreciated  that  it  must  also  possess  stability  in  order  to  afford 
proper  protection  to  persons  and  to  property. 

Many  of  the  local  boards  report  the  lack  of  funds  as  their  present 


STATE  PLANNING  PROGRESS  85 

major  difficulty;  others  the  lack  of  public  support,  although  here  and 
there  I  found  refreshment  in  the  statement  that  officials  and  citizens 
were  sympathetic  and  conditions  generally  favorable.  One  at  least 
reported  enthusiastic  public  support;  and  still  another  that  its  chief 
difficulty  was  the  great  extent  to  which  the  local  officials  relied  upon  it 
for  information  and  assistance. 

Many  and  varied  were  the  suggestions  offered  by  the  local  boards 
as  to  ways  and  means  by  which  the  State  Planning  Board  could  be  of 
assistance  to  them,  including  information  service  on  legislative  matters 
and  the  work  of  other  boards,  clearing  house  activities,  cooperation, 
assistance  and  advice. 

Through  long  years  of  service  on  the  Boston  City  Planning  Board, 
and  as  a  member  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Massachusetts 
Federation  of  Planning  Boards,  I  have  had  the  privilege  of  working 
with  many  of  the  members  of  the  local  boards  for  years.  The  opportunity 
has,  of  course,  broadened  in  the  last  few  months,  and  out  of  the  experience 
of  nearly  a  quarter  of  a  century  I  am  glad  to  pay  tribute  to  the  ability, 
the  unselfishness,  and  the  perseverance  of  the  splendid  group  of  women 
and  men  who  make  up  the  local  planning  boards  of  the  State  of  Massa- 
chusetts. I  could  ask  no  higher  reward  for  my  own  efforts  than  that  I  be 
permitted,  as  I  now  have  been,  to  join  my  labors  to  theirs  to  the  end 
that  by  our  united  efforts  there  may  be  brought  to  the  people  of  our 
Commonwealth  a  larger  measure  of  comfort  and  convenience  in  their 
homes,  prosperity  in  their  undertakings,  and  happiness  in  their  daily 
lives. 

We  have  just  been  visited,  in  Massachusetts,  by  a  flood  which  in  its 
severity  broke  all  existing  records.  Events  moved  too  rapidly  in  con- 
nection with  it  to  permit,  even  at  this  time,  of  any  coherent  account. 
Drama  quickly  became  tragedy  as  to  the  rush  of  water,  the  roar  of  land- 
slides, the  breaking  up  of  ice  jams,  and  the  crash  of  falling  bridges  were 
added  the  destruction  of  homes  and  the  loss  of  human  life.  That  side  of 
the  story,  with  a  full  sense  of  my  own  incompetence,  I  leave  to  a  more 
fluent  pen. 

To  those  of  you  who  are  not  familiar  with  our  State — if  such  there 
be — I  would  say  that  it  has  an  area  of  8,093  square  miles.  It  is  traversed, 
enriched  and  threatened  by  the  Connecticut  River,  the  Merrimac 
River,  the  Blackstone  River,  the  Housatonic  River,  the  Quinebaug 
Valley  of  which  French  River  is  a  part,  and  the  Hoosic  River,  in  all 
comprising  a  drainage  area  of  5,188  square  miles.  To  this  might  be  added 
a  large  number  of  streams  which  are  purely  interstate  in  character. 
This  means  that  with  the  exception  of  the  eastern  portion,  including 
Cape  Cod,  practically  the  entire  State  shared  in  the  tremendous  damage 
experienced  in  the  flooded  areas. 

It  means  also  that  a  majority  of  our  local  planning  boards  were 
involved,  which  is  my  excuse  for  combining  the  two  subjects  at  this  time. 


86  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

In  November,  1935,  in  common  with  the  State  Planning  Boards  of 
the  other  New  England  States,  the  Massachusetts  Board  joined  in 
sponsoring  a  project  having  for  its  purpose  the  securing  of  hydrologic 
and  other  data  in  connection  with  the  Connecticut  River  drainage  areas. 
At  the  present  tune  there  are  about  thirty  persons  employed  on  a  pro- 
gram outlined  by  Prof.  H.  K.  Barrows,  who  has  but  recently  been  ap- 
pointed by  the  National  Resources  Committee  as  one  of  fifteen  water 
consultants  assigned  to  the  different  river-drainage  basins  as  the  next 
step  in  fulfilling  President  Roosevelt's  recent  request  for  a  national 
water  plan. 

From  the  beginning  of  our  project  there  was  proposed  a  thorough 
study  of  the  usual  spring  freshet  caused  by  melting  snow  and  ice  break- 
up usually  occurring  in  the  latter  part  of  March.  According  to  the  laws 
of  probability,  the  flood  should  not  have  occurred.  We  had  one  in  1927 
and  the  prediction  was  that  such  events  would  occur  on  something  like 
a  75-year  frequency.  Unexpected  as  it  was,  however,  it  found  our  field 
parties  on  the  job,  both  before  and  during  the  flood,  working  day  and 
night  in  order  that  not  a  single  detail  of  the  unprecedented  rise  of  the 
Connecticut  River  and  its  tributaries  should  be  lost  to  future  study 
and  analysis. 

The  flow  of  ice  was  so  violent  that  even  the  trees  were  stripped  of 
their  bark;  travel  became  impossible;  power  and  communication  lines 
were  severed,  and  several  of  our  field  parties,  finding  their  return  blocked 
by  six  to  seven  feet  of  water,  were  forced  to  seek  refuge  in  farmhouses 
on  higher  land  where  they  remained  isolated  for  a  number  of  days. 
Even  in  the  headquarters  office  of  the  hydrology  study  at  the  Court 
House  in  Springfield,  it  was  not  possible  to  keep  the  water  out.  Entrance 
to  the  office  was  gained  by  wading  in  a  foot  of  water  along  the  corridor, 
and  climbing  over  a  few  feet  of  sandbags  at  the  door,  all  in  pitch  dark- 
ness, relieved  here  and  there  by  the  flickering  rays  of  a  candle. 

As  the  waters  receded,  efforts  were  redoubled  by  our  field  parties 
to  map  the  flooded  areas,  to  obtain  the  elevation  of  high  water  along 
several  hundred  miles  of  main  rivers  and  tributaries,  to  investigate  the 
fifty  or  more  bridges  and  dams  destroyed,  the  millions  of  dollars  worth 
of  highways  undermined,  the  farms  inundated  and  covered  with  silt, 
gravel  and  debris,  and  to  estimate  the  flow  and  discharge  hi  river  and 
over  spillways. 

Nor  is  this  work  now  confined  to  the  Connecticut  River  basin.  With 
the  aid  of  Federal  funds,  both  in  our  staff  project  and  in  our  WPA 
Projects,  work  is  under  way  in  the  various  river  valleys  throughout 
the  State.  Members  of  the  State  Planning  Board  and  of  the  regular 
staff  have  worked  continuously  on  emergency  problems  as  well  as  on 
planning  problems,  with  Federal,  state  and  local  agencies,  giving  as- 
sistance, encouragement  or  advice  as  the  case  may  be. 

No  accurate  estimate  of  the  loss  occasioned  by  floods  has  been 


STATE  PLANNING  PROGRESS  87 

attempted,  but  it  is  safe  to  say  that  it  has  reached  a  higher  figure  in 
millions  than  many  of  us  have  attained  in  years.  Suppose  as  a  conserva- 
tive estimate  we  say  a  50  million  dollar  loss,  or,  in  other  words,  a  loss 
more  than  a  thousand  times  greater  than  all  of  the  budgets  of  the  local 
planning  boards  throughout  the  State  put  together.  In  fact,  if  we  sub- 
tract the  city  of  Boston  budget  and  the  budgets  of  the  other  cities  and 
towns  in  the  Metropolitan  Boston  area  and  the  Cape,  and  consider  only 
the  budgets  reported  by  cities  and  towns  in  the  flooded  areas,  then  the 
loss  may  easily  reach  a  figure  5000  times  greater  than  the  amount  made 
available  for  planning  work.  This  is  a  situation  which  should  be  brought 
forcibly  to  the  attention  of  the  local  authorities,  particularly  to  the  end 
that  the  local  boards  in  future  may  be  properly  equipped  with  personnel 
and  with  funds  to  enable  them  to  do  their  full  share  toward  the  preven- 
tion of  a  repetition  of  the  recent  catastrophe. 

President  Roosevelt  in  his  speech  of  acceptance  at  Chicago  in  July, 
1932,  declared: 

Out  of  every  crisis,  every  tribulation,  every  disaster,  mankind  arises  with 
some  share  of  greater  knowledge,  of  higher  decency,  of  purer  purpose. 

If,  as  a  result  of  the  1936  flood  in  the  State  of  Massachusetts,  there 
shall  come  to  pass  a  better  appreciation  of  the  possibilities  of  planning 
and  a  willingness  to  devote  a  larger  share  of  public  effort  and  of  public 
funds  to  prevention  rather  than  to  cure,  then  from  the  standpoint  of 
future  generations,  the  flood  shall  not  have  been  in  vain. 

The  situation  as  it  stands  at  the  present  time  is  a  challenge  to  the 
local  planning  agencies  as  well  as  to  the  State  Planning  Board.  It  may 
be  the  knock  of  opportunity.  In  any  event  the  State  Planning  Board 
will  leave  no  stone  unturned  to  bring  about  a  better  understanding  of 
the  benefits  to  be  derived  from  a  reasonable  application  of  planning 
principles  to  public  progress. 


SOUTH  DAKOTA 

By  W.  R.  RONALD,  Mitchell,  S.  D.,  Chairman,  South  Dakota  State  Planning  Board 

CAN  the  planning  program  be  made  practical?  The  outstanding 
impression  that  I  have  of  the  South  Dakota  State  Planning  Board 
is  that  it  is  very  much  on  the  spot  and  that  the  spot  is  constantly  getting 
hotter  and  hotter.  We  have  a  marvelous  staff  in  our  State,  not  less  than 
one  hundred  people  working  on  research,  with  five  different  offices  in 
the  State.  Squirrels  accumulating  nuts  for  their  winter  supply  could 
not  possibly  be  more  industrious  than  this  staff,  and  as  the  reports  come 
to  the  central  office,  constantly  getting  higher  and  higher,  I  wonder 
more  and  more  whether  the  consequences  so  far  as  the  State  Planning 


88  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Board  is  concerned  will  be  anything  more  than  an  acute  attack  of  mental 
indigestion. 

It  would  be  altogether  trite  to  observe  to  this  group  that  the  planning 
board  is  a  newcomer  in  the  house  of  government.  If  one  may  judge 
from  a  rising  tide  of  sentiment  or  expression  over  the  country,  there  is 
a  growing  demand  for  some  kind  of  limitation  on  government — a  sort 
of  zoning  scheme — to  establish  an  outside  maximum  for  departments, 
bureaus,  boards  and  commissions  in  state  and  Federal  Government. 
In  addition  to  that,  many  of  these  departments,  bureaus,  boards  and 
commissions  are  engaged  in  planning  on  their  own  account.  In  fact,  we 
might  even  say  we  have  always  had  planning,  consciously  or  uncon- 
sciously. Many  acts  of  the  legislatures  and  of  Congress  are  the  result 
of  some  idea  of  a  plan.  The  same  is  true  of  many  executive  orders. 
Now,  with  all  that  going  on,  we  have  introduced  something  else — the 
planning  board — and  the  burden  of  proof  is  certainly  on  the  planning 
board  to  the  extent  that  it  must  find  for  itself  a  place  in  this  crowded 
house  that  will  be  its  exclusive  and  natural  habitat. 

I  think  those  of  us  who  are  on  planning  boards  have  a  considerable 
degree  of  conscience  in  the  matter.  My  own  state's  appropriation  is  not 
large — $20,000 — but  it  was  liberal  under  existing  conditions.  Much 
more  has  been  spent  by  the  Federal  Government.  If  we  have  the  right 
idea,  we  must  feel  that  full  value  received  must  be  given,  and  in  a  very 
definite  and  unmistakable  manner. 

I  have  tried  to  work  out  the  basis  upon  which  the  planning  board's 
existence  should  be  justified  and  its  place  found.  I  think  there  is  no 
question  that  members  of  planning  boards  have  no  illusion  as  to  their 
particular  talents.  They  are  not  suffering  from  the  belief  that  they  are 
supermen.  From  the  fact  that  each  and  every  one  here  has  been  deny- 
ing that  he  is  a  planner,  it  is  more  likely  we  are  suffering  from  an  in- 
feriority complex.  So  it  cannot  be  said  that  we  are  going  to  justify  our 
existence  by  reason  of  any  superior  talents  on  the  part  of  the  personnel. 

Therefore,  apparently,  the  only  way  by  which  we  can  warrant  the 
planning  board  as  an  institution  is  by  the  methods  it  pursues.  These 
must  be  unique  in  some  respects.  Of  course,  we  are  all  familiar  with  the 
formula.  The  planning  board  differs  from  others  whose  members  have 
sought  to  look  forward  in  that  the  planning  board  proceeds  first  to 
ascertain  the  facts  and  then  go  on  from  there  and  arrive  at  more  in- 
formed opinions.  We  must  accept  that  as  perhaps  the  distinguishing  feature 
of  the  planning  board,  and  if  any  of  its  practices  will  justify  its  existence 
they  probably  are  to  be  found  in  that  approach. 

Mr.  Herbert  Hoover  said  one  thing  some  twenty-five  years  ago  that 
may  be  recalled  when  everything  he  has  said  as  President  has  been 
forgotten.  He  was  then  a  business  engineer,  and  he  made  this  statement : 
"A  correct  statement  of  any  problem  is  nine-tenths  of  its  solution/* 
Now  if  that  is  correct,  it  should  be  possible  for  the  planning  board  to 


STATE  PLANNING  PROGRESS  89 

find  a  problem  or  problems  in  the  reports  on  research  and  the  facts  that 
are  found,  but  it  should  also  be  able  to  discover  a  solution  inherent  in 
the  facts  themselves.  That  will  not  be  a  tremendously  difficult  task 
if  Mr.  Hoover  was  right,  and  I  think  he  was. 

But  there  is  a  much  more  severe  test  that  will  be  applied  to  the 
reports  and  recommendations  of  the  planning  boards,  whether  they  are 
conscious  of  it  or  not.  That  is,  that  any  and  all  plans  adopted  must  be 
practical  of  accomplishment.  We  know  the  answer  to  many  of  these 
problems.  We  need  no  investigation  to  discover  what  should  be  done. 
In  some  cases  it  is  almost  common  knowledge.  So  as  to  those  matters, 
the  task  of  the  planning  board  will  be  to  discover  how  to  arrive  at  the 
accomplishment  of  these  particular  solutions.  I  am  frankly  wondering 
if  our  Planning  Board  will  go  around  and  around  and  around  and 
finally  finish  exactly  where  it  started.  We  will  probably  confront 
obstacles  of  which  we  are  not  now  aware,  but  there  are  three  very  definite 
hurdles  which  we  must  take  if  our  plans  are  to  be  practicable  of  accom- 
plishment. 

First  of  all,  there  is  the  problem  of  cost.  We  are  confronted  with  the 
fact  that  the  demand  is  for  a  reduction  in  public  expenditures  instead 
of  an  increase.  Therefore,  the  burden  of  proof  is  very  definitely  upon 
any  proposal  that  calls  for  any  additional  expenditure.  The  Planning 
Board  must,  if  it  can,  find  a  practicable  and  acceptable  means  of  pro- 
viding revenue  required  for  its  proposals. 

Secondly,  there  is  the  time  element.  We  talk  a  great  deal  about  long- 
time planning.  We  know  that  erosion  is  doing  its  worst  and  destroying 
our  resources  in  some  parts  of  the  country  at  a  very  rapid  rate.  Plans 
thus  far  developed  to  combat  this  very  definite  attack  upon  our  resources 
call  for  a  very  long  period  if  they  are  carried  to  completion.  So  of  human 
resources  we  must  time  our  program  so  we  will  not  have  lost  irrevocably 
a  valuable  human  possession.  That  calls  for  the  expediting  of  conserva- 
tion programs. 

And,  third,  there  is  a  very  definite  difficulty  in  the  human  equation. 
The  people  of  the  United  States  are  notoriously  conservative.  Public 
opinion  involves  a  great  deal  of  inertia.  What  has  been  in  the  past 
hangs  like  a  dead  weight  on  what  ought  to  be  in  the  future.  This  is 
made  more  serious  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  our  form  of  government 
works  in  reverse.  In  the  United  Kingdom,  for  example,  there  is  no 
stated  period  in  which  a  commission  is  allowed  to  govern.  It  is  what 
we  call  in  our  own  newspaper  business  TF — 'til  forbidden.  In  our  own 
country,  in  county,  state  and  Federal  governments,  we  choose  officials 
for  a  stated  term,  and  we  give  them  unlimited  commission  to  do  as  they 
please  for  that  period  of  time.  After  two  or  four  years  we  have  a  hectic 
two  or  four  weeks  in  which  each  side  tries  to  talk  louder  than  the  other 
and  the  voter  gets  more  confused  and  we  have  another  commission, 
unreserved,  to  handle  the  public  for  another  two  or  four  or  six  years. 


90  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

The  only  recourse  of  the  voters  is  to  turn  people  out  of  office  if  they 
do  not  like  what  they  have  done,  and  that  develops  an  attitude  on  the 
part  of  the  public  official  and  on  the  part  of  the  voter  that  makes  it  more 
difficult  to  enlist  their  support  in  a  forward-looking  program  that  calls 
for  understanding. 

Now  I  might  illustrate  what  I  mean.  We  have  30,000  Indians  who 
are  going  to  be  dumped  on  the  State  of  South  Dakota  some  of  these  days. 
They  have  been  pushed  along,  of  course,  until  now  they  are  living  in  an 
area  where  the  Resettlement  Administration  says  whites  cannot  pos- 
sibly make  a  living,  and  from  which  they  are  being  removed.  The  Indian 
problem  is  not  solved.  It  is  going  to  become  our  responsibility.  How 
are  we  going  to  work  that  out?  In  the  matter  of  land-use,  we  know 
what  should  be  developed,  of  course,  but  we  have  the  difficulty  of  up- 
setting institutions  and  of  changing  the  disposition  of  people  to  go  on 
living  on  the  lands  whether  they  produce  or  not.  They  are  apparently 
content  to  prosper  on  next  year's  crop. 

We  realize  that  somehow  our  plan — when  we  work  it  out — must  be 
put  over.  We  have  developed  a  technique  which  I  think  is  perhaps  a 
combination  of  the  Socratic,  the  bonfire  and  the  alibi  method.  The 
Socratic  method  puts  up  the  problem  and  asks  for  a  solution.  This  will 
make  men  think,  we  hope.  Then  if  that  fails  we  are  going  to  try  to  build 
a  bonfire  under  the  public  officials  by  calling  in  the  chairmen  of  all  the 
county  boards  before  we  arrive  at  any  plan,  permit  them  to  discuss  it 
and  give  their  recommendations,  so  they  will  feel  it  is  their  plan  and 
will  talk  to  their  legislators.  Finally,  the  alibi  will  be  in  these  reports. 
We  can  say  to  the  legislators,  "Pass  this  bill,"  and  if  any  ask  you  why, 
refer  them  to  this  report.  It  will  contain  hundreds  of  pages  and  nobody 
will  read  it  but  it  will  present  the  legislators  with  an  excellent  alibi. 

I  am  not  pessimistic;  rather,  I  am  hopeful  and  jealous — jealous  of 
this  plan  because  of  its  immeasurable  opportunities,  because  it  is  a 
definite  assault  upon  and  an  attempt  to  correct  what  might  be  described 
as  our  national  fault,  namely,  our  thoughtlessness  and  our  heedlessness. 
So  we  are  trying  by  our  picture  to  give  people  the  advantage  of  perspec- 
tive, by  projecting  the  past  into  the  future,  from  a  close-up  of  the  present. 
We  are  hoping  that  we  can  accomplish  enough  so  that  it  will  be  said  in 
our  State  the  money  was  not  wasted,  and  that  there  is  a  place  for  one 
more  board  in  South  Dakota. 


STATE  PLANNING  PROGRESS  91 

FLORIDA 

By  C.  B.  TREADWAY,  Tallahassee,  Fla.,  Member  of  the  Florida  State  Planning  Board, 
and  Chairman  of  the  State  Road  Department 

Read  by  MRS.  M.  M.  EBERT,  Lake  Wales,  Fla.,  Member  of  Florida  State  Planning  Board 

AS  a  member  of  the  State  Planning  Board,  and  also  chairman  of  the 
XJL  State  Road  Department  of  Florida,  I  am  particularly  interested  in 
planning  as  it  affects  highways.  The  importance  of  highway  transpor- 
tation in  Florida  is  not  limited  to  any  governmental  subdivision;  it  is  of 
vital  interest  to  all  citizens  of  the  State.  The  highway  problem  in 
Florida  is  perhaps  very  little  different  from  that  in  most  of  the  other 
States,  with  the  possible  exception  of  our  seasonal  travel  by  guests 
from  other  States  during  the  winter.  We  also  have  an  extensive  trucking 
industry,  both  in  and  out  of  the  State,  which  constantly  hauls  our 
products,  such  as  citrus,  winter  vegetables,  fish  and  the  like,  ov^er 
the  highways. 

The  history  of  roads  in  Florida,  too,  is  probably  but  little  different 
from  that  of  any  other  section  of  the  United  States — there  were  no  pre- 
conceived plans.  Foot,  or  horse,  trails  were,  of  course,  the  first  paths  of 
land  transportation,  or  travel,  and  preceded  settlement  of  the  country. 
As  the  settlement  of  the  country  proceeded,  roads  were  advanced  to 
permit  transportation  of  commodities  in  greater  quantities  and  at  lower 
cost  than  was  possible  by  means  of  pack-sacks  on  men  or  loads  on  pack 
animals.  In  some  cases  military  roads  preceded  the  roads  and  trails 
for  civil  purposes  and  in  some  cases  were  constructed  coincident  with 
the  need  for  roads  for  civil  life.  With  the  development  of  the  need  for 
more  rapid  transportation  and  transport  of  commodities  in  greater 
quantities,  there  were  developed  the  public  post  roads  for  rapid  travel 
on  horse,  or  by  stage  coach,  and  on  which  roads  freight  wagons  also 
moved.  There  were  also  developed  the  toll  highways  built  and  main- 
tained by  private  interests.  These  highways,  which  were  the  best  of 
their  time,  permitted,  for  payment  of  a  toll  for  use  of  the  road,  rapid 
travel  by  horsemen,  passengers  in  stage  coaches  and  freight  in  freight 
wagons,  which  moved  more  easily  over  the  paved  and  well-maintained 
toll  roads  than  was  the  case  on  other  roads.  With  the  increase  in  density 
of  population  and  development  of  settled  territory  and  establishment 
of  local  governmental  bodies,  there  began  the  construction  of  public 
roads  necessary  for  transportation  between  all  of  the  small  communities 
and  between  the  small  communities  and  the  large  trading  centers. 
Land  transport  moved  on  these  public  highways  until  the  development 
of  the  railways  began  to  offer  transportation  at  much  higher  speed  and 
lower  gross  cost. 

The  highways  became  a  most  important  factor  in  a  movement 
of  individuals  in  individually  owned  conveyances  as  the  motor  vehicle 
superseded  the  horse  and  buggy.  New  developments  for  the  high- 


92  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

ways  were  based  on  the  requirements  for  the  individually  owned  and 
operated  passenger  motor  cars.  Later  the  opportunity  of  using  the 
public  highway  for  commercial  transport  was  recognized,  and  the 
growth  of  this  commercial  transport  has  been  one  of  the  main  factors 
influencing  the  maintenance  and  rebuilding  of  motor  roads  constructed 
prior  to  a  date  about  ten  years  ago. 

Road  construction  could  not  possibly  keep  up  with  the  many  demands 
placed  upon  it  by  the  mushroom  growth  of  the  automotive  industry,  nor 
could  our  system  of  roads  be  discarded.  It  was  a  case  of  making  the 
best  of  existing  facilities.  If  proper  future  planning  had  been  thought 
of  and  applied  ten  to  fifteen  years  ago,  we  would  not  now  be  confronted 
with  many  of  our  road  problems  of  today. 

In  Florida,  state  roads  are  designated  in  three  classifications  by  the 
Legislature,  namely,  first,  second,  and  third  preferentials.  The  first  and 
second  preferential  highway  systems  have  been  about  completed  by  the 
Highway  Department,  and  the  necessity  for  wise  planning  for  the  future 
expansion  of  our  highway  system  is  more  evident  than  ever  before. 
The  third  preferential  system  of  roads  has  been  designated  with  very 
little  thought  toward  the  utility  of  the  road,  the  territory  that  it  will 
serve,  or  the  expense  of  construction  and  maintenance.  A  properly 
developed  long-range  plan  for  highway  construction  will  eliminate  this 
hit-or-miss  method,  and  will  save  millions  of  dollars  to  the  taxpayers  of 
Florida  during  the  next  few  years.  Further,  a  long-range  plan  will,  if 
properly  conceived  and  executed  result  in  construction  and  improve- 
ments in  maintenance  and  operation  that  will  better  serve  the  people 
who  use  the  facility  and  will  better  develop  natural  and  human  resources. 

About  twro  years  ago  the  State  Road  Department,  in  cooperation 
with  the  Florida  State  Planning  Board,  conducted  a  road  survey  within 
the  limitation  of  FERA  financing  and  the  amounts  of  money  that  could 
be  used  by  the  Highway  Department  and  the  Planning  Board  for  this 
purpose.  While  a  mass  of  data  was  secured  at  this  time  which  is  most 
valuable  for  highway  planning,  this  work  is  now  being  supplemented 
with  a  state-wide  survey  in  cooperation  with  the  Bureau  of  Public  Roads 
similar  to  that  now  being  carried  on  in  over  forty  other  States. 

Florida  has  embarked  upon  another  most  interesting  experiment. 
This  is  the  creation  of  county  planning  agencies  by  statute.  When  the 
bill  was  written  creating  the  State  Planning  Board  officially,  the  question 
of  county  planning  agencies  was  thoroughly  discussed  by  the  State 
Board  and  others  interested.  There  was  a  variance  of  opinion  as  to 
whether  such  county  planning  agencies  should  be  authorized  under  the 
law,  or,  as  an  alternate,  regional  planning  groups  comprising  several 
counties  be  created  for  this  purpose.  Inasmuch  as  we  realized  that  the 
counties  were  the  political  subdivisions  with  which  it  was  necessary  for 
us  to  deal  in  our  planning  work,  it  was  finally  determined  that  the  county 
planning  groups  would  be  authorized  under  the  law. 


STATE  PLANNING  PROGRESS  93 

These  County  Planning  Councils,  as  they  are  officially  known,  are 
composed  of  one  member  from  the  County  Board  of  Public  Instruction, 
one  member  of  the  County  Commissioners,  and  one  member  from  each 
official  municipal  planning  agency  within  the  county,  in  addition  to 
which  the  Governor  appoints  members  at  large  to  a  number  that  will 
exceed  at  least  by  three  the  total  of  the  ex-officio  members. 

The  first  task  was  to  obtain  from  the  ex-qfficio  bodies  designations  of 
their  members  for  inclusion  in  these  county  planning  councils.  After 
this  was  done  the  Governor  appointed  the  members  at  large,  which 
appointments  were  made  in  October,  1935.  To  date  all  of  the  councils  in 
the  State,  with  the  exception  of  two,  have  organized  and  elected  officers 
and  are  officially  functioning.  Shortly  after  this  organization,  county 
planning  councils  were  called  upon  by  the  state  WPA  officials  to  establish 
priority  of  WPA  projects  that  had  been  submitted  to  the  state  office, 
approved,  and  on  which,  in  many  cases,  work  had  already  begun.  There 
was,  of  course,  no  time  for  these  planning  councils  to  formulate  a  well- 
rounded  public  works  program  from  which  proper  recommendations  for 
WPA  work  could  be  made.  However,  from  the  knowledge  of  conditions 
by  the  members  of  the  councils  who  were  selected  from  the  county  at 
large,  a  very  worth-while  contribution  to  the  development  of  a  WPA 
works  program  was  made. 

The  sudden  induction  into  the  service  of  planning  of  a  mass  of  people, 
nearly  five  hundred,  most  of  whom  had  no  previous  experience  in  the 
planning  field,  has  been  a  most  interesting  experiment.  The  State  Plan- 
ning Board  has  had  neither  the  finances  nor  the  personnel  to  make  the 
number  of  personal  visits  to  these  planning  councils  that  we  think 
desirable.  Another  feature  that  has  prevented  more  progress  by  these 
county  groups  has  been  the  total  lack  of  finance  for  their  activities. 
No  provision  was  made  in  the  law  for  financing  with  state  funds  and  all 
of  the  county  budgets  had  been  closed  before  their  appointments.  It  has 
been  possible  in  some  instances  to  secure  county  funds  to  help  the 
councils  carry  on  their  work,  but  these  have  been  very  few.  It  is  hoped 
that  when  the  next  budget  is  prepared  within  the  next  sixty  days  most 
of  the  counties  will  include  some  funds  for  county  planning. 

A  number  of  the  counties  have  attempted  to  secure  through  the  WPA 
technical  and  clerical  assistance  to  carry  on  planning  activities  within 
their  counties.  So  far,  while  most  of  these  projects  have  been  approved 
by  the  state  WPA  officials,  they  have  not  been  able  to  overcome  the 
barrier  at  Washington.  On  the  whole,  we  feel  that  this  experiment  has 
been  successful,  because  most  of  these  county  groups  have  been  con- 
stantly requesting  that  some  representative  of  the  State  Planning  Board 
appear  before  them  and  assist  them  to  get  started  in  the  field  of  planning. 
This  has  been  done  in  as  many  instances  as  possible,  and  the  planning 
idea  has  been  well  received.  We  hope  within  the  near  future  to  hold  one 
or  more  state  conferences  for  these  groups. 


94  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

There  still  is  a  division  of  thought  in  Florida  as  to  whether  these 
counties  should  be  grouped  into  planning  agencies  which  would  give  us 
from  seven  to  ten  planning  agencies  in  the  State  rather  than  sixty-seven, 
other  than  the  municipal  and  state  agencies.  It  is  thought  by  some 
that  the  smaller  number  of  groups,  but  covering  a  large  area,  would 
be  able  to  accomplish  a  great  deal  more  and  the  State  Board  could  make 
more  and  better  contacts  with  the  fewer  groups  and  that  it  would  be 
easier  to  finance  the  activities.  This  is  a  question  that  probably  will 
come  up  for  further  discussion,  and  a  possible  solution  before  the  next 
Legislature,  which  convenes  in  the  spring  of  1937. 

We  do  feel,  however,  that  Florida  is  becoming  more  planning-minded 
every  day  and  that  much  good  has  come  from  our  efforts,  and  that 
state,  county  and  municipal  planning,  with  the  possibility  of  regional 
planning,  is  now  in  Florida  to  stay. 


NEW  JERSEY 

By  CHARLES  P.  MESSICK,  Trenton,  N.  J.,  Chairman,  New  Jersey 
State  Planning  Board 

WE  in  New  Jersey  are  situated,  as  you  know,  between  two  great 
metropolitan  centers,  New  York  and  Philadelphia.  Stated  more 
accurately,  New  Jersey  is  part  of  these  areas  and  must,  therefore,  face 
the  constant  fact  of  congested  population.  The  social  and  economic  con- 
sequences of  heavy  population  density  make  two  groups  of  the  many 
state  problems  especially  urgent — those  of  transportation  and  of  water 
resources. 

Before  any  solution  to  the  transportation  problems  of  New  Jersey 
can  be  found,  some  knowledge  of  the  present  and  future  distribution 
and  movement  of  population  is  necessary.  It  is  thought,  for  instance, 
that  the  future  rate  of  population  increase  in  New  Jersey  will  be  greater 
than  that  for  many  other  parts  of  the  country  because  the  State,  with 
its  peculiar  location,  will  probably  continue  to  attract  both  industries 
and  residents  from  neighboring  States.  Information  about  future  trends 
is  of  inestimable  importance  in  planning  for  tomorrow's  highways,  air- 
ports, and  railroad  systems.  Because  of  the  primary  importance  of  this 
information  the  State  Planning  Board  has  placed,  and  continues  to 
place,  special  emphasis  upon  studies  of  population  and  land-use  trends. 
As  more  material  is  accumulated  and  as  the  trends  of  population  growth 
and  land-use  become  clearer,  it  will  be  possible  to  estimate  future  popu- 
lation with  some  fair  degree  of  accuracy.  These  predictions  depend,  of 
course,  upon  many  different  social  and  economic  factors.  The  Planning 
Board  is  studying  these  fields  as  well  and  hopes  to  expand  its  research  in 
the  future.  A  sound  transportation  program  for  New  Jersey  must  be 
founded  upon  accurate  basic  data  if  it  is  to  be  economically  sound. 


STATE  PLANNING  PROGRESS  95 

The  solution  of  the  water  problems  of  New  Jersey  is  an  extremely 
difficult  one.  The  New  Jersey  State  Planning  Board  is  cooperating  with 
the  Federal  Government  in  its  studies  of  water  resources  within  the 
area  which  surrounds  and  includes  New  Jersey.  A  committee  of  the 
Board  is  at  the  present  time  collecting  material  relating  to  the  water 
problems  of  New  Jersey.  Within  the  State  itself  the  chief  problem  centers 
about  future  water  supply  for  the  metropolitan  district  of  northern 
New  Jersey.  In  order  to  coordinate  the  work  which  has  already  been 
done  along  these  lines,  the  Board  has  brought  together  the  various 
departments,  agencies,  and  committees  which  have  worked  upon,  or 
are  interested  in,  these  matters.  It  is  hoped  that  in  this  way  a  real 
beginning  has  been  made  toward  the  solution  of  the  state's  water 
problems. 

As  we  see  our  function  in  the  State,  it  includes  much  work  toward 
a  better  understanding  of  these  two  fundamental  problems.  Our  pur- 
pose is  to  build  slowly,  to  keep  asking  questions,  and  to  continue  our 
research  in  the  hope  that  we  will  assist  in  the  education  and  information 
of  the  people  of  the  State  as  to  the  basic  questions  of  securing  those 
services  which  we  must  make  in  living  together. 


VIRGINIA 

CHAIRMAN'S  INTRODUCTION 

MR.  WILLARD  DAY,  County  Manager,  Henrico  County,  Virginia: 
The  Virginia  State  Planning  Board  was  appointed  in  1933  by  Governor 
Pollard  and  the  same  personnel  was  continued  by  a  resolution  of  the 
1934  General  Assembly  at  the  request  of  Governor  Peery. 

The  Board  is  composed  of  14  members,  11  of  whom  are  the  head  of 
or  connected  with  one  of  the  various  state  departments.  The  other  three 
are  Morton  L.  Wallerstein,  Executive  Secretary  of  the  League  of  Virginia 
Municipalities,  who  is  chairman  of  the  Planning  Board;  Colonel  Leroy 
Hodges,  Managing  Director  of  the  State  Chamber  of  Commerce,  Vice- 
Chairman;  and  Dr.  Douglas  S.  Freeman,  Editor  of  the  Richmond  News 
Leader. 

Thirty-five  Virginia  cities  and  three  counties  have  adopted  the 
manager  form  of  government;  in  fact,  it  originated  in  this  State  in  1908 
in  the  City  of  Staunton.  The  State  Planning  Board  sponsored  a  bill 
which  was  adopted  by  the  1936  General  Assembly  authorizing  the 
appointment  by  local  Boards  of  Supervisors  of  county  planning  com- 
missions. Henrico,  one  of  the  three  manager  counties,  is  the  first  to 
appoint  a  Planning  Commission  under  the  new  law,  and  the  newly 
created  Planning  Commission  finds  many  opportunities  for  constructive 
planning. 


96  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

The  most  pressing  problem  of  the  moment  is  in  connection  with 
contemplated  annexation  of  the  county's  territory  by  the  City  of 
Richmond.  It  is  the  viewpoint  of  the  County  Planning  Commission 
that  the  growth  of  Richmond  can  best  be  fostered  by  a  plan  providing 
for  the  joint  control  of  the  suburban  areas  around  the  City.  The  State 
Planning  Board  will  cooperate  with  local  planning  commissions,  and  it 
has  been  in  close  contact  with  the  various  state  departments. 

This  group  here  assembled  will  doubtless  be  interested  to  know 
something  of  what  the  state  departments  think  of  their  Planning  Board. 

One  of  the  speakers  during  the  morning  session  has  stressed  the  point 
that  state  or  local  planning  must  not  be  entirely  in  the  realm  of  theory, 
but  must  be  capable  of  practical  application  and  workability.  From 
the  statements  of  these  state  officials,  I  am  quite  sure  there  is  no  doubt 
in  the  mind  of  anyone  present  as  to  the  practical  application  and  co- 
operative working  out  of  state  planning  in  Virginia. 


STATE  PLANNING  AND  EDUCATION 

By  SIDNEY  B.  HALL,  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction, 
Commonwealth  of  Virginia,  Richmond,  Va. 

THE  Virginia  State  Department  of  Education  has  for  some  time 
realized  that  a  very  uneconomic,  unplanned  program  of  school 
building  locations,  and  an  unsound  policy  of  pupil  transportation,  have 
existed.  With  the  limited  facilities  available  we  have  been  unable  to 
make  the  necessary  studies  and  attempt  to  put  into  effect  in  the  various 
communities  the  results  of  such  studies.  In  1933  we  did  begin  a  de- 
tailed school  plant  survey  in  an  effort  to  determine  the  school  building 
locations,  the  physical  condition  of  school  buildings,  and  various  de- 
tailed items  concerning  the  construction,  planning,  obsolescence,  etc. 
With  the  assistance  of  the  State  Planning  Board  the  State  Department 
of  Education  was  able  to  complete  maps  for  each  county,  showing  the 
location  with  reference  to  highways,  population  centers,  along  with  a 
vast  amount  of  detailed  information  covering  the  physical  condition 
of  the  school  plant. 

This  study  has  brought  forcibly  to  the  attention  of  all  interested 
parties  a  number  of  conditions  that  need  attention  and  correction  as 
soon  as  practicable: 

First:  School  buildings  in  many  cases  are  located  just  across  county  lines, 
resulting  in  two  buildings  where  only  one  would  adequately  serve  all  instruc- 
tional purposes. 

Second:  School  buildings  have  been  located  without  reference  to  highway 
development  either  for  the  present  or  for  planned  future  highway  development. 

Third:  School  buildings  have  been  located  without  reference  to  any  well- 
planned  system  of  transportation. 

Fourth:  Consolidated  schools  have  been  built  without  reference  to  the 
development  of  improved  highways,  with  the  result  that  we  find  in  Virginia  a 


STATE  PLANNING  PROGRESS  97 

high  school  for  approximately  each  100  square  miles.  A  study  reveals  that  with 
a  carefully  planned  system  of  transportation,  one  high  school  for  every  200  or 
250  square  miles  would  adequately  serve  the  communities  without  excessively 
long  transportation  hauls  for  children. 

The  State  Department  of  Education  has  been  able  to  use  to  excellent 
advantage  the  studies  made  by  the  State  Planning  Board  in  advising 
local  communities  when  buildings  have  been  contemplated  at  locations 
that  might  be  unwise  in  the  light  of  points  raised  above,  and  it  is  con- 
servatively estimated  that  already  we  have  been  able  to  save  to  the 
local  taxpayers  several  hundred  thousands  of  dollars  in  capital  outlay 
by  pointing  out  in  the  light  of  these  studies  that  such  capital  outlay 
would  be  unwise. 

Through  the  State  Planning  Board  there  has  already  been  developed 
a  close  coordination  between  the  Highway  Department  and  the  State 
Department  of  Education  in  preparing  a  master  plan  of  school  building 
locations,  along  with  a  master  plan  of  highway  development  for  the 
State  as  a  whole.  This  should  result  in  economies  not  only  in  capital 
outlay  in  the  location  of  buildings,  but  also  in  the  planned  program  of 
transportation. 

Through  the  activities  of  the  State  Planning  Board  we  are  furnished 
with  detailed  information  on  marginal  and  submarginal  lands,  which 
serves  as  a  guide  in  school  building  locations. 

The  State  Department  of  Education  has  cooperated  and  will  con- 
tinue to  cooperate  fully  with  the  State  Planning  Board  in  an  effort  to 
develop  a  long-time  master  plan  that  will  involve  school  building  loca- 
tions in  cooperation  with  a  master  plan  of  highway  development,  look- 
ing to  the  end  that  carefully  planned  consolidations  may  be  effected  and 
savings  will  result  to  taxpayers  in  locating  buildings. 


STATE  PLANNING  AND  CONSERVATION 
AND  DEVELOPMENT 

By  WILBUR  C.  HALL,  Chairman,  State  Commission  on  Conservation 
and  Development,  Richmond,  Va. 

I  AM  glad  for  several  reasons  to  take  part  in  this  planning  conference 
and  to  address  you  briefly  at  this  time  on  "State  Planning  in  Rela- 
tion to  Conservation  and  Development."  As  Chairman  of  the  Virginia 
State  Commission  on  Conservation  and  Development,  I  encounter  each 
day  problems  of  a  most  varied  nature  pertaining  to  the  natural  resources 
of  our  Commonwealth.  As  a  member  of  the  Virginia  State  Planning 
Board,  I  am  often  reminded  that  we  have  many  hurdles  to  clear  and 
obstacles  to  surmount  before  the  lack  of  well-coordinated  planning  in 
past  decades  can  be  overcome.  We  are  thankful,  however,  that  in  recent 
years  the  need  for  planning  has  become  so  evident  that  we  enter  the 


98  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

campaign  with  a  vision  and  a  vigor  that  can  do  no  less  than  improve 
conditions  for  this  and  succeeding  generations. 

Organizations  such  as  the  American  City  Planning  Institute,  the 
American  Planning  and  Civic  Association,  the  American  Society  of 
Planning  Officials,  the  National  Resources  Committee,  and  the  several 
state  and  other  planning  groups,  must  develop  the  methods,  organize 
appropriately  the  materials,  and  press  steadily  forward  toward  new  and 
better  goals  in  the  conservation  and  development  of  all  of  our  resources : 
community,  state  and  national;  material  and  human. 

In  a  society  such  as  ours,  there  are  two  ways  of  approaching  the 
manifold  problems  that  naturally  and  inevitably  arise  in  connection 
with  the  conservation  and  development  of  our  natural  resources.  One 
way  is  aptly  characterized  by  the  familiar  expression  "muddling 
through";  the  other  method  is  typified  by  thorough  planning.  We  have 
seen  the  results  of  the  first  way  in  many  fields  of  activity.  Often  they 
have  not  been  a  credit  to  our  vaunted  engineering  methods  and  our 
practical  business  acumen.  We  are  beginning  to  see  the  results  of  the 
second  method  more  and  more  in  fields  to  which  it  has  customarily 
not  been  applied. 

With  the  examples  from  other  nations,  or  even  in  our  own  land, 
recorded  by  history  or  illustrated  in  the  current  geographic  and  con- 
servation periodicals,  it  is  difficult  to  understand  why  we  who  live  in  the 
United  States  have  been  content  so  long  more  or  less  to  "muddle 
through"  in  regard  to  our  natural  resources.  This  has  become  almost 
an  insidious  chronic  state  of  mind  and  activity  that  affects  vitally  our 
whole  social  structure — in  national,  state,  county  and  municipal  groups. 
I  doubt  very  much  if  present  conditions  are  due  in  large  part  to  mental 
indolence  or  social  independence;  rather  I  think  they  are  the  unhappy, 
almost  tragic,  result  of  several  factors.  Some  of  these  factors  have  not 
been  foreseen,  but  some  have  been  so  evident  that  we  have  overlooked 
their  full  significance. 

One  of  the  most  important  factors  no  doubt  is  the  youth  of  this 
Nation.  In  spite  of  our  pride  in  our  antiquity  as  a  commonwealth  and 
the  manifold  examples  of  cherished  historic  traditions,  after  all,  as  a 
Nation  we  are  young,  quite  young,  compared  to  most  of  the  world.  It 
would  be  better,  perhaps,  to  say  that,  as  a  group  trying  social  experi- 
ments, we  are  in  our  youth  and  sometimes  are  harmed  by  the  impetuosi- 
ties and  by  the  lack-  of  farseeing  planning  which  are  characteristic 
of  youth. 

The  germ  of  conservation — applied  planning — is  really  as  old  as 
civilization.  Natural  resources  coupled  with  some  planned  efforts  have 
been  the  stepping  stones  upon  which  society  has  slowly  progressed  to 
its  present  state.  Man  has  sought  the  treasure-trove  of  Nature  and  has 
mastered  many  of  the  refractory  materials,  but  in  turn  he  has  become 
enslaved  by  them. 


STATE  PLANNING  PROGRESS  99 

When  our  Colonial  ancestors  landed  at  Jamestown  and  at  Plymouth 
Rock,  they  were  confronted  by  primeval  forests  with  magnificent  trees 
in  bewildering  array  such  as  most  of  them  had  never  seen  before.  As 
they  worked  their  way  into  those  forests  and  up  the  rivers,  it  is  little 
wonder  that  they  and  their  children  easily  arrived  at  the  conclusion 
that  the  forests  on  this  continent  were  everlasting.  It  is  little  wonder, 
too,  that  they  cleared  them  away  almost  with  a  vengeance  in  order  to 
follow  agricultural  pursuits.  Nowadays  we  accomplish  the  same  result 
by  carelessness  with  fire,  so  that  forest  fires  are  a  constant  menace. 
Efficient  fire  control  and  practical  reforestation  wisely  planned  and 
insistently  practiced  should  go  far  to  correct  some  of  the  mistakes  of 
the  past  and  the  abuses  of  the  present. 

Time  permits  me  to  speak  only  of  forests  as  an  illustration,  but  the 
same  mass  view  has  applied,  since  Colonial  times,  to  most  of  our  natural 
resources.  Consider  for  a  moment  soils  as  another  example.  Virgin  soils 
of  age-old  fertility  and  tremendous  productivity  were  found  over  vast 
areas.  Our  lack  of  foresight  in  the  conservation  of  these  soils  has  been 
almost  ruthless.  It  is  becoming  a  tragedy  of  modern  civilization  because, 
in  the  final  analysis,  soils  are  our  most  fundamental  natural  resource. 
Those  losses  are  evident  to  all  of  you.  As  a  single  illustration,  geologists 
tell  us  that  the  Mississippi  River  alone  carries  each  year  to  the  Gulf 
enough  soil  to  make  200  daily  trains,  each  train  containing  one  hundred 
50-ton  cars.  One  such  train  in  every  seven  minutes!  Soils  are  produced 
so  slowly  and  washed  away  so  rapidly  when  the  checks  and  balances  of 
Nature  are  upset  by  man.  Entrenched  erosion  is  difficult  to  overcome, 
and  eternal  vigilance  based  upon  wise  experimentation  and  shrewd 
planning  must  become  a  general  policy. 

Note  that  I  said  age-old  fertility.  That  suggests  another  factor,  an 
almost  complete  lack  of  understanding  of  the  antiquity  of  our  natural 
resources.  New  forests  can  be  grown,  but  in  this  day  of  great  demands 
within  short  periods  of  time,  in  most  places  adequate  quantity  and 
quality  can  not  be  grown  rapidly  enough  without  long-range  planning. 
Our  soils  have  been  produced  through  the  mechanical  and  chemical 
disintegration  and  decay  of  the  underlying  rocks.  That  has  not  been 
done  overnight  even  in  a  geologic  sense,  but  has  been  the  result  of  surface 
processes  acting  through  millenia.  Once  our  soils  are  destroyed  through 
our  carelessness  and  lack  of  planning,  future  generations  may  suffer 
severely  before  results  of  adequate  planning  become  effective. 

Mineral  resources  to  the  layman  are  generally  considered  inexhaus- 
tible, but  they  too  have  their  limits  in  quantity  and  quality.  The  day 
is  bound  to  come  when  the  supply  of  some  of  our  most  useful  mineral 
resources  will  be  either  inadequate  or  else  the  cost  of  production  will  be 
far  beyond  the  present  cost.  Until  we  have  the  facts  brought  forcefully 
to  our  attention,  we  little  realize  how  much  our  daily  living  is  affected 
at  every  turn  by  minerals  in  this  "Age  of  Mineral  Utilization."  Not 


100  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

until  we  begin  effective  planning  do  we  understand  how  tragic  is  the 
monetary  and  social  waste  involved  in  the  unplanned  development  of 
some  of  our  mineral  deposits. 

Water  is  commonly  considered  as  free  as  air,  but  an  understanding 
of  the  dendrologic  and  geologic  conditions  that  control  our  water  supplies 
soon  leads  to  a  different  understanding  and  an  emphasis  upon  the  need 
of  careful  planning.  Floods  must  be  prevented  or  minimized.  Adequate 
water  supplies  of  high  quality  must  be  assured  for  all  domestic  and 
industrial  purposes. 

In  brief,  then,  our  American  civilization  has  until  recently  more  or 
less  "muddled  through"  in  regard  to  our  essential  natural  resources, 
such  as  forests,  soils,  mineral  resources,  and  water  resources.  We  have 
been  expressively  reminded  by  J.  N.  Darling  that  as  a  nation  we  have 
been  living  upon  a  dole,  a  "dole  that  came  from  a  rich  inheritance  of 
natural  resources  ...  as  a  gift  of  nature  in  the  shape  of  public  forests, 
rich  mineral  deposits,  water,  and  an  abundance  of  wild  life  seemingly 
inexhaustible  in  its  profusion."  It  is  true,  of  course,  that  planned  efforts 
at  conservation  and  development  of  some  of  these  resources  have  been 
made  more  or  less  sporadically  throughout  the  past  century,  but  it  was 
not  until  near  the  dawn  of  the  present  century  that  determined  efforts 
were  made  towards  the  conservation  of  some  of  our  resources.  As  is  well 
known,  it  has  only  been  within  the  past  few  years  that  well-planned 
efforts  have  been  made  to  establish  national  and  state  planning  on  a 
sound  basis. 

The  creation  of  the  National  Resources  Board,  now  the  National 
Resources  Committee,  was  a  step  in  the  right  direction.  It  should  be- 
come a  permanent  organization  to  compile  data  on  the  resources  of  our 
country  and  to  formulate  plans  and  policies  for  their  proper  conservation 
and  development.  Our  State  Planning  Board  has  those  objectives  for 
our  commonwealth.  Our  General  Assembly,  which  convened  a  few 
months  ago,  enacted  a  bill  authorizing  county  planning  commissions 
and  defining  their  duties.  One  of  those  duties  is  "to  make  and  adopt  a 
master  plan  for  the  physical  development  of  the  unincorporated  terri- 
tory of  the  county." 

The  work  of  the  State  Planning  Board  should  be  intimately  related 
to  the  work  of  the  State  Commission  on  Conservation  and  Develop- 
ment, through  all  of  its  divisional  activities.  Although  their  methods  of 
approach  may,  at  times  and  in  certain  fields,  be  somewhat  different,  the 
ultimate  objectives  should  be  approximately  the  same. 

It  may  be  taken  for  granted  that  the  State  Planning  Board  intends 
to  search  out  all  obtainable  facts  about  Virginia,  particularly  as  they 
bear  on  industrial  and  social  problems.  It  is,  in  a  word,  a  fact-finding 
organization,  to  which  is  added  the  duty  of  collating  and  correlating 
these  facts  and,  upon  those  foundation  stones,  developing  a  well-planned 
system  for  the  best  utilization  of  all  of  the  resources  of  the  State.  The 


STATE  PLANNING  PROGRESS  101 

State  Planning  Board  must  rely,  in  considerable  measure,  upon  the 
activities  of  state  and  other  fact-finding  departments  for  its  basic  data. 
Somewhat  like  an  engineer  using  familiar  materials,  it  organizes  those 
materials  into  new  structures  to  serve  new  purposes  or  to  serve  better 
long-established  activities. 

In  the  brief  time  available  I  have  attempted  to  call  your  attention  to 
some  of  the  basic  principles  of  conservation  and  development,  to  some 
of  the  activities  of  the  State  Commission  on  Conservation  and  Develop- 
ment as  they  pertain  to  the  natural  resources  of  Virginia,  and  to  stress 
in  a  general  way  some  of  the  needs  and  benefits  of  state  planning  as 
applied  to  them.  Each  division  of  our  Commission  is  carrying  forward 
well-planned  activities  in  its  own  field.  There  is  some  need  for  a  co- 
ordination of  those  diverse  activities  in  a  cooperative  plan  from  the 
point  of  view  of  all  the  industrial  and  social  needs  of  the  State.  That  is 
a  function  and  aim  of  the  Virginia  State  Planning  Board.  From  the 
basic  facts  about  our  natural  resources,  obtained  from  competent 
authorities,  and  all  the  social  activities  dependent  upon  them,  it  is 
envisioning  and  developing  a  program  that  we  hope  will  make  for 
industrial  progress  and  greater  social  comfort  and  security  throughout 
Virginia. 

Our  reflections  are  poignant  as  we  inventory  present  natural  resources 
and  social  conditions  and  we  are  made  keenly  aware  of  the  tremendous 
losses  sustained  through  lack  of  fruitful  planning.  A  clear  and  sharply 
focused  foresight  should  convince  us  that  national  and  state  planning 
along  appropriate  lines  have  become  a  necessity  if  our  modern  civiliza- 
tion is  to  persist  and  prosper.  One  is  tempted  to  emphasize  the  need 
of  a  slogan — Plan  and  prosper;  plan  or  perish! 


STATE  PLANNING  AND  LEGISLATIVE  PLANNING 

By  WILLIAM  R.  SHANDS,  Director,  Division  of  Statutory  Research  and  Drafting, 
Commonwealth  of  Virginia,  Richmond,  Va. 

VIRGINIA  is  at  this  time  one  of  a  few  States  specifically  engaged 
in  coordinating  the  activities  of  a  State  Planning  Board  and  a 
Legislative  Council. 

The  General  Assembly  of  Virginia  meets  in  regular  session  for  a 
period  of  sixty  days  once  every  two  years.  During  this  short  period  it 
is  necessary  for  the  members  of  the  General  Assembly  to  consider, 
usually,  over  a  thousand  bills  in  order  to  determine  which  measures 
should  be  enacted.  Under  the  circumstances  it  has  been  found  necessary 
to  do  a  considerable  amount  of  advance  planning. 

In  the  past,  legislative  planning  has  been  carried  on  by  individual 
members  of  the  General  Assembly  and  legislative  committees  and  com- 
missions. The  Governor  has  also  played  a  most  important  part  in  legis- 


102  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

lative  planning  through  the  performance  of  the  duty  imposed  on  him 
by  the  Constitution  to  communicate  to  the  General  Assembly  at  every 
session  the  condition  of  the  State  and  to  recommend  to  its  consideration 
such  measures  as  he  may  deem  expedient.  The  Legislative  Reference 
Bureau,  now  known  as  the  Division  of  Statutory  Research  and  Drafting, 
was  created  in  1914  to  assist  the  members  of  the  General  Assembly, 
legislative  committees  and  commissions,  and  the  Governor  in  their 
work  pertaining  to  legislative  planning. 

The  Governor  in  the  early  part  of  1935  appointed  an  Advisory  Legis- 
lative Council  to  consider  and  submit  to  him  recommendations  concern- 
ing such  matters  as  might  be  referred  to  the  Council  by  the  Governor. 
Funds  for  the  Council  were  provided  by  a  grant  to  the  Governor  by  the 
Spelman  Fund  of  New  York,  which  also  provided  funds  for  the  Virginia 
State  Planning  Board.  The  latter  Board,  an  outgrowth  of  an  unofficial 
board,  appointed  in  September,  1933,  to  assist  in  planning  public  works 
to  relieve  unemployment,  had,  in  1934,  been  officially  recognized  by  the 
General  Assembly  through  a  resolution  authorizing  the  Governor  to 
continue  the  Virginia  State  Planning  Board. 

The  Governor's  Advisory  Legislative  Council  submitted  reports  to 
the  Governor  on  seven  subjects  referred  to  the  Council  by  the  Governor 
and  recommended  the  adoption  of  twenty  measures,  all  of  which  were 
subsequently  introduced  in  the  General  Assembly  during  the  1936 
session  and  thirteen  of  which  were  finally  enacted  into  law. 

No  specific  recommendations  of  the  State  Planning  Board  were 
referred  to  the  Council,  due  to  the  fact  that  the  State  Planning  Board 
has  so  far  been  busily  engaged  in  gathering  factual  data  to  be  used  as 
the  basis  for  future  recommendations. 

During  the  recent  session  the  General  Assembly  passed  an  act  creat- 
ing the  Virginia  Advisory  Legislative  Council.  The  Council  will  consist 
of  seven  members,  to  be  appointed  by  the  Governor.  At  least  five  of  the 
members  must  be  members  of  the  General  Assembly.  The  Director  of 
the  Division  of  Statutory  Research  and  Drafting  is  Secretary  of  the 
Council.  The  new  Council  will  replace  the  unofficial  body  previously 
appointed  by  the  Governor.  The  act  provides  that  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  Council  (a)  to  make  an  investigation  and  study  of  any  matter  or 
question  which  may  be  referred  to  it  by  the  General  Assembly,  and 
submit  a  report  containing  its  findings  and  recommendations  to  the 
Governor  and  to  the  members  of  the  General  Assembly  at  least  thirty 
days  prior  to  the  next  regular  session  of  the  General  Assembly,  or  at  such 
other  time  or  times  as  the  General  Assembly  shall  direct,  and  (6)  to 
make  an  investigation  and  study  of  any  matter  or  question  which  may 
be  referred  to  it  by  the  Governor  and  to  submit  to  the  Governor  a  copy 
of  its  report  containing  its  findings  and  recommendations  at  least  thirty 
days  prior  to  the  next  regular  session  of  the  General  Assembly  or  at 
such  other  time  or  times  as  the  Governor  may  request. 


THE  REGION 


Regional  Planning 

INCENTIVES  AND  OBJECTIVES  IN  REGIONAL  PLANNING 

By  GEORGE  T.  RENNER,  Department  of  Geography,  Columbia  University, 
and  Senior  Economist,  National  Resources  Committee 

The  Problem.  It  is  a  constitutional  fact  that  the  sovereignty  of  the 
American  people  resides  in  the  several  States.  Nevertheless,  state 
boundaries  do  not  correspond  to  many  modern  social,  economic  or 
administrative  requirements.  Therefore,  while  the  States  are  units  of 
sovereignty,  they  are  by  no  means  satisfactory  units  for  planning. 
Indeed,  when  taken  individually,  they  are  usually  so  geographically 
incomplete  for  this  purpose  that  the  joint  action  of  States  becomes  a 
prerequisite  for  constructive  action.  Interstate  cooperation  is,  there- 
fore, a  matter  of  almost  universal  concern  to  the  planning  profession. 

Interstate  cooperation  is  not  a  new  concept;  indeed,  the  Federal 
Government  seems  to  have  had  its  inception  in  an  initial  attempt  of 
the  States  to  create  a  means  whereby  they  could  do  collectively  what 
they  could  not  do  individually.  Now  that  the  States  have  federalism, 
they  seem  not  to  like  it  in  all  its  aspects.  At  present  there  is  an  increas- 
ing need  for  planning,  resource  conservation,  and  large-scale  engineering 
development.  In  connection  with  this,  a  paradoxical  situation  has  arisen; 
namely,  there  is  a  growing  reluctance  to  allow  the  Federal  Government 
to  make  and  execute  large-scale  developmental  and  conservational 
plans,  even  though  it  is  often  a  geographical  impossibility  for  any  indi- 
vidual State  to  do  these  things. 

Two  agencies  are  at  work  seeking  to  overcome  this  dilemma,  the 
Council  of  State  Governments,  and  the  United  States  National  Re- 
sources Committee,  together  with  its  wholly  non-partisan  state  plan- 
ning boards.  Both  of  these  agencies  are  concerned  equally  with  the  pro- 
motion of  state  action  and  interstate  cooperation.  The  Council  of  State 
Governments  represents  a  long-delayed  second  attempt  to  secure  general 
interstate  action,  this  time  through  a  completely  decentralized  structure 
rather  than  a  centralized  or  Federal  one.  The  National  Resources  Com- 
mittee has  considered  the  same  method  of  approach,  but,  in  addition, 
has  been  exploring  the  possibility  of  a  way  out  through  regional  organ- 
ization for  planning.1 

Interstate  Cooperation  and  Regionalism.  The  joint  action  of  States 
may  assume  two  distinctly  different  aspects,  as  follows:  (a)  The  pro- 
jection of  certain  sovereign  state  powers  laterally  at  the  same  govern- 
mental level,  and  (b)  the  projection  of  certain  sovereign  state  powers 
vertically  to  a  new  governmental  level. 

iGaus,  J.  M.,  Crane,  J.,  Dimock,  M.  E.,  and  Renner,  G.  T.,  "Regional  Factors  in 
National  Planning  and  Development,"  National  Resources  Committee,  Washington, 
D.  C.,  1935,  p.  223. 

105 


106  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

The  first  of  these  is  where  two  or  more  States  agree  to  act  in  unison 
or  toward  a  common  end.  This  extension  of  state  powers  at  the  same 
level  is  interstate  cooperation  in  the  ordinary  sense;  the  interstate  com- 
pact is  a  specific  application  of  the  principle. 

The  second  of  these  is  where  two  or  more  States  project  certain  of 
their  powers  upward,  so  that  these  focus  at  some  point  below  the  Federal 
level;  this  in  such  manner  as  to  form  a  new  polity  whose  areal  jurisdic- 
tion is  not  synonymous  with  the  combined  areas  of  the  participating 
States  and  whose  functions  are  not  the  combined  functions  of  those 
States.  This  is  regionalism  in  its  operative  aspect. 

These  two  political  phenomena  are  often  confused,  or  rather  they 
are  never  separated  in  the  minds  of  most  people.  It  may  be  readily 
seen,  however,  that  interstate  cooperation  and  regionalism  are  not 
necessarily  synonymous.  They  are  promising  but  different  ways  out  of 
a  dilemma;  it  is  possible  to  have  either  without  the  other.  Even  then 
the  mere  projection  of  certain  sovereign  state  powers  upward  to  a  new 
administrative  level  does  not  necessarily  produce  a  bonafide  regionalism. 
Instead  it  may  assume  any  one  of  three  possible  forms. 

First,  it  may  create  a  new  unit  similar  to  the  States  but  larger  in 
area  and  above  them  in  administrative  level.  Second,  it  may  create  a 
purely  subnational  unit,  or  what  has  been  called  a  "little  capital," 
wherein  certain  Federal  functions  are  concentrated.  Or  third,  it  may 
give  rise  to  a  new  type  of  polity  with  an  entirely  new  geographical 
basis.  To  this  last,  the  name  region  may  be  applied. 

Planning  officials  and  planning-minded  citizens  have  been  groping 
after  this  third  solution;  but,  in  general,  it  has  been  rather  generally 
misunderstood.  Consequently,  many  different  concepts  have  been  posed 
as  regionalism,  and  many  different  things  have  been  done  under  the 
guise  of  regional  planning.  There  is  no  desire  to  disparage  any  of  these, 
but  if  we  be  planners,  then  we  must  understand  the  exact  nature  of  the 
planning  device  which  we  propose  to  use,  its  implications,  and  its  in- 
evitable results. 

Incentives  to  Regional  Planning.  There  are  today  some  six  significant 
incentives  toward  regional  planning.  First,  the  constantly  increasing 
complexity  of  society  demands  a  constantly  increasing  service  of  govern- 
ment to  the  individual  and  to  the  group.  This  means  an  augmentation 
in  the  problems  of  control  which  transcend  state  jurisdiction.  Some  of 
these  focus  at  the  Federal  level  and  demand  national  planning,  while 
some  focus  at  a  lower  level  and  demand  regional  planning. 

Second,  large-scale  physical  development  and  conservation  of  resources 
are  becoming  increasingly  urgent.  More  and  more  these  two  processes 
are  giving  rise  to  interstate  problems,  most  of  which  are  of  national 
interest  but  which  concern  areas  smaller  than  the  whole  country. 

Third,  it  has  been  suggested  that  the  planning  and  execution  of  pro- 
grams of  resource  development  and  conservation  be  done  by  blocs  of 


REGIONAL  PLANNING  107 

States  actuated  from  a  local  center,  such  as  Boston  for  the  New  England 
States  or  Atlanta  for  the  Southern  States.  This  is  probably  one  of  the 
results  of  a  growing  "sense  of  community"  in  the  mind  of  modern  man 
in  America.  The  village  or  grange  hall  is  now  too  small  to  hold  the  man 
with  an  automobile;  counties  are  too  small  for  their  original  purposes; 
in  many  respects  the  States  are  also  too  small,  and  need  to  be  supple- 
mented by  the  region.  This  is  strengthened  by  the  fact  that  it  is  easier 
for  men  to  think  kindly  in  terms  of  Boston,  or  Atlanta,  or  perhaps  Des 
Moines,  than  in  terms  of  far-off  Washington,  D.  C.  This  regional  prin- 
ciple is  also  strengthened  in  reverse  order  by  the  fact  that  the  Federal 
Government  finds  its  bureau  functions  can  be  administered  in  the  field 
more  satisfactorily  from  sub-centers  than  from  Washington  directly. 

Fourth,  economic  planning,  precipitated  largely  by  the  "depression," 
has  also  provided  an  urge  toward  the  regional  approach.  The  late  NRA 
industrial  program,  the  regulatory  program  of  the  Petroleum  Adminis- 
trative Board,  the  former  crop-control  planning  and  the  present  nascent 
soil-improvement  schedule  of  the  AAA,  all  these  and  other  forms  of 
commodity  or  functional  planning  have  required  specialized  areas  as 
bases  for  calculations  or  operations. 

Fifth,  the  growing  manifestation  of  the  social  phenomenon  known  as 
regionalism  has  also  played  a  part.  Regionalism  arises  out  of  a  sponta- 
neous loyalty  to  area.  It  may  be  described  as  "a  clustering  of  environ- 
mental, economic,  social,  and  governmental  factors  to  such  an  extent 
that  a  distinct  consciousness  of  separate  identity  within  the  national 
whole,  a  need  for  autonomous  planning,  a  manifestation  of  cultural 
peculiarities,  and  a  desire  for  freedom  of  administrative  action,  arises 
and  clamors  for  recognition." 

Regionalism  is  to  be  measured  neither  entirely  in  the  social  realm 
nor  in  the  physical  realm.  Rather  it  grows  out  of  man's  adjustment  to 
area.  For  example,  "an  area,  wherein  there  has  grown  up  one  character- 
istic pattern  of  human  adjustment  to  environment,  one  general  class  of 
human  use  of  resources  and  locus, — is  a  region." 

Most  States  possess  regionally  only  to  a  slight  degree.  Hence  we 
tend  to  identify  ourselves  as  Southerners,  or  Middle  Westerners,  because 
our  basic  or  natural  loyalties  are  elicited  by  other  areas  than  States. 
We,  therefore,  tend  to  think  in  terms  of  the  region  rather  than  the  State. 
As  pointed  out  by  Prof.  John  Gaus,  regionalism  is  the  basis  for  "the 
encouragement  of  a  richer  and  more  varied  life  for  the  Nation,  whereby 
the  peculiar  characteristics,  resources,  and  contributions  of  the  major 
sections  of  the  country  can  be  protected  from  invasions,  exploitation, 
and  suppression  by  ill-considered  and  hasty  national  policies.  The  very 
stimulation  of  self -consciousness  of  the  individual  region  or  section  may 
recruit  a  wider  leadership  for  civic  affairs,  and  a  richer  culture." 

The  sixth  and  last  incentive  to  regional  planning  is  the  deliberate 
encouragement  and  systematic  stimulation  by  professional  planners. 


108  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Many  of  these  latter  have  perceived  the  limitations  of  both  the  national 
and  the  state  approach,  and  have  deliberately  steered  for  a  new  polity. 

The  Promise  of  Regional  Planning.  Regionalism,  as  a  motif  for  plan- 
ning, seems  to  offer  manifold  promises,  the  road  to  which  involves 
several  definite  steps:  (a)  identifying  the  regionalism  which  is  present; 
(6)  demarking  the  area  which  encompasses  it;  (c)  determining  the  needs 
of  this  area;  (d)  making  a  plan  and  fitting  it  to  the  area  in  question; 
(e)  implementing  the  plan  in  terms  of  state  and  federal  sovereignties. 

An  eminent  Southern  scientist  has  outlined  the  aims  and  opportuni- 
ties of  regional  planning  for  his  region,  as  follows : 

The  task  of  planning  (for  this  region)  is  an  extraordinarily  difficult  one,  but 
all  the  elements  necessary  for  success  are  present  and  only  need  to  be  focused 
in  the  right  ways  and  combinations.  There  is  ample  evidence  that  unless  there 
be  a  definite  change  in  regional  economy,  there  will  be  retrogressions  in  agri- 
culture, in  industry,  and  in  general  culture  and  institutions.  Some  aspects  of 
this  prospect  are  alarming,  indicating  that  the  South  can  ill  afford  to  make 
many  more  mistakes. 

Regional  reconstruction  can  be  successfully  achieved  only  in  relation  to 
national  integration  and  interregional  adjustments.  By  the  same  token,  national 
social  planning  must  be  based  upon  regional  analysis  and  functioning,  giving 
logical  values  to  regional  differentials  and  distributions. 

Realistic  and  stable  results  can  be  attained  only  through  approximate  de- 
limitation and  definition  of  the  region  on  the  basis  of  scientific  and  functional 
analysis,  reclassifying  border  areas,  and  providing  for  adequate  functional  sub- 
regional  divisions  to  meet  the  practical  needs  of  overlapping  areas  and  specialized 
activities.  In  this  regional  classification  there  is  need  for  more  approximate  uni- 
formity among  the  many  national  and  local  boards,  agencies,  and  consultants, 
and  less  accidental  and  arbitrary  allocation  of  areas  and  functions. 

The  objectives  of  the  new  planning  envisage  no  Utopias,  yet  they  do  look 
toward  the  rehabilitation  of  the  people,  toward  the  reconstruction  of  cotton 
economy,  toward  increasing  the  Southeast's  revenue  to  the  nation  as  well  as 
its  own  wealth,  and  toward  general  regional,  cultural  adjustment.  . .  .  Such 
emphasis  in  the  Southeast  ought  to  serve  as  a  new  regional  motivation  as  well 
as  to  point  the  way  to  tangible,  visible  next  steps. 

While  continuous  emphasis  must  be  placed  upon  state  planning,  regional 
planning  can  contribute  wisely  to  many  special  aspects  and  to  the  general  re- 
gional development.  This  is  especially  true  in  agricultural  reconstruction,  in 
land  and  other  resource  utilization,  in  institutions  of  higher  learning  and  research, 
and  in  social  legislation  needed  as  adequate  framework  for  practical  planning. 

This  means  a  very  realistic  program  .  .  .  comprehending  the  whole  problem 
of  land  use  and  planning,  and  of  optimum  programs  of  agricultural  production 
in  relation  to  population,  to  industry,  and  to  total  capacity  of  the  region,  its 
interregional  relations  and  its  foreign  markets.  This  .  .  .  involves  the  measure 
and  use  of  present  surplus  people  and  labor  as  well  as  land  of  readjusted  crop 
production  and  land  improvements,  or  programs  of  rural  housing  and  rural 
electrification.  It  implies  new  emphasis  upon  special  activities  such  as  dairying 
and  livestock  industry,  small  industries  and  part-time  farming,  new  occupations 
and  new  crops,  new  industries,  and  it  assumes  new  reaches  in  expanded  co- 
operative organizations  and  endeavor.2 

2Odum,  H.  W.,  "Southern  Regions  of  the  United  States."  University  of  North  Carolina 
Press,  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C.,  pp.  664,  various  pages. 


REGIONAL  PLANNING  109 

Possible  Regional  Forms.  So  far,  most  of  the  discussions  which  have 
been  carried  on  in  this  country  regarding  regional  planning  have  cen- 
tered about  two  questions:  First,  shall  we  have  regional  planning  or  not? 
Second,  what  powers  will  be  assigned  to  it?  The  answers  to  these  will 
perhaps  appear  in  the  two  related  papers  which  follow.  Meanwhile,  it 
is  here  proposed  to  raise  a  third  question  and  examine  its  implications, 
namely,  "What  kind  of  regional  planning  are  we  going  to  have?"  In 
order  to  answer  this,  one  must  examine  the  major  proposals  along  this 
line  which  have  already  been  made. 

First,  it  has  been  proposed  to  create  blocs-of -States  operating  by 
compact  agreement.  To  many,  a  unit  consisting  of,  say,  six  States  is 
preferable  to  one  of  48  States,  partly  because  it  is  more  wieldy  and 
partly  because  it  is  nearer  both  the  citizen  and  the  problem. 

Second,  it  has  been  proposed  to  project  city  planning  over  the  hinter- 
lands of  the  large  cities.  The  advantages  and  problems  of  this  pro- 
cedure are  fairly  obvious,  but  it  should  not  be  overlooked  that  at  present 
there  is  in  progress  all  over  the  Western  world  an  almost  silent  but 
bitter  struggle  between  the  urban  and  the  rural  way  of  living.  Indeed, 
it  has  been  asserted  by  some  that  the  present  need  for  planning  has,  in 
considerable  degree,  arisen  out  of  the  need  to  protect  rural  culture  and 
resources  against  those  exploitive  forces  emanating  from  the  modern 
city.  To  adopt  this  premise  for  regional  planning  might,  therefore,  place 
the  emphasis  in  regional  planning  in  an  undesirable  quarter. 

Third,  it  has  been  proposed  to  orient  regional  planning  in  terms  of 
that  deep-seated  regionalism  which  is  geographically  inherent  in  America 
and  which  is  constantly  apparent  in  the  culture  of  its  inhabitants.  This 
would  be  not  so  much  a  new  polity  in  American  government  as  it  would 
be  an  entire  realignment  of  loyalties,  incentives,  and  objectives  in  our 
national  life;  a  harnessing  of  an  heretofore  neglected  factor  to  achieve 
desired  and  worthwhile  ends. 

An  Example — The  Great  Plains.  In  order  to  evaluate  these  three 
alternative  proposals,  suppose  they  be  applied  to  the  Great  Plains.3 

The  general  characteristics,  both  natural  and  human,  of  this  area  are 
well  defined;  its  boundaries  are  fairly  clearly  established.  Politically 
the  Great  Plains  Region  involves  parts  of  ten  States,  but  does  not  include 
all  of  any  one  State.4  This  is  one  of  the  crucial  problem  areas  of  the 
Nation;  indeed,  it  presents  numerous  serious  problems  which  demand 
treatment  as  a  unified  region  rather  than  as  part  of  ten  States.  Chief 
among  these  problems  are: 

(1)  recurrent  drought; 

(2)  extensive  farming  on  submarginal  land; 

(3)  need  for  enlargement  of  farm  units; 

(4)  control  of  wheat  production; 

'The  writer  is  a  native  of  this  region  and  hence  particularly  familiar  with  its  conditions. 
4These  are:  Montana,   North   Dakota,   South   Dakota,   Wyoming,   Colorado,   New 
Mexico,  Texas,  Oklahoma,  Kansas,  and  Nebraska. 


110  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

(5)  feed,  seed,  and  land  loans; 

(6)  shelter-belt  planting; 

(7)  restoration  of  range  grasses; 

(8)  conservation  of  water; 

(9)  revision  of  local  governmental  pattern; 
(10)  partial  revision  of  settlement  pattern. 

At  once  arises  the  question  as  to  what  premise  shall  be  used  in  creat- 
ing a  region  to  deal  with  these  problems? 

First,  shall  regionalization  be  on  the  basis  of  urban  spheres  of  in- 
fluence? If  so,  Denver,  Portland,  St.  Louis,  Dallas,  Chicago,  and  the 
Twin  Cities,  all  have  valid  claims  to  pieces  of  it.  On  such  a  premise, 
the  area  falls  apart.5 

Second,  shall  it  be  on  the  basis  of  grouping  together  the  ten  States 
concerned?  If  so,  it  becomes  necessary  to  include  much  area  and  popu- 
lation outside  of  the  Great  Plains.6  The  extraneous  parts  thus  included 
comprise  some  of  the  finest  portions  of  the  adjacent  cotton,  corn,  and 
wheat  belts.  The  external  better  portions  of  the  States  concerned  so 
color  the  total  combination  as  to  convert  the  bona  fide  Great  Plains 
interests  into  an  assemblage  of  minorities.  The  primary  regional  objec- 
tives are  thus  obscured  or  submerged. 

Third,  shall  we  recognize  that  the  Great  Plains  are  a  fundamental 
unit  in  both  physical  and  human  terms,  and  proceed  by  setting  the  area 
up  as  a  prima  facie  region?  If  so,  our  main  concern  is  to  identify  the 
fundamental  regionalism  which  is  the  core  or  nucleus  of  the  area.  Simi- 
larly, our  major  objective  becomes  that  of  preserving  the  area's  essential 
unity  and  homogeneity  as  a  frame  for  program  formulation  and  for  the 
execution  of  those  programs.  Thus  the  paramount  emphasis  is  placed 
upon  the  problem  area  and  not  the  States,  although  the  sovereignty  of 
the  latter  is  not  impaired. 

Conclusions.  Regionalism  is  real,  regardless  of  what  may  be  done 
with  it,  but  its  instrumentation  is  neither  self-directing  nor  self -executing. 
If  it  is  to  be  useful,  it  must  be  rationally  controlled.  Otherwise  we  will 
reproduce  the  same  old  medley  of  checks,  balances,  compromises,  and 
fractional  jurisdictions,  which  has  come  to  be  identified  with  the  Ameri- 
can system,  but  which  has  little  to  offer  the  planner. 

Regional  organization  is  unquestionably  the  coming  polity.  Whether 
it  will  eventuate  next  year,  next  decade,  or  next  century  cannot  be 
forecast.  There  are  many  forms  which  it  may  assume.  Its  future  pat- 
tern may  be  left  to  chance,  with  all  which  that  might  mean  in  waste, 
inefficiency  and  indirection.  Indeed,  developments  to  date  suggest  that 
regions  are  apt  to  be  created  administratively  by  catch-as-catch-can 
methods  similar  to  those  used  in  the  past  in  laying  out  States  and  lesser 

•There  is  already  a  movement  on  foot  to  include  part  of  the  Great  Plains  in  a  unit  of 
this  kind. 

•There  is  already  under  way  an  organization  including  the  four  northern  Great  Plains 
States  together  with  one  State  entirely  outside  that  area. 


REGIONAL  PLANNING  111 

civil  divisions.  On  the  other  hand,  regional  organization  can  be  care- 
fully planned  ahead  of  tune  in  the  interest  of  efficiency  and  harmony 
within  the  structure  of  national  life.  At  any  event,  regionalism  presents 
one  of  the  most  significant  and  insistent  challenges  to  the  professional 
planner  today. 


POLITICAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  ASPECTS 
OF  REGIONAL  PLANNING 

By  MARSHALL  E.  DIMOCK,  Department  of  Political  Science,  University  of  Chicago, 
and  Consultant,  National  Resources  Committee 

TT^EDERALISM  remains  the  most  difficult  problem  of  the  American 
JL  constitutional  system.  It  becomes  increasingly  clear,  therefore, 
that  in  a  country  as  vast  and  varied  as  ours,  there  is  needed  an  inter- 
mediate level  of  administrative  coordination  and  planning  authority 
midway  between  the  States  and  the  Federal  Government. 

There  has  recently  appeared  a  vigorous  revival  of  the  doctrine  of 
states  rights.  In  large  measure  this  is  a  result  of  the  feeling  that  too 
much  Federal  control  results  in  a  paralyzing  over-centralization  and  loss 
of  democratic  participation  in  government.  Regional  decentralization 
and  regional  planning  can  provide  the  needed  balance. 

A  few  planners,  geographers,  and  political  scientists  have  been  aware 
of  this  fact  for  a  long  time,  but  not  until  recently  have  they  begun  to 
work  out  its  practical  implications.  Within  the  last  six  months,  three 
significant  studies  have  appeared:  first,  Howard  Odum's  penetrating 
and  challenging  "Southern  Regions";  second,  Karl  Lohmann's  "Regional 
Planning";  and  third,  the  National  Resources  Committee's  "Regional 
Factors  in  National  Planning." 

This  represents  splendid  progress.  But  the  regional  solution  is  far 
from  being  realized.  It  is  one  thing  to  know  what  is  best  to  do  from  a 
rational  standpoint,  but  quite  another  thing  to  change  popular  lethargies, 
constitutional  rigidities  and  administrative  modes.  Francis  Delaisi,  a 
distinguished  French  economist,  has  written  a  book  entitled  "Political 
Myths  and  Economic  Realities."  He  points  out  that  boundaries  are 
merely  myths  and  that  well-being  is  to  be  secured  by  following  economic 
dictates.  We  would  all  agree  with  him.  But  there  is  irony  in  the  words 
Delaisi  employs.  Political  boundaries  are  stubborn  facts;  popular  attach- 
ments to  symbols  are  realities — disappointing  as  their  irrationality  may  be. 

Regional  government  may  possibly  be  a  long  time  in  coming.  This 
despite  the  fact  that  regional  consciousness  has  grown  rapidly  in  almost 
every  section  of  the  country  within  the  last  few  years.  But  even  when 
the  desire  has  become  strong,  it  will  probably  be  found  difficult  to  trans- 
form our  constitutional  and  administrative  structure,  so  as  to  pro- 
vide for  it. 


112  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Meantime  there  are  a  number  of  very  definite  things  that  can  be  ac- 
complished. Some  of  them  will  lead  us  toward  an  ultimate  sub-national 
regionalization.  It  should  be  possible  to  effect  a  substantial  degree  of 
regional  planning  within  the  existing  boundary  provisions  and  govern- 
mental powers  of  this  country.  Moreover,  administrative  coordination 
on  this  level  can  be  effected  in  several  ways.  One  of  the  most  significant 
developments  of  recent  years  has  been  the  almost  universal  regionali- 
zation of  Federal  departments  and  newly  established  agencies ;  the  next 
step  is  coordination  between  them  at  regional  centers  and  the  use  of 
such  centers  for  Federal  cooperation  with  state  and  local  governments. 
There  is  no  reason  why  we  should  not  recognize  regional  capitals  in  fact 
even  though  we  do  not  do  so  in  constitutional  law  for  some  time  to  come. 
The  Federal  Government  has  already  fostered  regional  planning  com- 
missions in  two  sections  of  the  country  and  has  established  the  Tennessee 
Valley  Authority  in  an  area  including  parts  of  seven  States.  Then  there 
are  means  also  whereby  closer  cooperation  can  be  obtained  among  the 
several  States,  among  regional  groups  of  States.  The  interstate  compact 
is  one  way.  State  Commissions  on  Interstate  Cooperation,  a  recent 
development,  also  seem  to  hold  promise. 

If  we  are  to  make  progress  within  the  limitations  of  present  areal 
and  administrative  alignments,  all  possible  means  of  cooperation  and 
coordination  need  to  be  employed.  While  I  would  not  discourage  the 
search  for  the  best  and  most  efficient  system  of  sub-national  planning 
and  administration  (and  I  have  made  it  clear,  I  think,  that  personally 
I  favor  regional  governments),  I  am  also  convinced  that  no  one  present 
method  is  in  itself  sufficient.  The  regionalization  of  Federal  agencies  has 
undoubtedly  improved  the  efficiency  of  their  administration.  There  are, 
in  all,  106  regional  schemes  in  use  by  the  Federal  Government.  Concern- 
ing this  development,  James  Fesler  has  said,  "The  areas  chosen  were  in 
almost  every  case  larger  than  States  and  were  usually  formed  by  the 
grouping  of  several  States.  Over  three-fourths  of  the  regional  schemes 
use  less  than  17  regions.  In  other  words,  the  48  States  have  been  found 
both  too  small  and  too  numerous  for  use  as  paramount  areas  of  federal 
administration."1  For  national  planning  purposes,  it  is  important  that 
the  various  departments  and  bureaus  concerned  with  natural  resources 
and  social  planning  be  located  in  the  same  regional  city.  This  is  far  from 
being  the  case  at  the  present  time.  However,  proposals  for  remedying 
the  situation  have  been  worked  out  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  speedy 
progress  along  that  line  can  be  made. 

Regional  planning  has  already  been  given  concrete  administrative 

expression  in  New  England,  the  Pacific  Northwest,  and  the  Tennessee 

Valley.    You  are  already  familiar  with  these  developments.2    But,  for 

tfames  W.   Fesler,   "Federal  Administrative  Regions,"   American  Political  Science 

Review,  April,  1935,  pp.  257-268. 

*They  are  described  in  Regional  Factors  in  National  Planning,  National  Resources 
Committee,  chapters  9,  10. 


REGIONAL  PLANNING  113 

the  purpose  of  the  present  discussion  there  are  two  questions  of  major 
importance  which  ought  to  be  considered.  In  the  first  place,  should  pre- 
liminary planning  be  kept  distinct  from  the  execution  of  plans?  Should 
planning  and  execution  be  entrusted  to  separate  bodies  or  is  it  desirable 
to  combine  the  authority?  The  first  method  is  represented  in  the  set-up 
of  the  New  England  and  Pacific  Northwest  planning  commissions,  while 
the  unified  procedure  is  exemplified  in  the  Tennessee  Valley  Authority. 
However,  the  difference  is  not  as  great  as  might  at  first  appear,  because, 
as  you  know,  a  very  complete  survey  of  basic  data  was  prepared  for  the 
Tennessee  Valley  Authority  before  its  present  development  program 
was  started.  Personally,  I  am  glad  that  both  methods  are  being  experi- 
mented with.  I  presume  that  the  planning  profession  still  adheres  to  the 
principle  that  planning  is  a  separate  process  and  that  program  execution 
should  be  turned  over  to  others.  However,  both  business  management 
and  public  administration  have  found  that  there  is  a  continuous  chain 
of  responsibility  and  control  between  planning  and  execution,  with  the 
result  that  they  tend  increasingly  to  be  commingled  rather  than  differ- 
entiated. The  Tennessee  Valley  Authority  is  a  testing-ground  for  the 
diverse  theories.  I  think  the  most  important  point  to  be  insisted  upon 
is  that  irrespective  of  which  method  is  employed,  adequate  advance 
planning  must  be  required  in  every  case.  The  second  administrative 
matter  to  which  I  wish  to  refer  is  the  use  of  the  public  corporation,  as 
exemplified  by  the  Tennessee  Valley  Authority,  for  planning  purposes. 
It  can  be  said  with  assurance  that  the  public  proprietary  corporation  has 
demonstrated  its  social  utility  and  administrative  effectiveness  when 
trading  activities  are  to  be  undertaken  by  governments.  Will  the  same 
advantages  result  when  a  governmental  body  is  charged  with  the  mixed 
responsibilities  of  social  planning  and  public  utility  management?  Here, 
again,  we  must  expect  a  longer  trial  period  before  a  conclusive  answer 
can  be  given. 

Regional  planning  can  be  furthered  by  means  of  interstate  compacts. 
For  this  governmental  procedure  ample  constitutional  provision  has 
been  made.  Within  recent  months  certain  persons  and  organizations 
have  thought  that  they  saw  in  the  compact  method  a  panacea  not  only 
for  physical  planning  but  also  for  social  planning  within  the  realm  that 
the  Supreme  Court  has  held  Federal  power  unconstitutional.  I  believe 
that  such  an  expectation  is  far  too  sanguine.  The  history  of  the  compact 
method  does  not  support  any  such  supposition.  On  the  other  hand, 
there  are  things  that  can  and  should  be  done  by  means  of  interstate 
compacts.  The  number  of  compacts  has  been  fairly  small,  suggesting 
limited  applicability.  According  to  records  compiled  by  the  Library  of 
Congress,  57  compacts  have  been  authorized,  of  which  34  have  finally 
become  effective  through  state  ratification.  In  addition,  13  have  been 
authorized  by  one  or  more  States  without  congressional  authority  and 
approval.  In  the  Regionalism  study  of  the  National  Resources  Commit- 


114  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

tee  some  of  the  important  conclusions  reached  concerning  the  compact 
method  were  these: 

(1)  Compacts  when  most  serviceable  have  dealt  with  problems  that  were 
traditionally  "governmental,"  such  as  boundary  disputes  and  debt  settlements. 

(2)  The  compact  method  may  be  expected  to  succeed  when  confined  to 
subject  matter  involving  definite  conclusions  and  uniform  laws  to  be  administered 
through  the  already  existing  departments  of  government. 

(3)  Compacts  are  not  recommended  for  situations  involving  the  opposite 
set  of  circumstances,  that  is,  when  the  problem  is  a  continuing  one;  when  the 
solution  demands  the  establishment  of  independent  machinery  over  and  above 
the  separate  state  departments;  and  when  independent  planning  and  autono- 
mous execution  are  clearly  indicated.    (It  is  this  conclusion  which  is  obviously 
of  greatest  significance  for  planners.) 

(4)  The  interstate  compact  has  not  proved  a  satisfactory  medium  for  con- 
tinuous and  progressive  planning  activity.    Additional  grants  of  power  must 
constantly  be  secured.    The  system  lacks  independence,  initiative,  flexibility 
and  coercive  authority.3 

However,  matters  such  as  crime  prevention,  bridge  building,  park  plan- 
ning and  stream  pollution  have  been  effectively  handled  by  use  of  the 
interstate  compact. 

The  Interstate  Sanitary  Commission,  created  in  1931  by  New  York, 
New  Jersey  and  Connecticut,  is  probably  the  best-known  example  of  a 
pollution-prevention  program.  The  Commission  has  the  task  of  attempt- 
ing to  control  pollution  of  the  upper  New  Jersey  coast,  most  of  the 
shore  line  of  Long  Island  and  the  Hudson  River  up  to  Tarry  town.  It 
cannot  itself  undertake  construction  projects,  but  can  bring  suit  against 
any  of  the  103  communities  in  its  territory  which  are  negligent  in  pre- 
venting water  pollution.  The  compact  has  recently  been  given  greater 
effectiveness  by  legislation  in  New  York,  in  harmony  with  acts  of  the 
New  Jersey  legislature.  Enforcement  is  left  to  the  appropriate  adminis- 
trative agencies  of  the  cooperating  States.  The  compact  method  may 
be  expected  to  succeed  in  cases  such  as  this,  where  compacting  States 
simply  agree  to  do  certain  definite  things  and  where  continuous  adminis- 
tration is  not  a  major  factor. 

Just  recently  six  out  of  the  seven  principal  petroleum-producing 
States  signed  a  compact  promising  to  observe  prorating  schemes;  Cali- 
fornia refused  to  join.  The  results  of  this  compact  should  be  watched 
with  great  interest.  However,  I  think  you  planners  would  agree  with  me 
that  the  basic  difficulties  in  the  situation  can  be  adequately  adjusted 
only  by  Federal  authority. 

The  most  active  effort  to  bring  about  regional  solutions  by  means  of 
agreements  between  two  or  more  States  is  being  sponsored  by  the  Council 
of  State  Governments.  At  the  present  time  fifteen  States  have  created 
Commissions  on  Interstate  Cooperation.  About  half  of  these  are  on  a 
statutory  basis.  The  movement  held  its  second  annual  conference  not 

^Regional  Factors  in  National  Planning,  op.  cit.,  pp.  50-52. 


REGIONAL  PLANNING  115 

long  ago  in  Chicago.  The  Council  of  State  Governments  has  set  up  a 
regional  office  in  New  York  to  serve  the  Commissions  on  Interstate 
Cooperation  in  that  area.  To  date  the  principal  activities  of  this  new 
movement  have  centered  in  the  States  of  New  Jersey,  New  York  and 
Pennsylvania.  Matters  which  have  been  dealt  with  are  milk  supply, 
crime,  transients,  highway  safety,  the  Palisades  Park  and  stream  pollu- 
tion. The  uses  of  streams  and  the  protection  of  water  supply  constitute 
the  chief  question  around  which  recent  efforts  have  revolved.  The  New 
York  secretariat  of  the  Council  of  State  Governments  has  been  particu- 
larly concerned  with  the  Delaware  River  pollution-prevention  scheme. 
New  Jersey  and  Pennsylvania  have  created  Commissions  on  Interstate 
Cooperation;  Delaware  has  not.  The  pollution  problem  is  being  con- 
sidered by  a  joint  authority  consisting  of  four  representatives  from  each 
State,  three  Commissioners  on  Interstate  Cooperation  and  one  person 
from  the  Planning  Board  of  each  cooperating  State. 

There  are  three  significant  features  of  this  cooperative  movement 
sponsored  by  the  Council  of  State  Governments  that  should  be  noted. 
In  the  first  place,  a  well-financed  national  organization  is  behind  group- 
of -states  schemes;  secondly,  if  the  example  of  the  New  York  secretariat 
is  followed  elsewhere  common  agreements  among  States  are  more  likely 
to  result;  and  finally,  individual  state  commissions  make  provision  for 
representing  both  the  legislative  and  the  administrative  branches  of 
the  government.  It  is  this  last  feature  that  may  be  most  important  in 
the  long  run.  In  the  past,  planning  and  other  programs  have  all  too 
frequently  been  jeopardized  by  failure  to  educate  the  legislature,  upon 
whose  action  approval  and  funds  depend. 

I  have  tried  to  show  that  several  methods  of  regional  planning  and 
administration  are  already  functioning.  Regional  planning  commissions 
are  in  active  operation.  A  Federally  created  planning  authority  has  made 
substantial  progress.  The  regionalization  of  Federal  administration  is 
well-nigh  universal.  Tentative  centers  of  regional  planning  and  coordi- 
nation have  been  proposed  by  a  technical  committee  of  the  National 
Resources  Committee.  Efforts  are  being  made  to  revitalize  interstate 
compacts  and  to  use  them  wherever  it  seems  wise.  Commissions  on 
Interstate  Cooperation  are  off  to  a  promising  start.  Every  conceivable 
political  and  administrative  device  must  be  utilized  if  regional  realities 
are  to  be  given  deserved  recognition  within  the  confines  of  the  American 
constitutional  system. 

All  of  this  results  in  administrative  complexity.  But  in  a  Federal 
system  such  a  result  is  seemingly  inevitable.  Eventually,  however,  let 
us  hope  that  fully  recognized  regional  governments,  standing  as  a  buffer 
between  the  extremes  of  Federal  over-centralization  and  outmoded  state 
particularism,  will  be  demanded  by  our  fellow-citizens. 


116  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

ACCOMPLISHMENTS  IN  REGIONAL  PLANNING 

By  CHARLES  W.  ELIOT,  2d,  Executive  Officer,  National  Resources  Committee 

E.ST  winter  the  report  on  "Regional  Factors  in  National  Planning 
and  Development"  gave  a  general  background  for  regional  planning 
work.  It  has  been  described  to  you  in  more  precise  terms  this  morning 
by  two  of  the  authors.  Growing  out  of  that  report  and  partly  as  a  result 
of  it,  the  National  Resources  Committee  is  now  about  to  issue  three  or 
more  separate  reports  on  regional  activity  in  special  areas.  Do  not  be 
alarmed  at  this  stack  of  documents,  I  am  not  going  to  read  them  all, 
but  this  is  a  sample  of  what  wre  are  doing.  Regional  planning  is  going  on. 
Another  report,  another  barrel  of  facts  or  whatever  you  want  to  call  it, 
is  being  issued  this  morning  with  the  release  of  this  document  on  "Re- 
gional Planning,  Part  I, — The  Pacific  Northwest."  That  report  is  one, 
as  the  title  suggests,  of  a  series  of  reports. 

This  Columbia  Basin  Report  is  a  sample  of  planning  work  by  joint 
Federal  and  state  action  in  order  to  suggest  a  new  agency  or  new  method 
for  operating  the  great  Federal  works  at  Bonneville  and  Grand  Coulee. 
The  report  includes  a  general  statement  of  the  development  of  the 
Pacific  Northwest  and  particularly  of  the  great  Columbia  valley  and 
recommends  the  establishment  of  a  new  "northwest  power  agency," — 
a  proposed  corporation  of  three  members  who  would  be  given  the  re- 
sponsibility of  operating  and  distributing  the  power  from  those  plants. 

Sometimes  it  seems  necessary  to  add  a  few  words  as  to  why  a  problem 
of  this  sort  is  important.  I  don't  know  whether  this  audience  appreciates 
the  situation  in  the  Northwest.  One  fact  alone  is  sufficient  to  open  most 
of  our  eyes  to  the  importance  of  that  area.  When  you  realize  that  41  per 
cent  of  the  total  possible  hydroelectric  power  of  this  nation  lies  in  the 
Columbia  basin  you  get  some  idea  of  the  size  of  this  power  problem  in 
the  northwest  corner  of  the  country.  It  is  for  that  reason  that  the  recom- 
mendation in  this  report  by  the  Northwest  Regional  Planning  Commis- 
sion with  the  covering  statement  from  the  National  Resources  Commit- 
tee is  now  before  Congress.  Since  the  report  recommends  action  at  this 
session  of  Congress,  its  issuance  today  is  opportune. 

The  other  two  reports  which  are  coming  out  in  the  next  few  weeks 
deal  with  two  other  kinds  of  regional  problems  and  demonstrate  two 
other  kinds  of  regional  planning  activities.  The  next  one  on  the  schedule, 
which  we  hope  will  be  out  before  the  end  of  this  month,  is  another 
example  of  voluntary  procedure  without  state  authority  for  planning — 
this  time,  in  the  St.  Louis  regional  area.  Those  of  you  who  attended  the 
St.  Louis  conference  two  years  ago  will  remember  that  we  were  just 
getting  under  way  with  the  St.  Louis  plan  at  that  time.  The  report  is 
now  complete  and  will  be  issued  with  a  covering  statement  from  the 
National  Resources  Committee. 

So  we  have  two  examples:  first,  in  the  Pacific  Northwest  of  a  body 


REGIONAL  PLANNING  117 

set  up  from  the  chairmen  of  the  state  planning  boards  as  the  official 
group  with  the  addition  of  a  district  chairman  from  the  National  Re- 
sources Committee;  and,  second,  a  scheme  in  St.  Louis  of  a  voluntary 
association  patterned  on  the  same  method  that  was  described  to  you 
last  night  by  Colonel  Wetherill  in  the  Philadelphia  Tri-State  District 
or  the  New  York  Regional  plan  or  the  Chicago  Regional  plan. 

The  third  report  represents  still  another  approach  and  problem.  It 
is  the  report  of  the  New  England  Regional  Planning  Commission  which 
is  an  outgrowth  of  many  years  of  work  by  the  New  England  Council 
and  many  other  New  England  federations  and  groups  in  those  six  States. 
New  England  is  unique  in  having  a  longer  period  of  regional  conscious- 
ness than  most  other  sections  of  the  country.  The  Regional  Planning 
Commission  grew  out  of  the  previous  efforts  of  the  New  England  Council 
which,  in  turn,  was  generally  representative  of  the  chambers  of  commerce 
and  the  business  men.  So  there  is  a  business  interest  in  the  movement  in 
New  England  which  is  not  equalled  probably  in  any  other  part  of 
the  country. 

Now  we  hope  to  add  to  that  list  of  reports  as  the  year  rolls  on  and 
give  you  other  examples.  Perhaps  I  can  give  you  very  briefly  a  few  of 
the  newer  activities  to  expand  the  picture  already  given  you  of  the  actual 
accomplishments  and  past  doings  in  the  regional  planning  field. 

First,  let  me  refer  to  another  western  example.  Dr.  Dimock  made 
some  remarks  about  the  difficulty  of  getting  any  action  through  inter- 
state compacts.  We  have  found  that  difficulty  to  be  a  very  real  one.  We 
were  appealed  to  last  summer  to  do  something  about  the  controversies 
which  were  going  on  in  the  upper  Rio  Grande  Valley.  They  had  an  inter- 
state compact  among  the  States  of  Texas,  New  Mexico  and  Colorado  for 
agreement  on  the  division  of  the  waters  of  the  upper  Rio  Grande.  Our 
attention  was  first  directed  to  the  problem  by  some  of  the  Federal 
bureaus  which  showed  that  Federal  agencies  were  actually  competing 
against  each  other  for  water  that  did  not  exist  in  the  upper  Rio  Grande 
Valley.  This  situation  was  a  cause  for  concern  to  the  Reconstruction 
Finance  Corporation,  to  the  Resettlement  Administration,  the  Reclama- 
tion Bureau,  Biological  Survey  and  to  other  Federal  agencies  conduct- 
ing projects  with  little  correlation  among  them. 

The  result  of  this  disclosure  was  a  presidential  "stop  order"  on  all 
projects  on  the  upper  Rio  Grande,  subject  to  clearance  by  the  National 
Resources  Committee.  That  gave  us  an  opportunity  to  deal  with  the 
larger  problem  as  a  planning  project.  We  have  now  under  way  another 
demonstration  project  showing  the  possibilities  of  regional  or  interstate 
planning  in  those  three  States. 

I  would  like  to  give  you  a  little  more  of  that  story  because  it  casts  so 
many  side-lights  on  the  methods  and  the  problems  which  are  involved. 
For  years  those  States  have  just  been  unable  to  agree  on  what  was  a 
fact.  Nobody  believed  anybody  else  could  present  an  unbiased  fact  to 


118  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

the  commission.  So,  obviously  the  first  necessity  was  for  some  impartial 
agency  outside  of  the  group  which  could  provide  the  facts  and  bring 
them  in  definite  form  to  the  attention  of  the  three  States.  The  Resources 
Committee  is  the  agency  to  initiate  this  demonstration  project. 

But  we  obviously  could  not  get  the  facts  without  cooperation  of  a 
great  many  agencies  and  we  had  to  secure  money.  So  the  first  thing  to 
do  was  to  pass  the  hat.  I  am  giving  you  this  detail  because  this  is  what 
regional  planning  really  is.  Dr.  H.  H.  Barrows,  a  valued  member  of  our 
water  committee,  and  I  took  our  hats  in  hand  and  went  from  one  agency 
to  another:  "How  much  money  can  you  put  up?  How  much  can  you 
put  up?"  and  in  that  process  we  corralled  quite  a  nice  little  nest  egg  for 
the  encouragement  of  the  States  and  later  of  the  Public  Works  Adminis- 
tration; we  got  $30,000  from  Reclamation,  an  agreement  from  Dr.  Gray 
for  $10,000,  from  the  Geological  Survey  $20,000,  and  so  on.  We  then 
went  to  the  Public  Works  Administration  and  said:  "We  have  got  to 
have  at  least  $250,000  more."  They  cut  us  down  to  $200,000.  Then  we 
went  to  the  States  and  said:  "We  are  practically  ready  to  go,  but  we 
are  not  going  to  move  until  you  show  serious  intention  to  participate," 
and  they  came  across  with  approximately  $17,000  apiece.  So  now  the 
project  to  gather  those  disputed  facts  and  to  present  a  planned  program 
is  under  way  in  the  Rio  Grande  basin  valley. 

Still  another  example  of  procedure  of  this  sort  is  evidenced  by  the  new 
water  plan  which  will  be  discussed  by  Mr.  Wolman,  the  head  of  our 
water  committee,  this  afternoon. 

I  would  like  to  sum  up  a  few  of  my  own  reactions  to  the  remarks  of 
the  two  previous  speakers.  This  is  more  in  the  nature  of  discussion  than 
of  a  paper. 

I  am  concerned  personally  with  certain  doubts  about  this  new  regional 
program.  There  are  certain  things  about  it  that  leave  me  quite  jittery 
as  to  what  they  may  portend.  One  thing  I  hope  we  may  avoid  is  adding 
a  new  level  of  government  in  this  country.  It  has  been  repeatedly  pointed 
out  that  we  have  too  many  governmental  units  already,  and  if  we  are 
going  to  add  on  some  more,  it  seems  to  me  more  a  loss  than  a  gain.  If 
we  have  now  192,000  units  of  government,  surely  we  do  not  want  to 
add  even  12  more  regional  units! 

The  second  thing  I  hope  we  can  avoid  is  this  idea  of  boundaries.  We 
do  not  want,  as  I  see  it,  provinces  or  regions  in  any  sense  in  this  country. 
What  we  must  have  is  elasticity  without  those  powers  that  go  with 
administrative  organization. 

I  hope  that  out  of  these  doubts  or  worries  we  may  get  some  corre- 
sponding hopes,  particularly  the  hope  that  through  the  technique  of  the 
planner,  separate  from  execution,  we  can  make  some  cooperative  agree- 
ments among  groups  of  States,  different  groups  and  different  combi- 
nations, to  meet  different  problems,  who  shall  perform  as  opportunity 
arises  without  attempting  to  set  up  any  new  level  of  government. 


REGIONAL  PLANNING  119 

I  hope  also  that  for  the  time  being  we  can  keep  the  emphasis  on 
physical  planning  as  being  more  easily  understood  by  the  public  and 
less  subject  to  misinterpretation. 

I  hope  further  that  we  can  stress  what  was  already  indicated  by  both 
the  preceding  speakers — concentration  of  effort  in  centers  instead  of  at 
the  fringe  of  the  problem.  We  can  get  agreement  on  certain  centers  of 
interest  and  we  might  be  able  to  work  out  some  arrangement  for  co- 
operation among  officials  as  has  been  demonstrated  to  be  possible  in 
the  organization  of  state  planning  boards. 

I  should  not  stop  this  discussion  without  reference  to  the  fact  that 
practically  all  of  the  district  chairmen  of  the  National  Resources  Com- 
mittee are  very  vitally  concerned  in  this  question  of  cooperation  among 
States  for  regional  planning  and  practically  all  of  them  are  making  some 
effort  to  get  either  a  center  established  or  some  understanding  among 
groups  of  States  for  this  work.  Mr.  Bettman,  for  instance,  has  succeeded 
in  organizing  the  Ohio  Valley  Regional  Planning  Commission;  Mr. 
Moderwell  has  called  a  conference  of  the  upper  Mississippi  Valley  States 
to  discuss  how  they  can  work  together  effectively;  Mr.  Ronald  is  now 
acting  chairman  of  a  similar  group  in  the  Missouri  Valley  States  and 
part  of  the  Great  Plains  area  where  they  have  adopted  a  scheme  of  a 
rotating  chairmanship  among  the  state  planning  board  chairmen.  In  the 
Pacific  Southwest  our  district  chairman,  Mr.  Woods,  has  in  mind  the 
early  calling  of  meetings  for  the  discussion  of  organization  in  that  area. 
On  the  Delaware  River  problem,  help  has  been  forthcoming  from  the 
Council  of  State  Governments. 

We  have  certainly  not  yet  had  sufficient  experience  with  different 
forms  of  regional  organization  to  be  ready  to  recommend  any  one  form. 
We  have  before  us  a  long  period  of  experimentation  and  a  different  kind 
of  experiment  from  that  we  have  been  conducting  in  the  field  of  state 
planning.  It  seems  to  me  the  fact  that  the  States  were  organized  as 
administrative  units  made  it  entirely  logical  and  proper  that  that  was 
the  first  and  most  important  step  to  be  taken  in  the  way  of  enlarging 
the  scope  of  planning  work,  but  this  regional  problem  because  it  involves 
both  the  powers  delegated  by  the  States  to  the  Federal  Government  and 
the  powers  reserved  by  the  States  to  themselves,  is  something  which 
must  be  worked  out  with  much  more  backing  of  public  opinion  than 
was  necessary  in  the  case  of  starting  the  state  planning  movement.  We 
need  all  of  your  thought,  all  of  your  advice  in  the  further  development 
of  this  regional  planning  field. 


THE  NATION 


National  Planning 

EMERGING  POPULATION  PROBLEMS 

By  FRANK  LORIMER,  Technical  Secretary,  Committee  on  Population  Problems, 
National  Resources  Committee 

THE  American  colonists  were  exponents  of  a  population  policy  so 
appropriate  to  their  situation  that  it  was  universally  taken  for 
granted.  They  found  the  classical  expression  of  this  policy  in  the  ancient 
admonition,  "Be  fruitful,  multiply,  and  replenish  the  earth."  The  young 
Nation  responded  exuberantly  to  this  ideal  which  seemed  peculiarly  ap- 
propriate to  the  situation.  Before  them  stretched  the  wide  wilderness,  a 
land  to  be  tamed  and  replenished.  Even  in  an  era  of  rapid  expansion  of 
world  population  when  the  combined  population  of  Europe  and  its 
colonies  rose  from  about  150  million  in  1750  to  about  550  million  in  1900, 
America  was  outstanding.  Malthus,  in  1792,  was  able  to  point  to  the 
doubling  of  population  in  America  once  every  twenty -five  years  as 
affording  the  best  illustration  of  the  type  of  population  growth  to  be 
expected  in  the  absence  of  "positive  checks"  on  natural  increase. 

The  dividends  of  this  increase  naturally  accrued  in  greatest  measure 
to  the  owners  of  established  enterprises,  those  in  possession  of  land, 
railroads,  factories,  and  to  a  considerable  degree  to  the  entire  population 
in  centers  that  served  surrounding  areas  of  expanding  population.  The 
tradition  that  population  expansion  is  a  fundamental  characteristic  of 
a  normal,  healthy  Nation  became  firmly  fixed  in  American  ideology. 
"Bigger"  came  to  be  regarded  as  more  or  less  synonymous  with  "better." 
Even  in  the  sober  language  of  the  Census,  a  population  increase  is  a 
"gain,"  a  decrease  is  a  "loss." 

This  expansion  was,  of  course,  irregular.  Areas  of  population  pressure 
began  to  develop  at  an  early  date,  but  these  were  constantly  relieved  by 
migration  to  new  lands.  A  number  of  Virginia  counties,  for  example, 
had  a  larger  population  in  1790  than  in  1930.  It  is  true  that  titles  to  the 
best  unoccupied  land  had  been  taken  up  about  1890,  but  the  West,  and 
especially  the  Far  West,  remained  an  area  of  primary  opportunity 
throughout  the  last  decade.  In  fact,  the  net  interstate  migration  into 
California  during  the  period  1920-1930  passed  the  million  mark,  and 
was  the  largest  movement  into  any  State  ever  recorded  in  any  decade 
of  American  history.  The  posting  of  guards  on  the  California  border 
during  the  present  depression  symbolizes  the  fact  that  free  expansion 
into  undeveloped  areas  has  ceased  to  be  a  ready  automatic-adjustment- 
mechanism  for  the  maladjustments  of  a  planless  economic  order.  The 
first  important  reversal  of  population  policy  in  this  country,  the  limita- 
tion of  immigration,  although  in  part  an  expression  of  ethnic  conflicts, 
may  be  ascribed  primarily  to  recognition  of  the  changing  outlook  in 
this  country  with  regard  to  population  growth  and  resources. 

123 


124  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Signs  of  the  slowing  down  of  population  growth  are  already  clearly 
in  evidence.  It  is  apparent  that  our  present  crude  rate  of  natural  in- 
crease is  due  entirely  to  the  disproportionate  number  of  persons  now 
alive  at  reproductive  ages.  When  an  intrinsic  rate  of  natural  increase  is 
calculated  by  applying  age-specific  birth  rates  and  death  rates  for  the 
United  States  to  a  population  with  normal  age  distribution,  these  rates 
are  found  to  have  reached  a  point  of  equilibrium  in  1932.  It  is  therefore 
highly  probable  that  within  a  few  decades  population  growth  through 
natural  increase  will  be  superseded  in  this  country  by  a  period  of  dimi- 
nution. The  public  reaction  to  this  situation  may  lead  to  wholesome  and 
constructive  measures  designed  to  give  greater  support  to  normal  family 
development,  or  may  result  in  repressive  measures  with  possible  dis- 
astrous consequences.  This  suggests  an  emerging  problem  of  consider- 
able interest  and  importance. 

Other  aspects  of  population  change  present  problems  of  more  imme- 
diate urgency.  We  have  at  the  present  time  some  severe  cases  of  mal- 
distribution of  population  in  relation  to  economic  resources.  Various 
factors  tend  to  retard  the  adjustment  of  population  to  opportunity  by 
migration,  such  as  attachment  to  local  situation,  lack  of  adaptability 
on  the  part  of  certain  groups  in  areas  of  limited  opportunity,  the  high 
birth  rates  in  such  areas,  bad  schooling  which  intensifies  the  lack  of 
adaptability  and  is  partly  responsible  for  the  high  birth  rates,  and  above 
all,  the  absence  of  industrial  opportunity.  Any  permanent  solution  of 
the  farm  problem  must  involve  population  adjustment.  Sound  popula- 
tion adjustment  appears  to  depend  on  a  balanced  industrial  expansion. 

Problems  of  differential  reproduction  are  more  intimately  related  to 
problems  of  population  distribution  than  is  generally  recognized.  Using 
an  index  of  economic  level,  developed  by  the  Study  of  Population  Redis- 
tribution, the  group  of  counties  characterized  by  the  lowest  plane  of 
living  was  found  to  have,  in  1930,  a  ratio  of  children  to  women  62  per 
cent  above  that  sufficient  for  mere  population  replacement,  and  the 
group  at  the  next  level  showed  a  rate  of  natural  increase  of  about  40  per 
cent  per  generation,  whereas  in  the  fifth  or  sixth  groups  there  were  10 
per  cent  fewer  children  than  would  suffice  for  mere  population  replace- 
ment, and  in  the  group  of  counties  at  the  top  there  was  a  fertility  of 
about  25  per  cent. 

Differential  reproduction  trends  that  are  similar  in  character,  though 
less  in  degree,  are  found  in  comparing  families  classified  according  to 
occupation,  economic  or  social  status.  The  reproductive  tendency  of 
scientific  occupational  groups,  using  a  study  based  on  1928  birth  statis- 
tics, and  taking  differences  in  child  mortality  into  account,  is  represented 
by  such  reproductive  indices  as  the  following,  using  100  as  a  base  repre- 
senting tendency  toward  equal  population  replacement:  Coal  mine 
operatives  134,  carpenters  107,  semi-skilled  operatives  104,  electricians 
94,  bankers  76,  physicians  and  surgeons  70,  architects  65. 


NATIONAL  PLANNING  125 

There  is  clearly  a  tendency  for  a  disproportionate  number  of  the 
forthcoming  generation  to  be  recruited  from  parents  with  meager  edu- 
cational advantages,  and  to  be  brought  up  in  areas  marked  by  inferior 
economic  and  social  opportunities.  There  is  a  high  negative  correlation 
between  reproduction  indices  and  indices  of  school  efficiency  for  States. 
A  similar  analysis  by  counties  would  undoubtedly  yield  an  even  more 
decisive  result.  Such  a  situation  raises  national  problems  relating  to 
public  health,  education,  and  economic  adjustment  which  it  would  be 
rash  for  anyone  to  attempt  to  define  in  a  brief  address. 

In  many  other  ways  population  studies  supply  a  necessary  base  for 
institutional  and  regional  planning  including,  for  example,  estimates  of 
population  of  school  ages,  population  to  be  covered  by  old  age  bene- 
fits, trends  in  location  of  population  as  affecting  school  building  pro- 
grams, and  other  features  of  community  development.  It  is  becoming 
increasingly  imperative  that  population  problems  receive  careful  re- 
search attention  by  government  and  private  agencies  far  beyond  past 
efforts  in  this  direction  and  merit  a  large  place  in  planning  activities 
with  local  and  national  development. 

The  appointment  of  a  Committee  on  Population  Problems  by  the 
National  Resources  Committee  marks  a  significant  recognition  by  the 
Federal  Government  of  population  problems  as  a  matter  of  national  con- 
cern. Such  recognition  has  long  been  made  by  professional  bodies,  in- 
cluding the  President's  Committee  on  Recent  Social  Trends.  Studies  by 
the  Scripps  Foundation,  Milbank  Memorial  Fund,  the  Social  Science 
Research  Council's  Study  on  Population  Redistribution,  and  the  Con- 
ference on  Population  Study  and  Social  Planning,  under  the  auspices  of 
the  Population  Association  of  America,  in  Washington,  May,  1935,  may 
also  be  cited  in  this  connection.  Population  studies  have  been  conducted 
by  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economics,  with  reference  to  farm  life, 
and  the  activities  of  the  Resettlement  Administration  have  implicit 
reference  to  population  problems.  The  recent  establishment  of  a  Division 
of  Research  in  the  Bureau  of  the  Census  implies  recognition  of  its  re- 
sponsibility for  the  scientific  development  of  data  on  population  and 
related  topics.  The  subject  has  also  frequently  received  occasional 
recognition  in  the  addresses  of  public  leaders,  notably  by  the  President. 
The  appointment  of  a  Committee  on  Population  Problems  is  directly 
in  line  with  the  attention  to  population  studies  which  has  been  one  of 
the  most  important  features  of  the  State  Planning  Board  reports. 

The  Committee  on  Population  Problems  has  been  requested  to  pre- 
sent its  report  early  this  fall.  This  Committee,  therefore,  cannot  do  more 
than  define  problems  of  national  importance  in  this  field,  present  enough 
data  to  illustrate  the  character  of  these  problems,  indicate  some  tenta- 
tive results  and  suggest  significant  research  by  Federal,  state,  and  local 
agencies. 


126  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

INDUSTRIAL  RESOURCES 

By  GARDINER  C.  MEANS,  Director,  Industrial  Section,  National  Resources  Committee 

1HAVE  been  asked  to  speak  on  the  subject  of  industrial  resources 
and  to.  describe  some  of  the  work  which  is  being  carried  on  by  the 
Industrial  Section  of  the  National  Resources  Committee. 

In  considering  industrial  resources  I  wish  to  use  that  term  in  the 
very  broadest  sense.  Our  industrial  resources  consist  of  our  man-power, 
our  machines  and  our  knowledge  of  techniques.  The  problem  of  con- 
serving industrial  resources  is  primarily  the  problem  of  conserving  our 
man-power  and  the  use  of  machines. 

Now,  man-power  is  a  very  peculiar  resource.  It  is  like  water-power. 
If  you  do  not  use  it  when  it  is  there,  it  is  gone,  and  no  amount  of  king's 
horses  and  king's  men  will  bring  it  back  again.  Man-power  which  is 
allowed  to  go  over  the  dam  unused  is  so  much  sheer  waste. 

Machines  likewise  present  a  resource  which  can  easily  trickle  through 
our  fingers  and  be  waste.  Idle  machinery  can  often  lose  its  usefulness 
quite  as  rapidly  as  machinery  and  equipment  which  is  used.  Here  again 
failure  to  use  machines  is  likely  to  involve  waste. 

Consider  the  waste  of  man-power  and  use  of  machinery  which  has 
occurred  in  the  last  six  years.  If  all  the  man-power  and  use  of  machinery 
which  has  gone  to  waste  during  the  depression  could  have  been  used  to 
build  houses,  every  family  in  the  United  States  could  have  had  a  brand 
new  $6,000  house.  Think  of  the  waste  of  resources  which  this  involves. 
The  waste  of  forest  resources,  the  waste  in  oil  extraction,  the  wastes 
from  unplanned  cities  are  no  greater  than  this  tremendous  waste  of 
human  and  machine  resources.  It  is  the  conservation  of  this  type  of 
resource  with  which  the  Industrial  Section  of  the  National  Resources 
Committee  is  concerned. 

In  approaching  this  problem  the  National  Resources  Committee 
organized  an  Industrial  Committee  composed  of  Jacob  Baker,  Assistant 
Works  Progress  Administrator,  Chairman;  Hon.  E.  G.  Draper,  Assistant 
Secretary  of  Commerce;  Dr.  Isador  Lubin,  Commissioner  of  Labor 
Statistics;  Leon  Henderson,  formerly  Director,  Research  and  Planning 
Division,  NRA;  Edwin  G.  Nourse,  Brookings  Institution;  Col.  G.  T. 
Harris,  Jr.,  Director,  Planning  Branch,  Office  of  Assistant  Secretary  of 
War;  Thomas  C.  Blaisdell,  Jr.,  Economic  Adviser,  Office  of  the  Adminis- 
trator, Resettlement  Administration,  and  myself.  We  have  commenced 
studies  into  the  joint  problems  of  industrial  capacities  and  consumption 
requirements.  What  are  the  industrial  capacities  of  the  country  and 
how  many  people  would  be  required  to  produce  this,  that,  or  the  other 
amount  of  goods  and  services,  of  shoes  and  ships  and  sealing  wax  and 
cabbages?  What  things  are  the  people  going  to  demand  at  different 
levels  of  national  income?  How  much  are  they  likely  to  spend  on  coal 
and  shoes,  how  much  on  cotton  cloth  and  how  much  on  food?  These  are 


NATIONAL  PLANNING  127 

the  problems  of  industrial  capacity  and  of  consumption  requirements 
with  which  our  studies  deal. 

The  purpose  of  these  studies — and  I  will  explain  their  detailed 
character  in  a  moment — is  to  furnish  more  adequate  and  comprehensive 
data  for  those  who  have  to  make  decisions  in  respect  to  industrial  ac- 
tivity. The  uses  to  which  such  data  can  be  put  are  many  and  important. 
Both  individual  producers  and  the  community  as  a  whole  suffer  great 
economic  losses  from  mistaken  estimates  on  the  part  of  businessmen  as 
to  consumer  demand  and  as  to  existing  capacity.  In  planning  new 
factories  or  in  expanding  old  ones,  individual  businessmen  are  likely 
to  have  excellent  information  on  the  immediate  problems  of  engineering 
and  economics  which  they  face,  but  they  are  not  likely  to  have  an 
adequate  framework  picture  of  the  larger  engineering  and  economic 
problems  into  which  their  enterprises  will  have  to  fit.  Such  a  picture 
would  be  too  complex  for  any  but  the  largest  enterprises  to  construct. 
Accurate  information  on  industrial  capacities  and  their  relation  to  con- 
sumption requirements  could  greatly  reduce  the  waste  resulting  from 
the  inability  of  the  individual  business  to  create  the  larger  picture. 
Thus  data  on  consumption  requirements  could  constitute  a  direct  aid 
to  business  in  the  layout  of  sales  campaigns  and  sales  territories.  Data 
on  industrial  capacities  could  constitute  a  direct  aid  to  business  in  plan- 
ning new  industrial  facilities.  Labor  and  consumer  groups  can  use  such 
data  as  a  direct  aid  in  protecting  their  interests  and  working  for  a  higher 
standard  of  living.  Finally,  local  governments  will  find  such  material  a 
direct  aid  in  the  development  of  particular  regions,  while  such  data 
would  aid  the  Federal  Government  in  seeking  to  bring  about  better 
economic  balance. 

In  dealing  with  these  problems  the  function  of  the  Industrial  Section 
is  primarily  that  of  a  research  agency  planning  studies  to  be  carried  out 
by  different  bureaus  of  government,  coordinating  actual  studies  as  they 
are  undertaken  and  combining  the  results  of  the  separate  studies.  It  is 
not  the  intention  of  the  National  Resources  Committee  that  the  Indus- 
trial Section  should  build  up  a  large  staff.  Ours  is  the  work  of  stimu- 
lating and  guiding  research  and  of  integrating  material  to  give  a  more 
comprehensive  picture  than  any  single  department  of  government  is 
in  a  position  to  give. 

In  carrying  on  this  work  it  is  our  intention  to  approach  the  various 
facts  concerning  industry  from  two  quite  different  points  of  view. 
First,  we  will  examine  the  industrial  process  from  the  point  of  view  of 
the  producer  looking  down  the  stream  of  goods  as  they  flow  toward  the 
consumer.  Second,  we  will  examine  the  industrial  process  from  the  point 
of  view  of  the  consumer  looking  up  the  stream  of  goods  as  they  flow  down 
from  the  producer.  The  first  of  these  approaches  involves  primarily  the 
problem  of  jobs,  of  industrial  capacity,  and  of  markets.  The  second 
involves  primarily  the  expenditure  of  income,  the  goods  and  services 


128  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

received,  and  the  using  up  of  valuable  resources.  Only  as  both  of  these 
points  of  view  are  adopted  can  we  present  a  well-rounded  picture  of 
industry. 

The  work  of  the  Section  up  to  the  present  time  has  made  the  most 
progress  in  the  field  of  consumption  requirements.  This  has  been  due  in 
part  to  the  pioneer  work  already  done  by  other  government  agencies. 
Two  bureaus  of  government,  the  Bureau  of  Home  Economics  and  the 
Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics,  are  particularly  concerned  with  the  subject 
of  consumption,  though  each  has  approached  the  problem  with  a  slightly 
different  emphasis.  The  Bureau  of  Home  Economics  has  made  several 
small  studies  of  family  expenditures,  placing  special  emphasis  on  the 
adequacy  of  the  living  obtained.  In  making  these  studies  it  has  taken 
important  steps  in  developing  effective  techniques  for  the  collection  of 
family-consumption  data.  The  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  has  made 
similar  studies  with  respect  to  the  expenditures  of  families  of  wage- 
earners  and  low-salaried  workers,  placing  particular  emphasis  on  the 
money  outlays  necessary  to  maintain  a  constant  real  income.  This 
Bureau  has  expanded  its  work  in  the  last  two  years  and  has  devoted 
considerable  sums  to  collecting  data  on  family  expenditures,  to  be  used 
in  revising  cost-of -living  indices.  In  this  work  it  has  further  improved 
the  techniques  for  collecting  family-consumption  data.  However,  in 
spite  of  the  work  of  these  two  bureaus  and  of  other  agencies  which  have 
made  small  studies  in  this  field,  the  techniques  developed  for  making 
such  studies  have  required  further  elaboration  and  the  existing  infor- 
mation on  family  consumption  is  entirely  inadequate  for  the  many  pur- 
poses for  which  it  is  needed,  and  particularly  it  is  insufficient  for  drafting 
an  adequate  picture  of  the  consumption  patterns  of  the  population. 

Because  of  this  inadequacy  of  information  on  family  consumption, 
the  Industrial  Section  was  directed  to  undertake  as  one  of  its  functions 
the  development  of  more  adequate  techniques  for  studying  family  con- 
sumption and  the  planning  of  a  national  investigation  of  the  expenditure 
on  goods  and  services  by  American  families.  This  it  has  done  in  close 
collaboration  with  the  Central  Statistical  Board,  the  Bureau  of  Labor 
Statistics  and  the  Bureau  of  Home  Economics.  As  a  result  of  eight 
months'  work  on  the  part  of  a  technical  staff,  working  in  cooperation 
with  the  two  bureaus  concerned,  a  coordinated  plan  was  developed  with 
two  projects  to  be  administered  respectively  by  the  Bureau  of  Home 
Economics  and  by  the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics.  This  plan  carries  out 
the  recommendations  for  such  an  investigation  made  by  the  Social 
Science  Research  Council  and  calls  for  study  of  urban  and  rural  families 
of  various  income  classes  and  occupational  groups  in  50  cities  and  22 
rural  sections.  Funds  for  the  projects  have  been  obtained  from  the 
Works  Progress  Administration,  and  field  work  is  now  going  on  under 
the  direction  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  and  of  the  Bureau  of 
Home  Economics  under  the  general  supervision  of  the  WPA. 


NATIONAL  PLANNING  129 

The  families  being  covered  in  the  study  are  distributed  according  to 
six  major  classifications:  (1)  by  geographical  area,  (2)  by  size  of  com- 
munity, (3)  by  income,  (4)  by  occupation,  (5)  by  color,  and  (6)  by 
family  composition.  The  geographical  distribution  has  been  provided 
for  through  the  adoption  of  six  areas  and  two  metropolitan  districts.  In 
each  area  large,  middle-sized  and  small  cities  as  well  as  villages  and 
farm  sections  will  be  covered  so  as  to  reflect  differences  in  the  degree 
of  urbanization.  Several  rural  sections  will  also  be  covered  in  other 
areas,  representing  the  important  types  of  farming  not  found  in  the  six 
main  areas.  Twenty  income  classes,  eight  occupational  groups  and  seven 
family  types  will  be  covered. 

Most  of  the  information  will  be  obtained  by  the  schedule  method 
through  personal  interviews,  voluntarily  given.  It  is  expected  that  data 
will  be  secured  on  income,  occupation  and  family  composition  from  ap- 
proximately 336,000  families  selected  through  random  sampling.  From 
approximately  53,000  families  detailed  information  will  also  be  obtained 
on  current  expenditures  and  savings,  ownership  of  durable  goods,  hous- 
ing facilities  and  other  indices  of  levels  of  living.  This  sample  is  being 
selected  according  to  a  prearranged  plan  assuring  an  equal  number  of 
families  at  all  income  levels  for  each  occupational  group.  From  a  small 
part  of  this  sample,  dietary  records,  health  records  and  household  ac- 
counts will  also  be  obtained. 

It  is  expected  that  the  statistical  results  of  the  project  in  each  com- 
munity studied  will  be  published  by  the  two  bureaus  making  the  field 
studies.  These  bureaus  are  likewise  expected  to  publish  the  analytical 
reports  on  the  expenditures  of  particular  occupational  groups. 

On  the  basis  of  this  material  the  Industrial  Section  expects  to  present 
pictures  of  the  consumption  requirements  of  the  American  people  as 
they  would  exist  under  various  possible  conditions,  as  they  would  be  if 
the  national  income  were  of  a  given  size  and  were  distributed  geographi- 
cally and  with  given  frequency.  The  whole  problem  is  how  people  are 
likely  to  spend  their  money,  how  much  is  likely  to  be  spent  on  coal,  on 
shoes,  on  cotton  cloth,  and  on  tobacco. 

Corresponding  to  the  work  on  consumption  requirements  is  a  series 
of  studies  concerning  industrial  capacity.  Though  there  is  a  great  mass 
of  information  concerning  industry,  very  little  of  the  pioneer  work  has 
yet  been  done  in  organizing  the  data  to  show  what  our  industrial  capac- 
ities really  are.  As  a  result,  the  work  of  the  Section  in  this  field  is  not 
yet  as  far  advanced  as  is  that  on  consumption  requirements. 

In  developing  this  work,  the  Industrial  Section  has  first  undertaken 
studies  to  work  out  techniques  for  estimating  industrial  capacities.  The 
problem  was  found  to  be  vastly  more  complex  than  is  usually  supposed, 
and  as  a  result  the  techniques  of  analysis  developed  tend  to  be  quite 
different  from  those  previously  employed  and  call  for  a  redevelopment 
of  data  with  respect  to  industry. 


130  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

The  most  important  differences  in  approach  have  developed  in  con- 
nection with  the  question — what  do  we  mean  by  industrial  capacity? 
In  general  discussions  of  capacity,  the  problem  is  usually  considered  as 
one  of  capacity  to  produce.  The  same  attitude  is  reflected  in  discussing 
certain  industries.  Thus,  the  capacity  of  a  blast  furnace  is  spoken  of  as 
the  capacity  to  produce  so  many  tons  of  pig  iron  per  day.  However, 
for  many  industries  capacity  is  rated  as  capacity  to  consume.  Thus  the 
capacity  of  a  coke  oven  is  rated  as  the  capacity  to  consume  so  many  tons 
of  coal  a  day.  (In  the  technical  language  of  the  industry  a  coke  oven 
has  a  "throughput"  of  so  many  tons  of  coal  in  twenty -four  hours.)  Simi- 
larly the  capacities  of  ore  milling  plants,  packing  houses,  and  refineries 
are  spoken  of  in  terms  relating  to  capacity  to  consume.  In  other  cases 
neither  the  capacity  to  produce  nor  the  capacity  to  consume  gives  an 
adequate  clue  to  the  capacity  of  an  industry.  For  instance,  some  blast 
furnaces  have  been  built  in  connection  with  city  gas  plants  in  part  to 
consume  coke  and  in  part  to  produce  flue  gas  for  mixture  with  coal  gas. 
The  pig  iron  is  a  by-product.  Here  neither  capacity  to  produce  nor 
capacity  to  consume  would  give  an  adequate  picture.  Just  what  then 
does  industrial  capacity  involve? 

In  meeting  this  problem,  the  Industrial  Section  reached  the  follow- 
ing conclusion:  the  industrial  capacity  with  which  the  National  Re- 
sources Committee  is  concerned  is  neither  the  capacity  to  produce  items 
of  output  nor  the  capacity  to  consume  items  of  input  but  rather  the 
capacity  to  convert  items  of  input  into  items  of  output.  Stated  in  the 
broadest  terms,  the  question  to  be  put  in  studying  the  capacity  of  a  plant 
or  industry  is  the  question — how  much  of  what  items  can  be  converted 
into  how  much  of  what  items  in  a  given  period  of  time?  Under  given 
price  conditions  how  many  tons  of  ore  of  a  given  quality,  how  many  tons 
of  coke,  how  many  tons  of  limestone,  how  many  man  hours,  and  how 
much  power  can  be  converted  in  a  blast  furnace  into  how  much  pig 
iron,  how  much  flue  gas,  and  how  much  slag  per  twenty-four  hours?  The 
problem  of  industrial  capacity  thus  becomes  one  of  conversion  capacity. 

Such  a  shift  in  emphasis  greatly  complicates  the  problem  of  estimat- 
ing industrial  capacity  but  it  does  more  correctly  state  the  problem. 
Only  as  adequate  estimates  of  the  conversion  capacities  of  industries  are 
developed  will  a  clear  picture  of  industrial  capacity  be  obtained. 

With  conversion  capacities  established  as  the  objective,  the  next  step 
in  studying  industrial  capacities  has  been  to  develop  techniques  for 
estimating  conversion  capacities.  This  work  has  been  under  way  and  has 
resulted  in  a  generalized  technique  which  should  be  available  for  publica- 
tion in  the  near  future.  The  concrete  application  of  the  general  tech- 
niques to  specific  industries  is  also  under  way. 

In  making  these  studies,  striking  inadequacies  in  the  existing  data  on 
industry  became  immediately  apparent.  Little  or  none  of  the  data  on 
industry  has  been  collected  with  a  view  to  estimating  conversion  capaci- 


NATIONAL  PLANNING  131 

ties.  Much  of  the  available  data  will  be  useful  for  this  purpose  but 
many  serious  gaps  must  be  filled  before  the  data  can  be  effectively  used. 
This  is  not  a  matter  of  getting  more  refined  data,  but  of  getting  data 
which  are  of  primary  importance  to  the  problem  of  industrial  capacity, 
yet  have  not  been  important  to  the  particular  purposes  for  which  data 
have  been  collected  by  the  different  agencies  in  the  past. 

This  inadequacy  of  existing  data  makes  necessary  the  laying  of  plans 
for  filling  the  gaps  at  the  same  time  that  plans  for  organizing  the  data 
are  developed.  The  latter  is  an  essential  step  in  disclosing  the  gaps  while 
the  former  is  essential  to  an  adequate  picture  of  industrial  capacities. 

As  in  the  case  of  consumption  requirements,  it  is  regarded  as  the 
function  of  the  Industrial  Section  of  the  National  Resources  Committee 
in  collaboration  with  other  government  agencies  to  develop  plans  for 
studying  the  conversion  capacities  of  particular  industries  and  to  assist 
in  coordinating  the  activity  of  government  agencies  carrying  out  such 
studies. 

As  a  background  for  such  activity,  the  Industrial  Section  is  making 
a  series  of  studies  in  particular  industries  which  will,  in  large  part,  form 
the  basis  for  the  organizing  of  existing  data  and  the  collection  of  any 
new  data  necessary  to  throw  a  clear  light  on  industrial  capacity. 

The  initial  exploratory  studies  to  develop  techniques  were  undertaken 
in  the  blast  furnace  industries  and  in  that  of  cotton  spinning.  Studies 
are  now  under  way  covering  iron  ore,  coal,  coke,  and  cement.  Plans 
have  been  laid  for  carrying  the  exploratory  studies  into  other  parts. 
The  work  is  being  carried  on  by  a  small  staff  of  engineers  and  economists 
and  will  result  primarily  in  laying  a  foundation  for  the  development, 
with  other  agencies  of  government,  of  plans  for  more  comprehensive 
studies  into  particular  industries  so  as  to  estimate  their  conversion 
capacities.  It  is  presumed  that  these  plans  will  be  comparable  in  nature 
to  the  plan  for  the  study  of  family  consumption  developed  by  the  In- 
dustrial Section  in  collaboration  with  the  Bureau  of  Home  Economics, 
the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  and  the  Central  Statistical  Board.  Of 
course,  the  planning  of  such  studies  is  only  a  beginning.  The  actual  work 
of  carrying  them  out  will  rest  with  other  government  bureaus. 

This  type  of  work  goes  slowly  and  the  initial  results  are  not  spec- 
tacular. The  developing  of  techniques,  the  careful  working  out  of  pro- 
posals for  study  involve  time  and  energy  without  showing  immediately 
useful  results.  Yet  as  this  type  of  work  is  carried  on  and  the  studies  are 
made  we  will  gradually  be  able  to  build  up  a  very  clear  picture  of  the 
industrial  capacities  of  the  country.  Such  a  picture  will  be  an  effective 
guide  to  all  those  concerned  with  the  problems  of  industry.  The  com- 
bination of  this  material  with  the  data  on  consumption  requirements 
should  allow  us  to  picture  the  possibilities  for  the  more  effective  use  of 
our  man-power  and  machines — more  effective  use  of  our  human  and 
material  resources. 


13*  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 


PLANNING  FOR  PUBLIC  WORKS 

By  FRED  E.  SCHNEPFE,  Director,  Projects  Division,  Federal  Emergency 
Administration  of  Public  Works 

WHILE  the  advance  planning  of  public  works  has  actually  been 
practiced  only  to  a  limited  extent,  so  much  has  been  written  and 
discussed  in  regard  thereto  as  to  make  it  difficult  to  present  any  thoughts 
on  the  subject  without  the  risk  of  repetition. 

For  some  years  certain  cities  have  prepared  plans  relating  to  their 
future  physical  development.  However,  until  recently  little  has  been 
done  to  provide  a  construction  program  containing  a  list  of  definite 
projects  to  be  undertaken  at  a  specific  time  over  a  period  of  years. 

In  the  Federal  Government  most  of  the  bureaus  planned  only  one 
year  in  advance,  or  at  best,  two  years.  Not  until  1931  did  the  various 
construction  agencies  of  the  Federal  Government  begin  the  formulation 
of  a  six-year  advance  plan.  This  was  brought  about  by  the  passage  of  the 
Act  known  as  the  "Employment  Stabilization  Act  of  1931,"  a  measure 
sponsored  by  the  Honorable  Robert  F.  Wagner,  Senator  from  the  State 
of  New  York. 

The  fundamental  purpose  of  the  Act  is  stated  in  its  title  as  follows: 
"An  Act  to  provide  for  the  advance  planning  and  regulated  construction 
of  public  works,  for  the  stabilization  of  industry,  and  for  aiding  in  the 
prevention  of  unemployment  during  periods  of  business  depression/' 

Senator  Wagner's  foresight  in  fostering  legislation  for  the  advance 
planning  of  Federal  public  works  resulted  in  untold  benefits  and  was 
indeed  timely.  Subsequent  to  the  passage  of  this  Act  the  advance  plan- 
ning programs  resulting  from  this  legislation  were  used  as  a  basis  for  the 
selection  of  Federal  projects  for  the  allotment  of  funds  by  the  Public 
Works  Administration.  The  establishment  of  the  Federal  Employment 
Stabilization  Board  marked  the  first  step  in  actually  bringing  into  being 
an  authorized  advance  planning  activity  of  the  Federal  Government. 

Necessarily,  a  large  amount  of  preliminary  work  with  the  various 
agencies  of  the  Federal  Government  had  to  be  carried  on  so  that  these 
agencies  would  have  a  clear  understanding  of  the  purpose  of  the  board, 
and  at  the  same  time  enable  the  staff  of  the  Board  to  become  familiar 
with  the  intricate  procedure  which  had  been  followed  in  connection 
with  the  construction  work  of  the  many  agencies  of  the  Government. 

Some  of  the  agencies  questioned  the  policy  of  disclosing  these  plans 
so  far  in  advance,  fearing  that  it  might  cause  embarrassment  with 
Members  of  Congress  if  certain  projects  were  not  included  in  the  pro- 
gram. Others  objected  to  listing  their  projects  on  the  grounds  that  they 
did  not  think  it  possible  to  visualize  their  construction  needs  six  years 
ahead.  A  campaign  of  education  and  demonstration  gradually  broke 
down  this  resistance,  with  the  result  that  complete  cooperation  was 
obtained  from  all  the  agencies. 


NATIONAL  PLANNING  1S3 

This  period  of  conference  and  contact  required  considerable  time, 
and  it  was  not  until  June,  1982,  that  the  Stabilization  Board  first  sent 
to  the  construction  agencies  of  the  Federal  Government  a  request  for 
the  submission  of  a  six-year  plan  for  both  construction  and  repair.  These 
plans  were  submitted  in  August,  1932,  by  approximately  70  agencies 
and  formed  the  basis  for  many  discussions  with  the  agencies  concerned, 
in  order  to  reduce  the  plans  to  a  somewhat  common  basis.  With  the 
convening  of  the  73rd  Congress  in  March,  1933,  it  became  evident  that 
the  possibility  of  the  passage  of  necessary  legislation  would  embark 
the  Federal  Government  on  the  construction  of  an  expanded  program 
of  public  works. 

While  the  six-year  plan  which  had  been  prepared  did  not  anticipate 
a  program  of  the  size  required  by  the  proposed  legislation,  it  did  serve 
admirably  as  a  base  on  which  to  build  the  so-called  expanded  program. 
The  construction  agencies,  through  their  association  with  the  Federal 
Employment  Stabilization  Board  in  carrying  out  the  requirements  of 
the  Employment  Stabilization  Act  of  1931,  had  been  made  conscious  of 
the  necessity  for  the  advance  planning  of  public  works.  The  knowledge 
and  experience  which  they  gained  in  this  activity  was  invaluable  to 
them  and  to  the  success  of  the  public  works  program.  Therefore,  when 
in  May,  1933,  before  the  National  Industrial  Recovery  Act  was  passed, 
a  request  was  made  to  the  agencies  to  submit  immediately  programs 
arranged  by  priorities,  the  submission  of  such  programs  was  accom- 
plished with  a  minimum  of  delay  and  contained  projects  which  had  been 
subjected  to  months  of  study  and  from  which  the  least  desirable  projects 
had  been  eliminated.  Without  the  planning  experience  gained  by  the 
construction  agencies  from  1931  to  1933,  the  submission  of  such  well- 
selected  projects  in  the  short  time  available  would  have  been  impossible. 

The  National  Industrial  Recovery  Act,  signed  by  the  President  on 
June  16,  1933,  established  the  Federal  Emergency  Administration  of 
Public  Works  and  authorized  an  appropriation  in  the  amount  of  $3,300, 
000,000  for  public  works  and  other  purposes.  The  Administrator,  under 
the  direction  of  the  President,  was  charged  with  the  task  of  preparing 
a  comprehensive  program  of  public  works. 

As  previously  mentioned,  the  agencies  had  already  submitted  lists 
of  projects  which  they  considered  suitable  for  inclusion  in  an  expanded 
program.  In  submitting  these  lists  it  was  essential  that  they  furnish  for 
each  project  recommended,  the  location,  character  of  work,  estimated 
cost,  the  estimated  increase  or  decrease  in  annual  expense  of  physical 
upkeep  and  operating  cost,  and  the  estimated  cost  of  acquiring  the  site. 
Inasmuch  as  the  speed  with  which  work  could  be  commenced  and  the 
amount  of  employment  that  would  be  given  are  of  prime  importance  in 
any  program  for  the  relief  of  unemployment,  information  was  required 
indicating  how  soon  work  could  be  started  after  funds  became  available 
and  how  soon  it  could  be  completed.  Specific  data  regarding  the  status 


134  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

of  site  and  the  status  of  plans  were  also  required.  Furthermore,  to 
determine  the  status  of  projects  as  expressing  the  will  of  Congress,  a 
question  was  included  as  to  whether  the  project  had  previously  been 
authorized  by  Congress. 

Priority  numbers  were  assigned  to  all  projects  to  indicate  the  order 
of  their  relative  necessity  and  importance  as  viewed  by  the  agencies. 
In  assigning  priorities,  they  were  asked  to  do  so  with  due  consideration 
to  the  following: 

Whether  the  projects  were  under  construction  or  under  contract  and  had 
to  be  completed  if  financial  loss  to  the  Government  was  to  be  avoided, 

Whether  necessary  for  the  national  protection  of  life,  the  national  protection 
of  property,  to  sustain  the  physical  property  of  the  Government,  the  conserva- 
tion of  national  resources,  the  conservation  of  national  health,  the  housing  of 
Government  activities,  replacing  obsolete  facilities,  and  if  revenue  producing. 

With  this  information  in  hand  the  Public  Works  Administration  made 
a  tentative  selection  of  projects  through  its  engineers  and  its  special 
subcommittee  on  program.  These  projects  were  separated  into  categories, 
including  in  the  first  group  those  which  were  considered  "highly  desir- 
able public  works,  not  adding  to  future  expense. "  Less  desirable  proj- 
ects were  separated  into  groups  in  the  order  of  their  importance  and 
value.  Projects  requiring  a  large  expenditure  for  land  were  considered 
among  the  less  desirable  because  of  the  relatively  small  amount  of 
employment  which  they  would  provide  per  dollar  of  expenditure. 

The  replacement  of  necessary  facilities  that  were  obsolete  and  would 
soon  require  substitution  under  normal  procedure,  and  the  recondition- 
ing of  existing  facilities  to  put  them  in  first-class  condition,  offered  proj- 
ects that  demanded  favorable  consideration.  Thus  work  has  been 
accomplished  that  under  normal  conditions  would  have  been  completed 
within  the  next  few  years,  and  with  a  consequent  reduction  of  the 
necessary  expenditures  for  such  projects  in  future  years. 

Projects  were  carefully  examined  to  determine  whether  they  would 
entail  recurring  expense  for  operation,  maintenance,  increased  personnel 
and  ultimate  reconstruction,  with  a  view  to  eliminating  those  projects 
which  would  place  a  burden  on  the  taxpayers  in  the  future. 

Another  factor  requiring  consideration  was  the  geographical  distri- 
bution of  the  work.  It  can  readily  be  seen  that  the  projects  of  high 
priorities  in  several  of  the  many  bureaus  might  all  fall  within  a  com- 
paratively small  group  of  States  in  which  the  necessity  for  emergency 
employment  was  not  sufficiently  pronounced. 

The  methods  which  I  have  outlined  were  closely  adhered  to  in  the 
selection  of  projects  comprising  the  Public  Works  Administration  pro- 
gram of  Federal  projects,  the  total  of  which  exceeded  $1,560,000,000. 
This  program  is  now  nearly  complete,  and  the  more  than  15,000  Federal 
projects  distributed  all  over  the  United  States  and  its  possessions  speak 
for  themselves  in  answer  to  the  question — "Were  these  projects  wisely 


NATIONAL  PLANNING  135 

selected?"  Not  only  did  these  projects  put  men  to  work  at  the  site  and 
throughout  the  industries  by  the  manufacture  of  material  and  equip- 
ment, but  they  stand  as  a  wise  investment,  serving  the  people  and  the 
Nation  in  countless  ways  and  adding  to  our  wealth  as  capital  investments. 

The  value  of  an  advance  plan  for  public  works  has  been  demonstrated 
by  the  usefulness  of  the  programs  of  the  Federal  Employment  Stabi- 
lization Board  to  the  Public  Works  Administration.  The  existence  of 
this  plan  made  possible  the  immediate  allotment  of  funds  and  the  prompt 
beginning  of  construction,  which  resulted  in  men  being  given,  without 
delay,  the  employment  so  sorely  needed. 

In  the  planning  of  non-Federal  Public  Works,  that  is,  public  works 
projects  of  States  and  subdivisions  thereof,  the  first  movement  toward 
a  coordinated  plan  of  national  scope  occurred  in  1935,  when  the  State 
Planning  Boards  prepared  for  the  Public  Works  Administration  a  com- 
prehensive inventory  of  public  works  in  their  respective  States.  While 
it  cannot  be  said  that  this  inventory  furnished  a  list  of  definite  projects 
on  which  to  base  a  series  of  allotments,  yet  it  made  available  to  the 
Congress  and  to  the  country  at  large  a  knowledge  of  the  situation  as  it 
actually  existed,  and  had  the  effect  of  bringing  public  officials  of  States, 
counties  and  cities  to  a  greater  realization  of  the  necessity  for  a  co- 
ordinated public  works  plan. 

Political  units  of  every  State  were  given  an  opportunity  to  express 
their  need  for  useful  public  works.  The  inventory,  as  some  of  you  know, 
involved  more  than  130,000  individual  projects  reported  by  over  20,000 
units  or  agencies  and  exceeded  $20,000,000,000  in  estimated  cost.  The 
projects  reported  in  this  inventory  were  well  distributed  throughout  the 
country,  and  their  apportionment  bears  a  fairly  uniform  relation  to  the 
distribution  of  the  population  of  the  country. 

Many  State  Planning  Boards  have  encouraged  county  planning  and 
the  preparation  of  well-considered  county-wide  programs.  In  one  Kansas 
county  the  planning  committee,  composed  of  interested  citizens,  for- 
mulated a  20-year  plan  for  improvements  to  be  carried  out  by  Federal, 
state,  county,  town  and  township  agencies.  The  Committee's  purpose 
was  to  work  out  such  a  plan  of  public  improvement  as  might  eventually 
bring  about  coordination  of  effort  between  the  various  political  sub- 
divisions, to  the  end  that  all  public  works  in  the  county  should  be  built 
economically,  be  properly  located,  and  adequate,  both  in  design  and 
utility. 

In  all  States  and  subdivisions  thereof,  officers  change  frequently, 
but  it  is  believed  that  a  plan  will,  to  a  noticeable  extent,  assure  con- 
tinuity in  public  works  development. 

The  inventory  has  also  brought  forcibly  to  the  attention  of  municipal 
and  county  officials  the  advantages  of  city  and  regional  planning  in 
developing  their  programs  of  public  works,  and  local  interest  in  plan- 
ning agencies  has  been  aroused  by  requirements  that  projects  sub- 


136  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

mitted  for  grants  under  the  Public  Works  Administration  be  checked 
against  city  and  local  plans.  In  brief,  the  inventory  will  assist  the  State 
Planning  Boards  in  their  coordinating  functions  among  state  and  local 
authorities,  particularly  in  bringing  out  long-range  programs  not  pre- 
viously available  from  cooperating  agencies. 

A  definite  opportunity  emanating  from  the  Public  Works  inventory 
lies  in  the  development  of  contacts  established  with  county,  municipal 
or  metropolitan  planning  agencies. 

The  success  of  the  majority  of  the  State  Planning  Boards,  in  ob- 
taining data  and  analyzing  it  for  the  inventory,  indicates  the  possibil- 
ities of  continued  service  in  this  field  in  order  to  establish  a  permanent 
policy  of  public  works  planning. 

The  principles  involved  in  the  advance  planning  of  expenditures  for 
construction  projects  have  been  applied  for  many  years  in  commerce 
and  industry.  The  principal  difference  between  planning  expenditures 
for  a  commercial  enterprise  as  compared  to  planning  governmental  ex- 
penditures lies  in  the  fact  that  in  commercial  projects  the  measure  of 
the  return  to  be  expected  from  the  investment  is  in  terms  of  dollars 
alone.  While  this  is  also  true  in  some  instances  as  applied  to  govern- 
mental projects,  the  returns,  while  they  may  be  of  great  value,  for  the 
greater  part  cannot  be  measured  from  a  purely  monetary  standpoint. 
For  example,  it  is  obviously  impossible  to  place  a  dollar  value  on  ex- 
penditures that  the  government  might  make  for  the  construction  of 
military  facilities  for  national  defense,  for  improvements  in  the  national 
parks  to  provide  healthful  recreation  and  pleasure,  or  for  lighthouses 
for  the  protection  of  shipping.  It  is  more  difficult  to  measure  the  social 
values  to  be  obtained  by  a  governmental  expenditure  than  it  is  to  esti- 
mate the  returns  on  a  proposed  investment  for  a  commercial  enterprise. 
The  reason  for  this  is,  of  course,  the  difficulty  of  measuring  social  values 
with  a  dollar  yard-stick.  While  certain  projects  are  revenue-producing  or 
provide  economies  or  services,  others  produce  social  benefits  only. 

As  the  number  of  projects  that  can  be  shown  to  be  economically 
justified  is  so  much  greater  than  those  which  can  be  financed,  the  mere 
statement  that  a  project  is  economically  sound  is  in  itself  not  sufficient 
reason  to  cause  it  to  be  given  high  priority  in  a  planning  program,  or 
even  to  justify  giving  it  a  place  on  the  program.  The  true  measure  of 
the  importance  of  a  project  resolves  itself  into  questions  as  to  whether 
the  project  is  necessary,  how  urgently  needed,  and  its  value  as  com- 
pared to  other  projects  of  a  similar  type;  and  what  is  more  difficult,  to 
determine  its  value  as  compared  with  needed  projects  of  other  types. 

In  any  discussion  of  planning  the  term  "economically  sound"  as 
applied  to  projects  to  be  included  in  a  public  works  progran  is  likely  to 
be  heard  and  properly  so.  The  official  engaged  in  planning  a  public 
works  program,  to  be  successful  in  his  work,  must  have  a  sound  appre- 
ciation of  the  economic  factors  to  be  dealt  with.  He  must  have  a  clear 


NATIONAL  PLANNING  187 

conception  of  the  weight  and  importance  to  be  assigned  to  the  many 
elements  that  must  be  considered  in  arriving  at  a  decision  regarding  the 
relative  importance  of  a  project  as  compared  to  other  projects.  Naturally 
there  is  a  limit  to  the  amount  of  money  available  and  the  ultimate 
selection  of  the  projects  and  the  assignment  of  priorities  to  them  is 
largely  an  economic  problem.  Of  course  the  project  must  be  feasible 
and  sound  from  an  engineering  standpoint.  This,  however,  in  itself 
would  not  assure  its  receiving  a  high  priority  or  even  cause  it  to  be 
placed  on  the  program. 

In  determining  the  usefulness,  practicability  and  desirability  of  a 
project  and  the  order  of  importance  of  the  various  projects  that  com- 
prise a  program,  the  planning  body  cannot  apply  a  formula  and  obtain 
the  answer.  Sound  judgment,  obtainable  only  through  a  suitable  back- 
ground of  technical  knowledge,  broad  experience  and  vision,  is  indis- 
pensable to  the  proper  functioning  of  a  planning  body. 

The  number  of  projects  disclosed  by  a  planning  program  as  being 
"economically  desirable,"  and,  to  go  a  step  further,  that  are  "economi- 
cally justified,"  may  be  very  large.  Due  to  a  lack  of  sufficient  funds,  to 
undertake  all  of  them  would  be  impossible  and  unwise.  The  tests  to  be 
applied  in  determining  their  priority  are  current  need  and  relative  need, 
not  only  as  existent  between  projects  of  the  same  type,  but  between 
projects  of  different  types. 

In  setting  up  a  program  for  several  years  in  advance,  the  projects 
appearing  for  the  first  year  should  express  the  current  needs  for  that 
year.  Likewise,  the  succeeding  years  each  should  show  a  listing  of  proj- 
ects that  endeavor  to  meet  the  requirements  for  each  year  specified  in 
the  program.  This  should  provide  for  an  annual  program  in  normal  times. 

It  may  be  well  to  emphasize  at  this  point  that  the  list  of  projects 
appearing  for  the  first  year  of  a  program  should  not  include  those  proj- 
ects to  be  used  in  an  expanded  program.  In  other  words,  the  projects 
listed  for  any  one  year  should  comprise  a  normal  program  for  that  year. 

In  order  to  expand  the  program  in  a  period  when  it  is  necessary  to 
relieve  the  unemployed,  the  list  of  projects  shown  for  the  first  year  can 
be  augmented  by  adding  those  shown  for  succeeding  years  to  the  extent 
necessary  for  increasing  the  program  to  the  volume  desired.  Projects 
included  in  an  emergency  program  should  be  of  the  same  general  type 
as  those  set  up  in  a  normal  program,  but  should  be  selected  with  prime 
consideration  of  the  extent  to  which  such  projects  will  relieve  un- 
employment. 

Certain  data  are  necessary  prior  to  determining  the  position  that  a 
project  should  be  given  in  a  planning  program.  This  information  should 
be  assembled  by  the  sponsor  desiring  the  allotment  and  a  carefully 
prepared  form  used  for  the  reporting  purposes.  The  form  submitted 
should  show  definitely  certain  specific  information  along  the  lines  pre- 
viously mentioned  in  connection  with  the  plans  submitted  to  the  Stabi- 


138  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

lization  Board,  such  as  the  location  of  the  project,  the  sponsoring  agency, 
whether  the  project  is  for  construction  or  repair,  the  priority  number,  a 
clear  description  of  the  project,  ample  justification  for  its  inclusion,  the 
estimated  cost  by  fiscal  years,  the  status  of  plans,  the  status  of  site, 
how  soon  the  project  could  be  started,  how  long  it  would  take  for  com- 
pletion, the  direct  employment  which  it  would  afford  and  the  man-year 
cost  for  such  direct  employment. 

If  a  plan  is  to  serve  with  any  degree  of  adequacy,  annual  revision 
must  be  made  to  provide  for  changed  conditions  and  emergencies  which 
may  have  arisen. 

In  commenting  upon  advance  planning,  the  Honorable  Harold  L. 
Ickes,  Chairman  of  the  National  Resources  Committee,  stated  as  follows : 

I  hope  State  Planning  Boards,  backed  by  legislative  and  popular  approval, 
will  develop  continuous  six-to-ten-year  programs,  annually  revised,  and  that 
larger  goals  of  attainment  can  be  visualized  and  reached.  .  .  .  Their  effective- 
ness will  depend  on  the  character  of  their  personnel,  the  wisdom  and  vision  of 
their  plans,  the  scope  and  accuracy  of  their  researches  and,  more  particularly, 
on  the  firm  support  of  the  public. 

If  public  works  are  to  be  timed  to  aid  in  counteracting  industrial  fluctuations, 
one  of  the  essentials  is  a  long-range  program,  constantly  kept  up-to-date,  such 
as  State  Planning  Boards  are  now  attempting.  To  embark  on  public  works 
expansion  without  such  advance  planning  is  to  increase  the  danger  of  including 
ill-advised  projects.  .  .  . 

I  believe  that  the  catch-as-catch-can  method  which  ignores  the  necessity  of 
national  planning  is  a  thing  of  the  past.  It  is  a  wasteful,  futile  and  unscientific 
method  which  deserves  oblivion. 

In  the  National  Resources  Committee,  which  is  an  integral  part  of  the  present 
Administration,  we  have  a  body  that  is  gradually  evolving  a  national  plan 
which  I  am  sure  will  fit  into  an  adequate  social  vision  of  the  future. 

I  am  convinced  that  long  after  the  necessity  of  stimulating  industry  and  creat- 
ing new  buying  power  has  been  removed,  national  planning  will  continue  as  a 
permanent  government  policy. 


HIGHLIGHTS  OF  THE  NATIONAL 
WATER  RESOURCES  STUDY 

By  ABEL  WOLMAN,  Chairman,  Water  Resources  Committee, 
National  Resources  Committee 

PROBLEMS  in  the  use  and  control  of  water  resources  of  the  Nation 
are  not  new.  Their  importance,  however,  becomes  clearer  and  clearer 
as  competition  for,  and  conflict  in,  their  uses  become  more  frequent  and 
intense.  The  geographical  distribution  of  such  conflicts  varies  from 
time  to  time,  and  it  is  only  in  recent  years  that  the  controversial  as- 
pects of  western  water  resources  have  penetrated  into  the  East.  In- 
creases in  population,  more  varied  uses  for  water  supply,  competition 
between  municipalities  and  industries  for  relatively  limited  quantities 
of  water,  all  tend  to  focus  attention  of  the  public  upon  a  problem  as 
old  as  civilization  itself. 


NATIONAL  PLANNING  139 

Periods  of  drought  succeeded  by  periods  of  flood  flow  in  the  past 
six  years  have  emphasized  once  more,  but  with  greater  dramatic  effect, 
the  fact  that  water  is  a  menace  to  life  and  property  as  well  as  a  neces- 
sity for  the  continuance  of  our  existence. 

The  study  of  water  resources  is  likewise  not  a  novel  enterprise,  for 
many  millions  of  dollars  and  many  years  have  been  spent  in  their  de- 
tailed study.  In  few  instances,  however,  have  our  agencies  been  so 
constituted  as  to  make  it  possible  to  review  the  national  water  problem 
as  a  whole  and  in  particular  relation  to  the  economic  and  social  situation 
of  the  country,  as  exemplified  in  land-use,  industrial  development, 
population  trends  and  the  requirements  of  health  and  recreation.  In 
this  field  as  in  all  others,  the  detailed  immediate  problem,  specific  in 
nature  and  local  in  implication,  has  naturally  held  the  attention  in  the 
past.  This  is  by  no  means  surprising  in  a  country  of  rapid  growth  and, 
until  recently,  except  in  limited  geographical  areas,  undisturbed  by  the 
specter  of  resources  decreasing  in  proportion  to  need.  The  pressure  of 
immediate  solution  of  specific  problems  of  water-use  and  control  so  often 
may  preclude  the  balancing  of  all  uses  or  even  of  their  prior  review. 

In  recent  years,  however,  even  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  United 
States,  Nature  has  reminded  us  that  conservation  of  water  resources 
and  balanced  development  for  their  use  and  control  cannot  be  ignored 
in  successions  of  droughts  and  floods.  With  these  lessons  in  mind,  the 
National  Resources  Committee,  through  its  Committee  on  Water  Re- 
sources, is  undertaking  a  national  study  of  water-use  and  control  in  the 
major  drainage  basins  of  the  United  States.  The  Committee  hopes  to 
obtain  a  reasonably  clear  picture  of  the  long-range  pattern  for  each  im- 
portant drainage  basin  and  at  least  a  preliminary  list  of  projects  which 
may  be  properly  constructed  in  keeping  with  that  pattern.  This  pre- 
liminary plan  or  reconnaissance  it  is  hoped  will  be  submitted  to  the 
President  of  the  United  States  on  December  1,  1936.  This  can  only  be 
accomplished  through  the  complete  cooperation  of  state  and  regional 
planning  boards,  of  interested  Federal,  state  and  local  agencies  and  of 
private  industry. 

By  this  effort  the  Committee  is  attempting  to  provide  a  sound  and 
nation-wide  outline  for  securing  the  greatest  beneficial  use  of  the  water 
resources  of  each  major  drainage  basin  in  the  United  States.  Obviously, 
with  the  limited  tune  and  financial  resources  available  for  the  study, 
only  a  skeleton  plan,  largely  of  preliminary  character,  is  feasible.  Such 
a  bird's-eye  view,  however,  of  the  national  problem  and  of  the  available 
data  shedding  light  thereon  should  be  the  beginning  of  recurring  and 
continuing  adjustments  in  each  major  basin. 

By  this  study  the  Committee  should  also  be  able  to  furnish  various 
Federal,  state  and  local  agencies  a  clear  statement  of  the  dominant 
physical  and  economic  considerations  affecting  the  use  and  control  of 
water  resources  in  each  basin,  even  though  such  a  reasonably  integrated 


140  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

pattern  of  development  can  be  furnished  only  in  broad  outline.  Out  of 
this  study  a  series  of  specific  construction  projects  should  also  appear 
which  might  properly  be  executed  as  time  goes  on,  in  accordance  with 
the  integrated  plan  of  ultimate  development. 

To  those  of  you  familiar  with  various  parts  of  the  United  States,  it 
should  be  clear  that  uneven  programs  of  development  will  necessarily 
result  from  this  study.  Some  areas  of  the  country  have  been  intensively 
studied  for  years  while  others  have  had  little  or  no  detailed  review  by 
either  state  or  Federal  agencies. 

In  the  latter  areas,  the  elements  of  an  investigative  program  for 
further  study  and  revision  of  the  general  program  which  may  be  out- 
lined during  1936  are  to  be  presented. 

The  three  major  objectives,  therefore,  of  the  Committee  in  this  pro- 
posed study  of  drainage  basin  water  resources  are : 

(1)  To  point  out  the  outstanding  problems  of  water-use  and  control  in  the 
different  parts  of  the  country. 

(2)  To  outline  in  broad  terms  a  reasonable  and  integrated  pattern  of  de- 
velopment, and 

(3)  To  present  specific  construction  and  study  projects  which,  in  the  light 
of  available  information,  are  consistent  with  the  broad  plan. 

Questions  of  administration  and  financing  of  programs  and  projects 
developed  in  the  study  will  not  be  reported  upon  in  any  detail,  since 
they  offer  problems  of  national  policy  which  can  be  determined  only 
after  long  discussion  in  the  public  forum. 

Specific  recommendations  will  vary  greatly  in  detail  from  one  basin 
to  another.  In  one  basin  further  surveys  and  investigations  may  be  rec- 
ommended before  any  construction  work  is  proposed.  In  another,  it  is 
probable  that  a  number  of  projects  ready  for  construction  or  requiring 
a  short  period  of  detailed  design  may  be  recommended.  The  Committee, 
of  course,  will  not  attempt  to  prepare  detailed  plans  and  specifications 
for  construction  projects,  although  it  will  enumerate  projects  for  which 
plans  and  specifications  are  already  available. 

In  order  to  provide  working  arrangements  with  state  planning  and 
other  boards,  and  to  secure  the  continuous  views  and  criticisms  by  state 
and  Federal  authorities,  the  Committee  has  assigned  17  water  consult- 
ants to  work  with  the  state  and  regional  boards.  These  consultants  will 
be  responsible  for  the  conduct  of  the  field  work  necessary  for  the  prepa- 
ration of  the  water  plans.  They  have  been  selected  according  to  major 
areas  and  convenience  of  operation.  They  will  be  responsible  for  the 
review  of  existing  information  and  reports,  for  the  crystallization  of 
long-range  plans  and  for  the  preparation  of  a  final  document  embodying 
the  answers  to  the  three  major  objectives  already  pointed  out  above. 

The  Committee  hopes  for  participation  of  the  various  state  planning 
boards  in  three  ways: 


NATIONAL  PLANNING  141 

(1)  The  water  consultants  will  require  the  assistance  of  such  agencies  as 
state  and  local  health  departments,  state  engineers  and  state  departments  of 
conservation.    They  will  look  to  the  state  planning  boards  for  smoothing  the 
way  in  providing  for  this  cooperation  of  local  and  state  agencies.   Precedent  for 
accomplishing  this  cooperation  is  at  hand  in  the  experience  in  connection  with 
a  similar  survey  which  has  been  in  process  for  some  months  in  the  basin  of  the 
Red  River  of  the  North.   In  that  area  the  State  Planning  Boards  of  Minnesota 
and  of  North  and  South  Dakota  have  cooperated  with  Federal,  state  and  local 
officials  in  a  study  under  the  general  supervision  of  a  water  consultant  appointed 
by  the  Water  Resources  Committee.   The  respective  state  boards  initiated  the 
conferences  leading  to  the  present  survey.   Their  cooperation  has  produced  ex- 
cellent progress  and  the  completion  of  a  comprehensive  report  on  this  particular 
area  should  be  possible  within  the  next  two  months. 

(2)  The  state  planning  boards,  in  addition  to  the  general  clerical  and  technical 
assistance  rendered  by  their  staffs,  may  be  able  to  assign  full  time  technicians 
to  this  survey  by  an  arrangement  with  WPA. 

(3)  Wherever  possible,  it  is  hoped  that  the  state  planning  board  or  other 
offices  concerned  may  be  able  to  make  office  space  available  for  the  water  con- 
sultant and  his  assistants. 

In  other  words,  the  intent  of  the  Water  Resources  Committee  is  to 
carry  out  this  study  in  the  closest  cooperation  with  existing  Federal, 
state  and  local  agencies  whose  familiarity  and  experience  in  the  field 
of  water  resources  are  essential  to  the  development  of  any  comprehensive 
long-term  program.  With  the  necessities  of  time  and  money  confronting 
us,  however,  it  is  obvious  that  the  ultimate  review  and  crystallization 
of  the  program  in  each  drainage  basin  must  be  placed  upon  a  single 
responsible  authority,  in  this  case  the  water  consultant. 


ORGANIZATION 

The  field  and  office  operations  leading  to  the  preparation  of  the 
report  proposed  will  be  under  the  direction  of  Frederick  H.  Fowler  of 
San  Francisco,  California,  a  consulting  engineer  of  wide  experience  in 
water  resources  problems.  He  is  a  director  of  the  American  Society  of 
Civil  Engineers,  a  member  of  its  Committee  on  Dams  and  on  Flood 
Protection  Data,  a  member  of  the  Federal  Emergency  Public  Works 
Administration  Technical  Board  of  Review  and  a  consultant  on  flood 
control  problems  in  the  Kansas  City  and  Los  Angeles  regions. 

The  assistant  director  is  Merton  L.  Emerson  of  Boston,  Massachu- 
setts, a  consulting  engineer  and  a  former  member  of  the  Public  Works 
Administration  Technical  Board  of  Review. 

The  Water  Resources  Committee  will  outline  and  supervise  the  study 
through  the  special  organization  established  under  Mr.  Fowler's  general 
direction.  The  drainage  basin  districts  so  far  organized  and  the  water 
consultants  assigned  to  them  are  as  follows.  All  of  the  studies  are  now 
under  way  and  the  detail  of  accomplishment  must  wait  upon  the  receipt 
of  the  preliminary  reports  of  these  consultants. 


142  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Drainage  Basin  District  1  :l 

Prof.  H.  K.  Barrows,  Water  Consultant,  6  Beacon  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Drainage  basins  in  Maine,  New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Massachusetts, 
Rhode  Island,  and  Connecticut  and  New  York,  including  the  Housatonic 
as  the  westernmost  basin. 

Drainage  Basin  District  2: 

James  F.  Sanborn,  Water  Consultant,  Room  1725,  30  Church  St., 
New  York,  N.  Y. 

North  Atlantic  drainage  basins  in  Connecticut,  New  York,  Pennsyl- 
vania, New  Jersey  and  Delaware  west  of  the  Housatonic  and  including 
the  Susquehanna  as  the  most  westerly  drainage  basin. 

Drainage  Basin  District  3: 

William  McKinney  Piatt,  Water  Consultant,  401  Depositors  National 
Bank  Bldg.,  Durham,  N.  C. 

Chesapeake  Bay  and  South  Atlantic  drainage  in  Maryland,  Delaware, 
West  Virginia,  Virginia,  North  Carolina  and  South  Carolina,  south  of  the 
Susquehanna  basin,  including  Port  Royal  Sound  drainage  as  the  most 
southerly  basin. 

Drainage  Basin  District  4 : 

Dean  Blake  R.  Van  Leer,  Water  Consultant,  University  of  Florida, 
Gainesville,  Fla. 

South  Atlantic  and  Eastern  Gulf  drainage  in  South  Carolina,  Georgia, 
Florida,  Alabama  and  Mississippi  from  the  Savannah  basin  on  the  north- 
east to  Mobile  Basin  on  the  southwest,  both  inclusive. 

Drainage  Basin  District  5 : 

Fred.  H.  Weed,  Water  Consultant,  1123  Carew  Tower,  Cincinnati, 
Ohio. 

Ohio  River  drainage  in  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Maryland,  West 
Virginia,  Virginia,  Kentucky,  Tennessee,  Ohio,  Indiana  and  Illinois. 

Drainage  Basin  District  6  (a) : 

Royce  J.  Tipton,  Water  Consultant,  2083  Clermont  Street,  Denver, 
Colorado. 

Southwest  Gulf  of  Mexico  drainage,  south  and  west  of  Vermilion 
River,  Louisiana  and  including  drainage  in  the  United  States  entering 
the  Rio  Grande  south  of  Fort  Quitman,  Texas. 

Drainage  Basin  District  6(b) : 

Gerard  H.  Matthes,  Water  Consultant,  Mississippi  River  Commis- 
sion, Vicksburg,  Miss.  (By  detail  from  Corps  of  Engineers,  Mississippi 
River  Commission.) 

lThe  tentative  subdivision  of  the  United  States  into  areas  for  water  resources  study 
would  define  the  regions  as  follows:  (1)  New  England,  (2)  Middle  Atlantic,  (3)  Southeast 
Coast,  (4)  Southeast  Gulf,  (5)  Ohio  Basin,  (6a)  Southwest  Gulf,  (6b)  Lower  Mississippi 
Basin,  (6c)  Red  River  of  the  South  and  Arkansas  Basin,  (7a)  Upper  Mississippi  Basin, 
(7b)  Great  Lakes  and  St.  Lawrence,  (8)  Upper  Missouri  Basin,  (9)  Lower  Missouri  Basin, 
(lOa)  Colorado  Basin,  (lOb)  The  Great  Basin,  (lOc)  California,  (11)  Pacific  Northwest. 

NOTE:  The  Red  River  of  the  North  and  the  Upper  Rio  Grande  Basin  are  not  segre- 
gated because  work  is  already  under  way  in  those  basins.  The  Tennessee  Valley  is  omitted. 


NATIONAL  PLANNING  143 

The  Alluvial  Mississippi  Basin  and  Gulf  of  Mexico  drainage,  in  the 
States  of  Mississippi,  Tennessee,  Kentucky,  Missouri,  Arkansas  and 
Louisiana,  from  Pascagoula  River  on  the  East  to  Vermilion  on  the  West, 
both  inclusive,  and  northerly  to  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri;  excluding 
the  main  drainage  basins  of  the  Red,  Arkansas,  Missouri  and  Ohio  Basins, 
but  including  the  White  and  St.  Francis  Basins  to  the  West  and  drainage 
lying  west  of  the  Mobile  River  Basin  to  the  East. 

Drainage  Basin  District  6(c)  and  6(d): 

Wesley  W.  Homer,  Water  Consultant,  1325  International  Bldg.,  St. 
Louis,  Mo. 

Western  Mississippi  River  drainage  in  Louisiana,  Texas,  New  Mexico, 
Colorado,  Oklahoma,  Kansas,  and  Missouri,  from  the  Red  River  basin 
northwardly  to  the  Arkansas  basin,  both  inclusive. 

Drainage  Basin  District  7 (a) : 

Wesley  W.  Homer,  Water  Consultant,  1325  International  Bldg.,  St. 
Louis,  Mo. 

Mississippi  River  Basin  Drainage  North  of  the  Ohio  and  Missouri 
Basins,  in  Missouri,  Iowa,  Minnesota,  Wisconsin,  Indiana,  and  Illinois. 

Drainage  Basin  District  7(b) : 

LeRoy  K.  Sherman,  Water  Consultant,  53  West  Jackson  Boulevard, 
Chicago,  Illinois. 

Great  Lakes  and  St.  Lawrence  River  Drainage  in  Minnesota,  Wis- 
consin, Michigan,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Ohio,  Pennsylvania,  New  York  and 
Vermont. 

Drainage  Basin  District  8: 

Prof.  S.  T.  Harding,  Water  Consultant,  University  of  California, 
Berkeley,  California. 

The  Northerly  portion  of  the  Missouri  River  basin,  to  and  including 
the  basin  of  the  Platte  River  on  the  west  side,  and  to  and  including  the 
basin  of  Mosquito  Creek  on  the  east  side,  in  Iowa,  Minnesota,  South 
Dakota,  North  Dakota,  Montana,  Wyoming,  Colorado  and  Nebraska. 

Drainage  Basin  District  9: 

Frederick  H.  Fowler,  Water  Consultant,  4308  Interior  Bldg.,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

The  portion  of  the  Missouri  River  Basin  south  of  the  basin  of  the 
Platte  River  on  the  west  side  and  south  of  the  basin  of  Mosquito  Creek 
on  the  east  side,  in  Missouri,  Iowa,  Nebraska,  Colorado  and  Kansas. 

Drainage  Basin  District  10  (a) : 

J.  C.  Stevens,  Water  Consultant,  Spalding  Building,  Portland,  Oregon. 
The  Colorado  River  basin  in  Arizona,  New  Mexico,  Colorado,  Wyo- 
ming, Utah,  Nevada  and  California. 

Drainage  Basin  District  10(b) : 

Walter  L.  Huber,  Water  Consultant,  1325  Crocker  1st  National  Bank 
Bldg.,  San  Francisco,  California. 

The  Great  Basin  drainage  in  California,  Nevada,  Utah,  Wyoming, 
Idaho,  and  Oregon. 


144  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Drainage  Basin  District  10(c) : 

Ralph  I.  Meeker,  Water  Consultant,  303  Flat  Iron  Bldg.,  Denver, 
Colorado. 

Southwest  Pacific  drainage  in  California  and  Oregon,  to  and  including 
Smith  River  basin  on  the  north. 

Drainage  Basin  District  11: 

Prof.  Samuel  B.  Morris,  Water  Consultant,  Leland  Stanford  Uni- 
versity, Palo  Alto,  Calif. 

Northwest  Pacific  drainage  in  Oregon,  Nevada,  Utah,  Idaho,  Wyo- 
ming, Montana,  and  Washington,  from  and  excluding  Smith  River  basin 
on  the  South. 

To  facilitate  the  work  of  these  consultants  and  to  maintain  a  con- 
tinuous and  completely  coordinate  contact  with  state  and  regional  plan- 
ning boards,  with  Federal  agencies  and  with  other  cooperating  agencies, 
two  regional  coordinators  have  also  been  appointed  by  the  National 
Resources  Committee.  These  individuals  will  travel  throughout  the 
country  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  the  water  consultants  and  keeping 
them  currently  informed  of  various  phases  of  the  study  so  that  uniform- 
ity of  approach  and  of  ultimate  reporting  will  be  assured.  To  accomplish 
this  purpose  the  country  has  been  divided  into  two  major  areas,  the 
western  area,  covering  Districts  6 (a),  6(c),  6(d),  8,  9,  10(a),  10(c),  and  11. 
The  western  regional  coordinator  is  Donald  M.  Baker  of  Los  Angeles. 
The  eastern  coordinator,  Howard  Critchlow  of  Trenton,  New  Jersey, 
will  cover  Districts  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6(b),  7(a),  and  7(b).  These  areas  are 
listed  in  footnote,  page  142.  Both  of  these  individuals  are  consulting 
engineers  of  long  experience  in  the  water  resources  field  and  members  of 
the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  and  of  the  American  Water 
Works  Association. 

The  compilation  of  existing  lists  of  rated  water  projects  under  new 
and  improved  rating  methods  will  be  under  the  supervision  of  an  office 
coordinator,  Mr.  Brent  S.  Drane,  who  has  had  considerable  experience  in 
this  field  with  both  the  Mississippi  Valley  Committee  and  the  Water 
Resources  Section  of  the  National  Resources  Committee.  It  will  be  his 
function  to  amplify  existing  lists  of  water  projects  throughout  the  United 
States  by  the  addition  of  all  new  water  projects  planned  by  Federal, 
state  and  regional  agencies  and  such  other  projects  as  may  be  developed 
by  the  field  forces  and  ultimately  approved  by  the  Director  and  the 
Committee.  He  is  to  act  further  as  liaison  officer  with  all  Federal  agencies 
concerned  with  the  economic  problems  affecting  or  affected  by  the  plans 
of  the  drainage  basins.  The  cooperation  of  other  committees  and  agencies 
of  the  National  Resources  Committee  on  land,  minerals,  power  and 
industrial  resources  is  assured  through  his  efforts. 

From  time  to  time  special  consulting  service  will  be  available  to  both 
field  and  office  organizations  in  the  solution  of  complex  technical  prob- 
lems involved  in  comprehensive  basin  planning.  Such  men  will  be  on 


NATIONAL  PLANNING  145 

call  to  render  service  when  requested  by  the  Director  or  Assistant 
Director. 

It  should  be  emphasized  that,  when  these  preliminary  inventories 
and  crystallizations  have  been  completed,  no  mere  compilation  of  proj- 
ects now  on  file  in  various  state  and  Federal  agencies  should  be  the 
result.  For  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  this  country  the  various 
Federal,  state  and  local  interests  in  a  drainage  basin  are  to  be  brought 
together  in  the  field  for  the  development  of  the  broad  program.  Aside 
from  the  important  end  result  of  developing  a  preliminary  long-range 
plan,  the  study  should  go  far  toward  initiating  cooperative  planning 
activities  in  the  field  of  water  resources  which  it  is  hoped  will  continue 
long  after  this  first  national  study  has  been  completed.  Progressive 
modification,  refinement  and  adjustment  of  program  should  be  the 
continuing  ultimate  aim  of  this  first  effort.  The  broad  picture  here  pro- 
posed for  the  water  resources  of  the  United  States  will  be  the  framework 
within  which  more  detailed  study  and  evolution  should  take  place  in 
the  future. 

The  Water  Resources  Committee  responsible  for  the  final  presenta- 
tion of  the  report  on  the  study  of  drainage  basin  water  resources  has 
the  following  membership : 

H.  H.  Barrows,  Department  of  Geography,  University  of  Chicago. 

H.  H.  Bennett,  Chief,  Soil  Conservation  Service,  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Ira  N.  Gabrielson,  Chief,  Biological  Survey,  Department  of  Agriculture. 

N.  C.  Grover,  Chief  Hydraulic  Engineer,  Geological  Survey. 

Edward  Hyatt,  State  Engineer  of  California. 

Major  General  Edward  M.  Markham,  Chief  of  Engineers. 

John  C.  Page  (Representing  the  Commissioner  of  Reclamation),  Chief  of 
Engineering  Division,  Bureau  of  Reclamation. 

Thorndike  Saville,  Associate  Dean,  College  of  Engineering,  New  York 
University. 

R.  E.  Tarbett,  Sanitary  Engineer,  U.  S.  Public  Health  Service. 

Thomas  R.  Tate,  Director,  National  Power  Survey,  Federal  Power  Com- 
mission. 

Sherman  M.  Woodward,  Chief  Water  Planning  Engineer,  Tennessee  Valley 
Authority. 

Abel  Wolman,  Chairman. 


RESOLUTION  OF  THE   CONFERENCE 

APPRECIATION 

RESOLVED,  That  this  Conference  express  its 
sincere  appreciation  to  the  Governor  of  Virginia,  to 
the  Virginia  State  Planning  Board  and  to  its  Chair- 
man, Morton  L.  Wallerstein,  the  local  chairman  of 
this  Conference,  to  the  officials  of  the  City  of  Rich- 
mond, and  to  all  others  who  contributed  to  this  most 
agreeable  and  successful  meeting. 


ADDRESSES  DELIVERED  AT 
THE  BANQUET 


Addresses  Delivered  at  the  Banquet 

CHAIRMAN'S  INTRODUCTION 

MR.  MORTON  L.  WALLERSTEIN,  Chairman,  Virginia  State  Planning 
Board,  Richmond,  Va. :  Before  presenting  our  first  speaker,  permit  me 
to  welcome  to  this  dinner  meeting  of  the  conference  a  large  number  of 
our  people,  both  from  Richmond  and  other  places  in  Virginia,  who  have 
so  generously  manifested  their  interest  in  the  planning  movement  by 
their  presence  here  tonight.  I  am  glad  to  say  also  for  the  benefit  of  the 
conference  that  many  of  them  have  attended  our  session  throughout. 

Representative  Maverick,  whom  I  have  the  privilege  of  introducing,  is 
a  member  of  Congress  from  Texas  and  comes  from  the  city  of  San 
Antonio.  He  is  a  lawyer  by  profession,  was  an  officer  in  the  28th  Infantry, 
First  Division,  during  the  World  War,  where  he  was  wounded  and  cited 
for  gallantry  in  action  and  extremely  meritorious  service.  Of  all  his 
qualifications,  however,  I  am  most  interested  in  his  membership  in  the 
Circus  Fans  of  America,  as  I  belong  to  that  great  galaxy  of  American 
citizens  who  attend  every  circus  on  the  theory  that  my  children  enjoy 
it.  I  am  sure  all  of  us  would  be  interested  in  knowing  the  qualifications 
for  membership  in  that  organization.  Certainly  I  would.  But  seriously, 
Mr.  Maverick  has  been  one  of  the  Congressmen  most  outstanding  in 
his  interest  in  the  planning  movement  and  most  cooperative  with  the 
National  Resources  Committee.  He  served  as  president  of  the  Citizens' 
League  of  San  Antonio,  which  league  was  most  instrumental  in  bringing 
good  government  to  that  city.  It  was  only  natural,  therefore,  that  one 
so  interested  in  good  government  should  be  a  leading  advocate  of  the 
planning  movement. 

I  present  to  you — Hon.  Maury  Maverick  of  the  State  of  Texas. 


A  PERMANENT  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  BOARD 

By  MAURY  MAVERICK,  Member  of  Congress 

Thomas  Jefferson  was  a  believer  in  individual  liberty — civil,  religious, 
and  academic — he  believed  in  the  utmost  liberty  of  intellect  and  spirit. 
But  let  us  remember  he  was  the  first  man  in  America  who  advocated 
plowing  on  contours,  conservation,  reforestation,  and  the  preservation 
of  our  natural  resources.  Not  only  that,  but  he  advocated  farm  co- 
operatives— and  some  people  tell  us  that  that  is  some  terrible  form  of 
socialism. 

Yet  neither  Thomas  Jefferson  nor  any  man  then  living  could  have 
foretold  the  tremendously  changed  conditions  in  the  United  States  of 
America  today.  And,  of  course,  he  did  not  have  the  integrated  ideas 
of  today  on  the  subject  of  planning  and  conservation  by  all  our  govern- 

149 


150  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

mental  units,  but  he  did  have  the  idea  of  conservation  within  the  limits 
of  science  of  that  day. 

He  thought,  and  so  expressed  himself  even  before  the  Louisiana 
Purchase,  that  there  was  enough  land  to  last  our  people  forever.  And 
then,  as  President,  he  made  the  Louisiana  Purchase  and  thought  for 
sure  that  the  day  would  never  come  when  there  would  be  a  shortage  of 
land.  He  did  it  just  as  in  the  old  days  when  a  Texan  would  go  out  and 
get  ten  or  twenty  thousand  acres  more  land,  feeling  sure  that  the  ranch 
business  would  go  on  prosperously  forever  and  that  the  trail  up  to 
Abilene,  Kans.,  would  always  be  roaring  with  the  cloven  hoofs  of  cattle. 
But  in  that  thought  Jefferson  was  mistaken,  just  like  the  early  cattle- 
men of  Texas. 

We  who  are  Americans  have  an  "important  mission/'  or  else,  to  put 
it  in  plain  American  language,  a  big  job  to  save  our  country.  Most  of 
you  know  that  cities  and  metropolitan  areas  and  States  must  be  planned 
with  all  the  tremendous  problems  of  roads,  highways,  bridges,  homes, 
apartment  houses,  business  buildings,  sanitation — everything.  You  all 
know  that  our  resources  are  in  extremely  bad  shape.  So  let  us  all  quit 
making  reactionaries  out  of  our  ancestors  and  do  what  they  did — think 
for  ourselves,  be  democratic,  and  plan  and  coordinate  our  country  so 
that  it  will  be  a  decent  place  in  which  to  live. 

When  we  talk  about  planning  and  conservation,  let  us  talk  about  it 
in  such  a  way  that  we  come  to  certain  logical  conclusions,  upon  which 
we  can  act  intelligently.  Let  us  go  into  a  labyrinth  of  thought,  and  if 
this  labyrinth  of  thought  brings  us  to  certain  conclusions,  then  let  us 
accept  those  conclusions  without  fear.  In  this  adventure  will  come  all 
of  our  concepts  of  the  Declaration  of  Independence,  the  theories  of  our 
forefathers,  the  interpretation  of  the  Constitution,  our  opinions  on  the 
Supreme  Court,  everything.  But  we  need  not  go  into  all  this  intricate 
phraseology  and  thought;  let  us  think  only  of  the  simple  necessity  of 
the  preservation  of  a  free  country  to  live  in,  with  a  free  people  in  it,  and 
with  the  people  in  possession  of  their  God-given  resources. 

Natural  Resources  Belong  to  the  People.  The  natural  resources  of  Amer- 
ica are  the  heritage  of  the  whole  Nation,  or  the  people  as  a  whole,  and 
should  be  conserved  and  utilized  for  the  benefit  of  all  the  people.  I  deny 
no  man  the  right  to  his  ambition,  or  his  individuality.  But  I  deny  to 
every  man  in  America  any  right  to  destroy  any  portion  of  the  natural 
resources,  or  so  to  plan  his  business  or  industry  as  to  be  a  danger  to  the 
health  and  lives  of  his  fellow  citizens.  The  gains  of  our  democracy  in 
civilization  and  culture  are  essentially  mass  gains.  If  you  do  not  believe 
that,  I  am  sure  you  will  understand  that  the  losses  of  our  democracy  in 
the  matter  of  our  natural  resources  are  essentially  mass  losses. 

Let  me  be  more  specific:  If  in  a  certain  section  of  the  country  we 
destroy  the  natural  resources  and  there  come  great  floods  or  dust  storms, 
then  the  people  as  a  whole  suffer  the  result  of  all  this  destruction.  There- 


ADDRESSES  DELIVERED  AT  THE  BANQUET         151 

fore,  we  should  not  let  a  few  people  or  any  number  of  people  destroy 
these  resources,  but  the  resources  should  be  protected  for  the  general 
welfare. 

There  can  be  no  logical,  constitutional,  patriotic,  or  sensible  denial 
of  this.  Yet  in  the  past,  when  efforts  have  been  made  to  put  these 
principles  into  living  facts,  a  multitude  of  pretexts  and  evasions  and 
obstacles  have  been  advanced.  We  cannot  stay  progress — or  rather,  we 
should  not  do  it.  Nature  is  the  servant  of  man — or,  again,  she  should  be 
the  servant  of  man.  Our  natural  resources,  properly  conserved,  are 
limitless — why  shouldn't  we  take  a  limitless  advantage?  There  is  abso- 
lutely no  excuse  for  the  senseless,  savage,  and  brutal  exploitation  which 
has  defaced  many  pages  in  our  national  history. 

I  have  been  interested  in  conservation  for  a  few  years,  and  do  not 
know  as  much  as  those  who  are  in  this  audience  about  its  technical 
aspects.  But  I  can  remember  in  the  old  days  when  Gifford  Pinchot  and 
Theodore  Roosevelt  and  the  others  were  making  a  good  fight  against 
great  odds  in  the  matter  of  conservation.  I  remember  then  the  dis- 
cussions about  saving  our  forests,  our  rivers,  our  hills,  and  valleys — 
that  was  25  or  30  years  ago,  but  since  then  we  have  destroyed  untold 
natural  wealth.  In  fact,  all  that  Teddy  Roosevelt  accomplished  was  to 
save  a  little,  build  an  idea,  and  have  it  as  a  matter  of  record  that  we 
were  really  destroying  our  natural  resources,  and  ourselves. 

And  now,  at  this  time,  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt  and  the  Government 
are  starting  all  over  again  a  policy  of  conservation  with  intelligent  zeal 
and  real  convictions.  "Planning"  may  sound  odious  to  some — but  that 
is  now  possible  through  various  agencies  of  Government.  And  I  see  no 
reason  why  we  should  not  "plan"  to  prevent  dust  storms,  floods,  dis- 
eases— and  save  our  country. 

Now  that  a  large  body  of  public  opinion  is  alert,  let  us,  as  Americans, 
make  a  clean  breast  of  the  fact  that  for  years  the  attempt  to  execute 
even  rudimentary  conservation  policies  was  jeered  as  visionary  or 
banished  as  a  threat  to  individual  liberties.  The  recent  floods  and  dust 
storms  have  shocked  and  appalled  the  whole  country. 

Let  Us  Plan  Against  Dust  Storms  and  Floods.  Now  what  are  we  going 
to  do  about  it?  Are  we  going  to  stop  the  dust  storms  and  the  floods? 
The  answer  is  that  we  must;  we  have  to  do  it.  And  the  reason  is  that 
we  cannot  do  as  we  used  to  do  and  exist.  We  cannot  move  West  nor  go 
to  a  foreign  country.  We  must  stay  in  our  own  country  and  conserve  it. 
We  must  stay  in  the  big  city  and  make  it  livable. 

Generally  we  have  almost  broken  down  the  natural  "plan"  in  America. 
Now  it  must  be  restored.  It  is  of  little  use  to  rehabilitate  and  conserve 
our  lands  if  we  cannot  thereby  improve  the  condition  of  human  beings. 
Therefore,  the  final  and  most  significant  element  to  be  considered  is 
neither  land  nor  water  but  the  people  who  live  on  the  land  and  are 
dependent  on  the  water. 


152  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

I  have  recited  these  facts  because  the  use  and  control  of  our  natural 
resources  presents  a  bewildering  array  of  problems,  some  technical,  some 
economic,  some  social,  some  legal  and  constitutional,  in  which,  without 
a  guiding  master  plan,  we  would  inevitably  lose  our  way.  The  vastness 
of  the  country,  the  wide  range  of  climate  and  topography,  the  abrupt 
seasonal  changes,  our  inherited  prejudices  all  tend  to  make  the  formula- 
tion of  a  national  policy  difficult.  But  nothing  short  of  a  national  policy 
can  deal  effectively  with  conditions. 

The  task  of  making  and  carrying  out  such  a  policy  will  involve  many 
agencies.  It  will  take  a  long  time.  It  will  demand  the  highest  order  of 
patriotism,  statesmanship,  and  skill. 

T.  V.  A.  Example  of  Profitable  Planning.  Now  let  me  bring  together 
the  different  ends  of  the  threads  and  make  something  of  a  conclusion. 
In  many  of  these  things  our  inherited  ideas,  our  ideas  of  government, 
may  clash  with  the  principle  of  saving  our  own  lives.  But,  I  hold  that 
individuality  should  not  go  to  the  extent  of  destroying  the  country.  I 
should  like  to  see  a  man  make  all  the  money  he  wants  to  make,  but  not 
at  the  expense  of  the  natural  resources  or  the  general  welfare  of  the  people. 

Let  me  take  a  particular  case  on  which  we  may  base  some  conclusions, 
the  Tennessee  Valley  Authority.  There  is  where  dams  are  built — where 
power  can  be  produced  cheaply  (if  we  have  as  much  sense  as  the  Cana- 
dians, and  I  think  we  have) — where  there  is  a  coordinated  plan  of  con- 
servation. Now,  a  dam  is  built.  The  water  backs  up.  The  water  begins 
to  pour  over. 

Now  the  question  is,  should  the  Government  steal  this  water  from 
its  own  people  and  give  it  to  some  private  monopoly  in  order  that  it 
may  exploit  the  people,  or  should  the  Government  take  advantage  of 
the  water  which  God  let  fall  from  the  skies  and  use  that  for  the  benefit 
of  the  people  of  the  United  States  and  to  help  pay  for  the  project? 
I  hold  unalterably  to  the  latter  view. 

Now  let  me  state  a  conclusion:  The  people  of  this  country  will  not 
accept  the  regimentation  of  fascism  or  communism.  The  people  will, 
however,  find  it  necessary  to  conserve  their  own  natural  resources.  This 
will  mean,  when  it  comes  to  matters  which  solely  concern  the  public 
welfare,  that  the  Government  should  have  sufficient  power  to  accomplish 
the  purposes.  Sometimes  it  means  government — national,  state,  or 
local — ownership.  Remember  that,  from  a  legal  viewpoint,  a  drop  of 
water  which  falls  in  Idaho  goes  all  the  way  through  its  course  down  the 
Mississippi  Valley  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Through  its  course  it  does 
not  worry  about  city,  county,  state,  or  national  lines,  about  governors, 
Congressmen,  or  even  judges  of  the  Supreme  Court.  Some  of  the  water 
even  flows  from  Canada.  No  water  cares  anything  for  our  courts  and 
cannot  be  cited  for  contempt,  or  at  least  water  or  nature  does  not  obey. 

With  this  in  view,  let  us  get  back  to  the  T.  V.  A.  It  concerns  six  or 
seven  States.  It  would  be  utterly  impossible  to  have  the  various  units 


ADDRESSES  DELIVERED  AT  THE  BANQUET         153 

in  there  to  make  contracts  and  treaties  in  order  to  accomplish  these 
purposes.  Therefore,  the  only  way  this  great  plan  of  conservation  and 
cheap  power  can  be  accomplished  is  through  the  Federal  Government. 
If  our  Government  does  not  do  it,  it  will  not  be  done. 

National  Plan  Necessary  for  States.  Now  I  presume  that  there  are 
many  here  who  will  say  that  I  am  making  a  speech  for  a  strong  central- 
ized government.  I  am  not  doing  so.  I  am  saying  that  the  Federal 
Government  should  have  the  necessary  power  to  have  a  coordinated 
plan,  and  that  the  work  of  the  different  States  should  be  done  by  those 
different  States.  Various  state  planning  boards  will  have  plenty  to  do; 
in  fact,  they  will  have  too  much  to  do,  and  the  Federal  Government 
has  neither  the  tune  nor  the  inclination  to  take  any  of  their  powers 
away  from  them.  And  yet,  I  am  perfectly  frank  in  saying  that  I  do  not 
believe  that  any  State  should  have  a  right  to  destroy  another  State 
either  with  its  flow  of  water,  its  dust  storms,  or  the  effect  that  it  may 
have  on  another. 

We  are  in  the  most  primitive  state  of  national  planning.  People  are 
afraid  to  use  the  word  "plan."  It  is  supposed  to  be  radical  or  something 
bad.  But  in  order  to  accomplish  anything  in  the  conservation  of  natural 
resources,  we  must  start  somewhere.  The  first  thing  we  must  do  is  to 
enlarge  the  work  that  has  already  been  established  by  the  National 
Resources  Committee.  As  you  know,  the  National  Resources  Committee 
is  appointed  by  the  President  and  has  no  independent  statutory  standing. 
I  have  introduced  a  bill  known  as  the  "national  resources  board  bill," 
which  provides  for  the  statutory  creation  of  a  permanent  board.  I  want 
the  board  to  be,  and  I  am  sure  you  want  it  to  be,  a  permanent  national 
institution  which  will  study  our  natural  resources,  collect  data,  and  pre- 
pare programs  according  to  the  hearings  on  the  bill  such  "as  may  be 
helpful  to  a  planned  development  and  use  of  land,  wind,  water,  and 
other  national  resources  and  such  related  subjects  as  may  be  referred 
to  it  by  the  President." 

History  of  National  Resources  Board.  Let  me  tell  you  about  the 
National  Resources  Committee.  It  and  its  predecessors,  the  National 
Planning  Board  and  the  National  Resources  Board,  have  brought  to- 
gether for  the  first  time  exhaustive  studies  and  plans  for  public  works, 
land-use,  water-use,  minerals,  and  other  related  subjects  in  relation  to 
each  other  and  to  national  planning.  These  reports  provide  a  sound 
basis  for  effective  conservation. 

When  I  came  to  Congress  the  first  Government  publication  sent  me 
was  this  report  of  the  National  Resources  Board.  I  believe  it  is  by  far 
the  most  important  work  done  by  any  Government  agency  and  prob- 
ably one  of  the  most  effective.  I  became  interested  in  the  National 
Resources  Board  report  because  it  brought  together  material  on  national 
policy  or  national  planning  that  had  not  been  put  in  one  place  since 
Theodore  Roosevelt's  Commission  on  Country  Life  got  out  its  report 


154  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

in  1909.  I  set  about  to  find  out  what  kind  of  people  were  working  on  the 
report  and  what  they  were  driving  at. 

First  of  all,  I  found  out  it  was  a  non-partisan  effort,  and  that  the  men 
who  were  responsible  for  making  this  plan  for  the  better  use  of  our  land 
and  water  resources  were  Frederic  A.  Delano,  Charles  E.  Merriam,  and 
Wesley  C.  Mitchell.  Dr.  Mitchell  and  Dr.  Merriam  had  previously  been 
working  on  President  Hoover's  Committee  on  Recent  Social  Trends;  in 
fact,  they  were  chairman  and  vice  chairman  of  that  committee.  So 
they  were  just  carrying  out  what  they  had  started  some  years  before. 

Back  in  1929  Mr.  Frederic  Delano,  through  the  Federated  Societies 
on  Planning  and  Parks,  got  out  a  book  on  "What  About  the  Year  2000?" 
That  book  stated  in  concise  and  interesting  form  the  problem  of  making 
the  best  use  of  our  land.  Mr.  Delano  and  his  co-workers  were  interested 
in  this  planning  work  as  a  continuing  inventory  of  our  natural  resources 
and  a  constant  readjustment  of  our  policies  to  meet  emerging  problems. 
The  planning  wrork  that  they  have  been  doing  is  a  job  that  does  not  get 
finished  with  just  one  report  or  with  two  reports.  It  must  be  continued 
as  long  as  we  have  a  country. 

The  second  thing  I  found  out  about  this  National  Resources  Board 
was  that  its  members  not  only  talked  about  decentralization  of  planning, 
but  practiced  it. 

With  Secretary  Ickes'  help,  back  in  November,  1933,  they  suggested 
to  the  Governors  of  the  various  States  that  each  State  ought  to  have  a 
planning  agency  to  think  about  what  was  going  to  happen  to  the  re- 
sources of  the  State.  The  Resources  Board  agreed  to  help  by  assigning 
specialists  and  consultants  to  these  state  planning  boards.  When  they 
started  this  idea  there  were  one  or  two  States  where  some  work  of  this 
sort  had  gotten  under  way — in  Iowa  and  in  New  York,  for  instance. 
Now  there  are  46  state  planning  boards,  and  32  of  these  boards  have  laws 
behind  them  to  make  them  permanent.  This  National  Resources  Com- 
mittee has  done  all  that  in  a  little  over  two  years.  Now  they  are  en- 
couraging the  state  boards  to  get  the  cities  and  counties  to  thinking 
about  their  future,  following  the  example  of  what  has  been  done  in 
county  planning  in  California  and  the  rural  zoning  work  that  has  been 
going  on  in  Wisconsin.  There  are  three  or  four  hundred  of  these  county 
planning  boards  in  this  country,  and  over  800  city  and  town  planning 
boards. 

The  third  thing  I  found  out  about  this  report  on  the  national  resources 
was  that  it  represented  a  real  cooperative  job  by  a  great  many  different 
bureaus  of  the  Government — that  they  did  not  just  go  out  and  duplicate 
what  a  lot  of  other  people  were  doing.  They  got  the  people  with  ex- 
perience— the  people  who  knew — in  different  bureaus  to  get  together 
and  to  put  all  of  their  material  in  one  report. 

They  have  followed  up  this  cooperative  work  through  continuing 
committees  on  land  and  water  and  other  things,  which  have  helped  to 


ADDRESSES  DELIVERED  AT  THE  BANQUET         155 

prevent  competition  in  the  purchase  of  land  by  different  Government 
bureaus,  and  more  recently  to  coordinate  projects  for  drainage  and 
storage  of  water  to  avoid  conflicts  between  the  wildlife  interests  and 
the  agricultural,  power,  and  other  groups.  The  Resources  Committee  is 
showing  us  a  way  to  get  results  without  interfering  with  bureau  activities. 

It  is  to  assure  the  continuance  of  these  valuable  efforts  that  I  intro- 
duced in  Congress  the  bill  I  just  mentioned  to  make  this  National 
Resources  Committee  a  permanent  and  continuing  body.  Such  a  body 
will  take  a  long-range  view  of  the  entire  national  problem  and  will  apply 
the  highest  engineering  and  technical  knowledge  to  the  reorganization 
of  our  natural  resources. 

Are  We  to  Live  Like  Chinese  Coolies?  And  all  this  should  be  done  not 
as  an  end  in  itself  but  as  a  means  of  decreasing  the  burdens  imposed  on 
the  average  citizen,  raising  the  living  standards  of  the  Nation,  and  en- 
hancing the  well-being  of  all  Americans.  And  when  I  say  Americans, 
I  mean  it!  If  we  keep  on  going,  we'll  be  like  a  hive  of  Chinese  coolies. 
We  might  as  well  admit  the  fact,  according  to  the  situation  of  our 
natural  resources  today  and  our  lack  of  conservation,  that  our  standard 
of  living  is  slipping.  We  of  course  have  electric  lights,  automobiles,  and 
fine  roads  and  apartment  houses  in  different  places;  but  the  country  is 
blowing  and  washing  away  and  we  have  certain  large  groups  of  our 
citizens  who  have  a  lower  standard  of  living  than  many  Americans  who 
lived  from  fifty  to  a  hundred  years  ago. 

Thus  we  should  proceed  from  the  viewpoint  of  intelligent,  human, 
and  natural  conservation  and  planning,  both  within  and  without  Con- 
gress— that  is,  in  the  cities  and  States,  our  business  relations,  our  human 
relations,  our  clubs  and  societies,  everywhere.  And  along  with  this,  I 
think  we  should  support  a  statutory  continuance  of  the  National  Re- 
sources Committee.  This  will  not  come  without  effort,  and  I  mean 
great  effort.  That  is  because  people  talk  about  bureaus  when  it  is  not  an 
additional  bureau,  and  is  not  going  to  cost  any  more  than  it  does  now. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  it  is  going  to  save  the  country  if  established — 
and  if  we  carry  on  intelligently.  So  let  me  talk  about  this  National  Re- 
sources Board  in  a  legislative  way : 

At  this  point  let  me  "coordinate"  a  few  conclusions,  and  then  let  us 
talk  about  what  we  are  going  to  do  about  it. 

The  first  conclusion  is  that  we  should  not  let  our  prejudices,  however 
dear  they  may  be  to  our  hearts,  keep  us  from  realizing  the  public  neces- 
sity of  conservation.  Many  of  you  are  technical  men,  engineers,  pro- 
fessional planners — I  am  an  elected  public  official  and,  for  all  I  know, 
you  probably  call  me  a  "politician."  So  in  abandoning  your  inherited 
prejudices — if  you  have  any — you  may  also  find  it  a  good  thing  to 
cooperate  with  elected  public  officials  toward  the  end  of  effectuating 
something  really  worthwhile. 

Second,  an  immediate  objective  is  the  adoption  of  a  coordinated 


156  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

national  plan  with  a  proper  decentralization  for  smaller  units,  and  as  a 
first  step  in  the  realization  of  this  the  National  Resources  Board  bill 
must  be  adopted  by  Congress. 

Third,  the  most  important  thing  is  to  have  a  correct  mental  attitude 
on  the  subject  of  "planning."  The  word  is  woefully  misunderstood  and 
widely  distorted.  It  does  not  mean  destruction,  anarchy,  and  the  end 
of  the  world.  It  means  the  opposite — the  practical,  orderly,  and  far- 
sighted  use  of  what  God  gave  us.  But  by  pernicious  propaganda  and 
misrepresentation  it  has  acquired  a  sinister  meaning.  Opponents  of 
conservation  and  planning  are  generally  persons  who  have  some  in- 
terest in  some  speculative  enterprise  which  will  bring  a  profit  out  of 
the  natural  resources.  The  public  must  know  this. 

I  have  stated  three  conclusions  briefly.  They  are,  to  repeat,  leave  off 
your  prejudices  and  cooperate  with  your  elected  officials;  put  over  the 
Resources  Board  bill;  and  let  the  public  know  what  "planning"  and 
"conservation"  really  mean. 

Now  let  us  keep  those  in  mind. 

Congress  Respects  Intelligent  Public  Opinion.  All  right,  let  us  get  to 
the  practical  things.  A  session  of  Congress  immediately  preceding  a 
national  election  is,  of  course,  not  such  an  opportune  time  to  press  a 
measure  like  this.  It  is  too  easy  for  opponents  to  yell  about  "more 
Government  interference,"  "paternalism,"  "bureaucracy,"  and  so  on, 
and  it  is  not  good  manners  of  me  to  suggest  that  you  "write  your  Con- 
gressmen." 

But  I  do  say  this:  You  have  been  doing  a  good  piece  of  work  in  your 
various  capacities  and  in  your  various  organizations  and  you  must  get 
in  the  fight  publicly  and  politically,  yourselves,  with  your  own  courage 
and  your  own  minds.  Hence,  you  must  create  public  opinion  so  that 
public  opinion  will  know  and  you  must  also  discuss  this  either  person- 
ally or  by  letter  with  your  Congressmen — and  back  them  up  and  give 
them  courage  to  do  this.  To  put  isolated  pressure  on  a  Congressman  is 
useless,  but  to  have  him  understand  an  intelligent  plan,  with  the  backing 
of  public  opinion,  is  another  thing. 

Let's  Dramatize  Our  Peaceful  Fight!  Now,  here  are  some  other  things 
you  can  do.  I  have  seen  a  lot  of  your  state  reports.  You  start  out  by 
trying  to  tell  a  story  from  the  beginning  like  an  old  English  novel  and  it 
is  tiresome  and  unreadable.  We  should  get  out  shorter  reports,  much 
shorter;  we  should  have  a  foreword,  heads  and  subheads,  colored  draw- 
ings that  mean  something,  so  that  the  average  man  can  understand  it 
without  going  crazy  over  hideous  black  statistics  that  blur  your  eyes 
and  confuse  your  thoughts.  Some  of  the  stuff  you  get  out  goes  to  the 
ashcan,  where  it  belongs,  or  to  the  statisticians  who  make  your  statistics 
and  who  are  the  only  ones  who  can  possibly  understand  it. 

So  my  final  message  to  you  is  that  we  must  dramatize  this  battle  to 
save  the  natural  resources.  We  must  put  color  in  it  and  organize,  and 


ADDRESSES  DELIVERED  AT  THE  BANQUET          157 

make  the  game  worth  fighting  for.  You  can  always  put  color  in  a  war, 
where  people  are  killing  each  other  and  destroying  each  other  and  their 
resources.  It  seems  that  we  ought  to  have  sense  enough  to  make  a 
colorful  fight  for  the  preservation  of  human  and  natural  resources  and 
for  making  this  a  decent  country  in  which  to  live.  Fellow  Americans, 
that  is  our  job  and  let  us  go  to  it. 

CHAIRMAN'S  INTRODUCTION 

I  have  so  often  boasted  at  our  annual  conferences  about  our  dis- 
tinguished Governor  that  it  is  more  than  a  rare  privilege  for  me  to 
introduce  him.  I  have  painted  him  to  you  on  various  occasions  as  being 
planning-minded,  as  having  written  that  most  splendid  talk  which  was 
circulated  on  State  Planning  and  of  having  cooperated  with  us  in  our 
various  problems  to  the  fullest  extent.  Certainly  no  Governor  could 
have  given  his  State  Planning  Board  any  finer  cooperation  than  has 
Governor  Peery,  and  I  can  say  here  now  that  whatever  we  may  accom- 
plish through  our  board  should  certainly  reflect  the  fine  spirit  which  he 
has  shown  toward  our  operations. 

It  is  a  pleasure  to  introduce  to  you  His  Excellency,  George  C.  Peery, 
Governor  of  Virginia. 


STATE  PLANNING 

By  GEORGE  C.  PEERY,  Governor  of  Virginia 

St.  Luke  is  one  of  the  early  authorities  on  the  need  for  wise  planning. 
In  his  book  of  the  Bible  we  find  these  words : 

For  which  of  you,  intending  to  build  a  tower,  sitteth  not  down  first  and 
counteth  the  cost  whether  he  have  sufficient  to  finish  it?  Lest  haply  after  he 
hath  laid  the  foundation  and  is  not  able  to  finish  it,  all  that  behold  it  begin  to 
mock  him,  saying,  "This  man  began  to  build,  and  was  not  able  to  finish." 

Planning  is  necessary  to  any  well-ordered  and  successful  individual. 
It  is  likewise  necessary  in  government. 

But  for  the  vision  and  wise  planning  of  L'Enfant  in  laying  out  the 
City  of  Washington,  it  would  probably  not  be  today  the  beautiful  city 
it  is. 

And  but  for  the  planning  of  the  founders  of  our  Republic,  we  would 
doubtless  be  deprived  of  the  proud  boast  that  ours  is  the  best  of  all 
governments  in  the  world.  From  the  very  beginning  of  our  national 
life,  wise  planning  was  in  evidence.  The  Constitution  itself  was  a  great 
plan  providing  for  a  democratic  form  of  government.  It  dealt  with 
currency,  tariffs,  interstate  commerce,  and  international  relations.  In 
later  years  it  was  termed  by  a  great  Englishman  as  the  greatest  instru- 
ment every  penned  by  man.  It  was  the  Magna  Charta  for  our  political 


158  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

and  economic  development.  And  within  it  many  plans  have  from  time 
to  time  been  made  for  the  continued  development  and  progress  of  our 
Nation  and  people. 

The  policy  of  encouraging  manufacturing  in  our  early  history  by  a 
tariff  was  a  form  of  economic  planning.  It  may  have  been  sound  in  the 
beginning  and  served  a  good  purpose  to  become  outmoded  in  a  later 
day  when  American  manufacturers  became  the  equals  of  foreign  rivals 
in  efficiency  and  production  costs.  Thereupon  sound  planning  called 
for  a  revision  of  tariff  levies  for  the  benefit  of  the  consuming  public, 
based  in  the  main  upon  the  difference  in  labor  costs  due  to  the  higher 
standard  of  living  enjoyed  by  the  American  laborer. 

Still  more  recent  developments  which  have  resulted  in  retaliatory 
tariffs  have  led  to  further  legislative  planning  by  which  reciprocal  agree- 
ments as  to  tariff  levies  may  be  negotiated  to  the  mutual  advantage  of 
our  country  with  other  contracting  nations.  A  tariff  against  the  products 
of  other  nations,  of  which  America  itself  produces  a  large  surplus,  is 
unworkable  and  harmful  in  its  effects  and  calls  for  a  change  in  economic 
planning. 

The  early  plans  for  education  upon  the  western  frontier  rested  largely 
upon  grants  of  land.  The  conquering  of  the  frontier,  the  building  up  of 
the  country,  and  the  settlement  of  the  great  areas  of  land  called  for 
revisions  and  changes  in  the  plans  for  education. 

The  early  days  in  our  Republic  were  the  days  of  individualism.  The 
frontier  beckoned  to  the  hardy  pioneer.  He  responded  to  its  call,  con- 
quered a  portion  and  made  it  a  home.  As  master  of  his  own  castle,  he 
defended  it  from  attack  and  developed  a  rich  and  self-reliant  life.  If  in 
the  rearing  of  a  large  family  his  domain  became  too  limited,  he  could 
without  great  difficulty  add  other  acres  and  enlarge  the  sphere  of  his 
activities  and  increase  the  fruits  of  his  labor. 

In  those  days  of  individualism  there  was  not  so  much  need  for  state 
and  national  planning.  The  chief  planner  was  the  individual  himself. 
But  his  operations  as  an  individual  were  not  sufficient  in  extent  mate- 
rially to  conflict  with  the  interests  of  the  public  at  large. 

But  following  the  Civil  War  changes  took  place.  Large  enterprises 
were  launched.  Intensive  planning  in  their  behalf  sought  to  extend  their 
power  and  control  over  large  areas  of  industry.  The  end  sought  was 
monopolistic  control  and  domination.  While  these  plans  resulted  in 
greater  efficiency  to  the  enterprise  itself,  they  did  not  always  promote 
the  general  good.  Quite  the  contrary  was  too  often  the  result.  The  rail- 
roads, promoted  at  first  by  grants  of  land  and  money,  grew  and  flourished. 
But  with  their  growth  came  practices  on  the  part  of  some  of  them  that 
may  not  have  violated  the  letter  of  the  law,  but  were  violative  of  the 
right  and  subversive  to  sound  business  morals.  Rebates  and  discrimi- 
nations were  allowed  to  some  and  denied  to  others.  One  section  could 
thereby  be  destroyed  while  another  would  prosper.  One  enterprise  or 


ADDRESSES  DELIVERED  AT  THE  BANQUET         159 

individual  could  be  wiped  out  of  existence  while  another  would  go  on 
and  profit.  Planning  for  such  private  enterprise  outstripped  for  the 
time  planning  for  the  public  good;  and  it  became  necessary  to  plan  for 
the  common  good  to  meet  this  condition.  The  Interstate  Commerce 
Act  was  the  result,  enacted  in  1887.  It  provided  against  rebates  and 
discriminations  and  set  up  a  tribunal  to  fix  and  determine  rates.  So, 
likewise,  did  the  growth  of  monopolistic  enterprises  and  business  prac- 
tices, violative  of  the  rights  of  others  and  contrary  to  the  public  good, 
lead  to  legislative  planning  resulting  in  the  enactment  of  the  anti-trust 
laws  and  the  establishment  of  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  to  prevent 
and  correct  abuses  of  this  character. 

In  great  emergencies  more  intensive  planning  becomes  imperative. 
The  World  War  compelled  economic  mobilization.  The  War  Industries 
Board,  the  War  Board,  the  Food  Administration,  the  Fuel  Administra- 
tion, the  Railroad  Administration,  and  other  governmental  agencies 
were  set  up.  Individual  rights  were  subordinated  to  the  plans  of  the 
Nation  for  winning  the  war.  We  remember  the  meatless  and  wheatless 
days  that  came  to  us  as  incidents  of  those  plans. 

And  now  seventeen  years  after  the  close  of  that  momentous  struggle, 
which  brought  to  the  world  the  emergency  of  the  greatest  war  in  all  our 
history,  we  are  in  the  throes  of  another  emergency.  It  is  not  the  emer- 
gency of  war — but  an  emergency,  world-wide  in  its  extent,  and  devastat- 
ing in  its  effects.  It  is  as  complicated  and  difficult  of  solution  as  the 
problems  of  war.  In  a  land  of  plenty,  there  is  hunger  and  suffering  and 
distress.  It  is  a  time  that  calls  for  wise  planning,  not  only  for  the  present, 
but  for  the  future. 

It  has  been  said  that  "Planning  consists  in  the  systematic,  contin- 
uous, forward-looking  application  of  the  best  intelligence  available  to 
programs  of  common  affairs  in  the  public  field,  as  it  does  to  private 
affairs  in  the  domain  of  individual  activity." 

Planning  goes  on  continuously  in  every  well-ordered  home,  in  every 
successful  business,  and  in  every  other  worthwhile  organization. 

In  the  national  emergency  that  has  come  to  us,  the  need  for  sound 
planning  on  the  part  of  the  Nation  and  of  the  States  has  become  manifest. 

On  July  20,  1933,  the  Administration  of  Public  Works  appointed  a 
National  Planning  Board.  Its  functions  were : 

To  advise  and  assist  the  administrator  in  the  preparation  of  the  "Compre- 
hensive Program  of  Public  Works"  required  by  the  Recovery  Act  through — 

1.  The  preparation,  development  and  maintenance  of  comprehensive  and 
coordinated  plans  for  regional  areas  in  cooperation  with  national,  regional  and 
state  and  local  agencies  based  upon — 

2.  Surveys  and  research  concerning: 

(a)  The  distribution  and  trends  of  population,  land  uses,  industry, 
housing  and  natural  resources;  and 

(b)  The  social  and  economic  habits,  trends  and  values  involved  in 
development  projects  and  plans;  and  through 


160  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

3.  The  analysis  of  projects  for  coordination  in  location  and  sequence  in 
order  to  prevent  duplication  of  wasteful  overlaps  and  to  obtain  the  maximum 
amount  of  cooperation  and  correlation  of  effort  among  the  departments,  bureaus 
and  agencies  of  the  Federal,  state  and  local  governments. 

This  board  assumed  that  one  of  its  primary  functions  was  to  stim- 
ulate city,  regional  and  state  planning,  and  in  the  performance  of  this 
function  it  was  quite  successful.  Many  city  and  regional  planning 
boards  were  organized  and  state  planning  boards  were  organized  in 
more  than  forty  States.  Virginia  was  among  the  number  to  set  up  a 
state  planning  board. 

By  executive  orders,  issued  on  June  30,  1934,  the  President  estab- 
lished the  National  Resources  Board  as  a  successor  to  the  National 
Planning  Board  and  the  Committee  on  National  Land  Problems.  The 
new  board  represented  a  consolidation  of  previously  existing  agencies. 
It  has  continued  the  activities  organized  by  the  National  Planning  Board. 

In  Virginia  existing  state  agencies  have  planned  constructively  in 
the  past  and  continued  to  do  so  in  anticipation  of  the  future. 

Our  Department  of  Health,  by  sanitation  and  preventive  medicine, 
has  substantially  reduced  the  toll  resulting  from  preventable  diseases, 
and  has  made  good  progress  in  improving  and  preserving  the  health 
of  our  people. 

Our  Department  of  Public  Welfare  has  made  substantial  advances 
in  caring  for  and  in  improving  the  condition  of  the  unfortunates  and 
wards  of  the  State. 

Our  Department  of  Education,  with  approximately  15,000  school 
teachers  in  our  public  schools,  with  the  financial  support  afforded  by 
the  General  Assembly,  has  assured  a  minimum  school  term  to  all  of  the 
school  children  throughout  the  State.  Comfortable  and  adequate  school 
buildings  have  been  built  in  nearly  every  section  of  the  State.  Our 
institutions  of  higher  learning  rank  well  with  those  of  other  States. 

Our  Highway  Department,  efficiently  administered,  has  planned  a 
highway  system  and  brought  most  of  it  to  completion,  affording  a  fine 
system  of  splendid  highways  extending  throughout  the  State. 

Our  Conservation  and  Development  Commission,  in  addition  to 
making  surveys  of  our  material  resources  and  marking  the  various 
points  of  historical  interest  throughout  the  State,  has  established  a 
series  of  state  parks,  to  which  our  people  may  easily  go  for  recreation 
and  health. 

Our  Department  of  Labor  has  planned  wisely  and  well  for  the  welfare 
of  our  working  people. 

Our  Department  of  Agriculture  has  planned  and  worked  successfully 
for  the  development  of  the  interests  of  that  large  body  of  our  citizens 
who  are  engaged  in  the  production  of  food  and  the  pursuit  of  agriculture. 

In  governmental  planning  we  have  adopted  the  plan  of  budget  con- 
trol so  that  we  may  count  the  cost  in  advance  and  provide  for  meeting 


ADDRESSES  DELIVERED  AT  THE  BANQUET          161 

it  in  an  orderly  and  business-like  way.  We  have  effected  a  consolidation 
of  governmental  departments  and  agencies,  thereby  eliminating  dupli- 
cation of  work  and  effort  and  promoting  efficiency  in  the  business  of 
government.  We  have  set  up  modern  methods  of  accounting,  to  the  end 
that  sound  business  practices  may  be  followed. 

All  of  these  things  have  proved  helpful  in  our  social,  economic  and 
governmental  life. 

But  new  conditions  have  brought  new  problems,  and  with  them  the 
need  for  continuous  planning.  The  problem  of  unemployment  is  prob- 
ably the  chief  one.  We  must  plan  our  economic  life  so  that  those  who 
are  able  and  willing  to  work  and  who  must  depend  upon  the  rewards 
of  their  toil  for  their  sustenance  have  gainful  work.  And  it  is  not  enough 
to  provide  for  them  a  bare  existence;  for  in  a  civilization  such  as  ours 
those  who  contribute  the  labor  necessary  for  the  production  of  our  goods 
and  products  are  entitled  not  only  to  bare  necessities,  but  to  some  of 
the  comforts  and  good  things  of  life. 

We  need  to  plan  for  a  sound  development  of  our  agricultural  re- 
sources, so  that  those  who  till  the  soil  and  produce  the  food  for  our 
people  may  be  assured  a  comfortable  existence  for  themselves  and 
their  families. 

The  problem  is  not  that  of  former  days  to  produce  more  food.  It  is 
to  control  the  production  of  food,  so  that  those  who  need  may  buy  and 
those  who  produce  may  receive  a  reasonable  and  living  price  for  the 
things  they  produce.  We  need  to  plan  for  the  conservation  of  our  natural 
resources.  Our  forests,  our  minerals,  our  water  resources  should  not  be 
wasted  and  squandered  for  one  generation.  They  should  be  economically 
and  wisely  used  so  that  the  needs  of  future  generations  may  also  be 
supplied. 

Already  our  forests,  which  in  the  beginning  seemed  almost  inex- 
haustible, have  largely  yielded  to  the  onslaught  of  the  lumberman  who 
has  in  view  present  profit,  rather  than  the  interests  and  needs  of  future 
generations.  And  the  practice  has  been  so  wasteful  as  to  fail  to  provide 
for  the  growing  forest  to  take  the  place  of  the  mature  trees  cut  and 
removed. 

Now  private  ownership  can  hardly  afford  the  expense  of  holding 
land,  paying  the  taxes  each  year,  until  the  forest  has  yielded  another 
growth  of  merchantable  timber.  This  means  that  conservation  of  our 
timber  resources  can  be  effectively  accomplished  only  through  public 
ownership  on  the  part  of  either  the  State  or  the  Nation. 

To  the  consideration  of  these  and  other  kindred  problems  involving 
our  economic  and  social  life,  the  planning  boards  are  directing  their 
research  and  thought. 

The  State  Planning  Board  in  Virginia  has  been  established  pursuant 
to  a  resolution  of  the  General  Assembly.  Of  the  personnel  comprising 
the  board,  five  are  the  heads  of  departments  in  the  state  government; 


162  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

three  are  technical  men  employed  in  state  departments;  one  is  an  agri- 
cultural engineer  in  the  service  of  one  of  the  state's  educational  insti- 
tutions; and  the  others  are  leading  citizens  of  Virginia  without  official 
position  with  the  State.  The  plan,  of  course,  is  to  correlate  the  work  of 
the  planning  board  with  the  various  state  departments  and  supplement 
the  planning  work  done  by  them. 

The  board  has  set  up  nineteen  committees  for  the  consideration  of 
the  different  problems  before  them. 

The  first  essential  work  is  research,  in  order  that  the  facts  may  be 
definitely  and  accurately  ascertained. 

The  Planning  Board  will  utilize  the  facts  and  information  already 
collected  by  the  various  state  departments  and  seek  to  ascertain  such 
additional  facts  as  it  may  deem  necessary.  In  this  way  it  is  hoped  that 
sound  and  constructive  plans  may  be  developed,  not  only  for  the  present, 
but  for  the  future. 

The  board  is  without  an  appropriation  from  the  General  Assembly, 
but  it  has  been  fortunate  enough  to  receive  a  substantial  grant  from  the 
Spelman  Fund  which  will  enable  it  to  enlarge  upon  its  research  work 
and  make  more  effective  its  work  and  investigations. 

One  of  the  essential  objects  in  sound  planning  is  to  prevent  dupli- 
cation of  work  and  expense.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  various  agencies 
that  are  being  set  up  to  promote  planning  may  afford  concrete  evidence 
that  they,  in  the  very  outset,  are  avoiding  the  very  thing  which  they 
advocated  should  be  avoided,  namely,  the  over-lapping  of  activities 
and  duplicating  of  efforts  which  result  in  unnecessary  waste  and  expense. 

Let  our  generation  seek  to  plan  wisely  and  well,  not  only  for  the 
present,  but  for  the  generations  that  are  to  follow. 

CHAIRMAN'S  INTRODUCTION 

Our  next  speaker  will  occupy  the  dual  role  of  making  an  address 
and  of  introducing  the  speaker  who  will  follow  him.  Although  he  has 
been  president  of  several  railroads,  served  as  a  Colonel  in  the  Trans- 
portation Corps  in  the  World  War,  I  have  no  doubt  that  of  all  the  terms 
that  might  be  applied  to  him  he  would  prefer  to  be  known  as  a  planner. 
He  was  Chairman  of  the  Regional  Plan  of  New  York  and  is  Chairman  of 
the  National  Capital  Park  and  Planning  Commission  of  Washington,  and 
Vice-Chairman  of  the  National  Resources  Committee.  In  fact,  he  is  the 
dean  of  the  planning  profession.  Several  years  ago  Mr.  Raymond  Unwin 
was  knighted  in  England.  His  friends  felt  that  it  was  not  Sir  Raymond 
who  was  being  knighted,  but  City  Planning.  I  feel  sure  that  if  we  had 
that  great  institution  of  knighting  and  nobility  in  this  country  that  exists  hi 
England,  its  first  recipient  in  the  planning  field  would  be  our  next  speaker 
— Col.  Frederic  A.  Delano,  Vice-Chairman,  National  Resources  Commit- 
tee and  President  of  the  American  Planning  and  Civic  Association. 


ADDRESSES  DELIVERED  AT  THE  BANQUET          163 
PLANNING  AND  PROGRESS 

By  FREDERIC  A.  DELANO,  President,  American  Planning  and  Civic  Association 

I  AM  not  here  to  tell  you  about  the  work  of  the  American  Planning 
and  Civic  Association  of  which  I  have  the  honor  to  be  President.  The 
speaker  who  follows  me  will  do  that.  In  my  capacity  as  Vice-Chairman 
of  the  National  Resources  Committee  and  as  Chairman  of  the  National 
Capital  Park  and  Planning  Commission,  however,  I  wish  to  stress  the 
need  which  we,  as  officials,  feel  for  intelligent  citizen  understanding  and 
support  of  planning.  If,  as  Socrates  did,  we  could  gather  the  citizens  of 
each  community  about  us  and  by  astute  questions  lead  them  on  to  a 
knowledge  of  what  city,  county,  state,  regional  and  national  planning 
can  do,  we  should  indeed  develop  an  invincible  public  opinion  which 
would  express  itself  in  legislation  and  appropriations  from  the  appro- 
priate governmental  units,  to  insure  the  realization  of  those  environ- 
mental conditions  which  can  only  be  brought  about  by  intelligent  plan- 
ning based  on  sound  investigation  of  social  and  economic  as  well  as 
physical  facts. 

The  National  Resources  Committee  has  conducted  a  number  of  in- 
vestigations of  national  import.  A  clearing  house  of  research  in  planning 
has  a  distinctly  national  significance.  But  we,  in  the  National  Resources 
Committee,  have  from  the  first  preached  the  doctrine  of  state's  responsi- 
bilities for  state  planning  and  state  projects.  We  have  practiced  what 
we  preached.  Of  course  we  have  thought  that,  in  this  emergency,  follow- 
ing the  precedent  in  similar  cases  of  making  Federal  aid  available,  the 
Federal  Government,  through  the  National  Resources  Committee, 
should  extend  Federal  aid  in  some  form  to  the  many  new  and  struggling 
state  planning  boards.  This  we  have  done  in  the  form  of  providing  plan- 
ning consultants  when  requested  to  do  so  by  the  state  planning  boards. 

This  has  proved  successful  to  the  extent  that  progress  can  be  mea- 
sured. But  naturally  we  hope  that  the  time  will  come  when  the  people 
living  in  the  States  will  see  that,  in  the  interest  of  preserving  and  pro- 
viding high  standards  of  living  and  working  conditions  for  their  own 
people,  it  is  both  economically  and  socially  desirable  to  maintain  con- 
tinuous state  planning  boards,  charged  with  the  responsibility  of  co- 
operating with  state  departments  and  other  state  and  local  agencies  to 
prepare  and  keep  up  to  date  a  sensible,  consistent  plan  for  the  utilization 
of  the  state's  resources. 

By  utilization  I  do  not  mean  using  up.  The  preservation  of  natural 
scenery  for  the  inspiration  and  education  of  the  people  is  one  of  the 
highest  forms  of  utilization.  It  is  a  form  of  utilization  which  permits 
use  by  this  generation  without  impairing  the  same  kind  of  use  by  future 
generations. 

Now,  I  take  it  that  we  in  this  room  are  all  converted  to  the  principles 
of  planning  just  as  thoroughly  as  though  we  had  sat  at  the  feet  of 


164  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

Socrates  and  submitted  ourselves  to  his  canny  questions.  But  our 
problem  is  one  of  extending  our  influence.  That  is  what  we  are  trying 
to  do  by  setting  up  state  chapters  of  the  American  Planning  and  Civic 
Association,  not  with  the  idea  of  duplicating  the  work  of  other  organ- 
izations, but,  on  the  contrary,  with  the  definite  idea  of  serving  existing 
organizations  through  a  personnel  of  members  well  informed  on  plan- 
ning principles  and  familiar  with  the  planning  proposals  of  their  own 
state  planning  boards. 

Colonel  Wetherill,  who  will  speak  to  you  on  "Citizen  Support  of 
Planning,"  has  had  successful  experience  in  focusing  public  opinion  on 
the  problems  of  regional  planning.  Through  the  Regional  Planning 
Federation  of  the  Philadelphia  Tri-State  District,  he  brought  about  the 
cooperation  of  the  many  governmental  units  in  the  Philadelphia  district, 
lying  in  three  States,  in  the  preparation  of  a  regional  plan. 

I  have  the  honor  of  introducing  Colonel  Samuel  P.  Wetherill,  Presi- 
dent of  the  Regional  Planning  Federation  of  the  Philadelphia  Tri- 
State  District. 


CITIZEN  SUPPORT  FOR  PLANNING 

By  SAMUEL  P.  WETHERILL,  JR.,  President,  Regional  Planning  Federation, 
Philadelphia  Tri-State  District 

MR.  DELANO  in  introducing  me  has  spoken  very  courteously  of  the 
contribution  to  the  planning  movement  which  was  made  by  the 
Regional  Planning  Federation  of  the  Philadelphia  Tri-State  District  with 
which  it  was  my  privilege  to  be  actively  engaged  for  many  years. 

Fascinating  and  interesting  as  is  the  technique  of  the  making  of 
plans  for  the  best  development  of  the  areas  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
community,  region,  State  or  Nation,  even  more  fascinating  and  signifi- 
cant is  the  underlying  problem  of  how  such  plans  will  be  received  by  the 
communities  which  they  seek  to  serve  and  under  what  circumstances 
will  they  be  most  useful  in  guiding  the  future  development  of  the  areas 
planned  for. 

The  informal  assignment  to  me  of  the  subject  "Citizen  Support  for 
Planning"  is  a  most  happy  one  as  it  reflects  that  aspect  of  the  work 
which  has  intrigued  me  most  ever  since  my  first  connection  with  it. 

It  is  also  significant  that  this  title  should  be  receiving  the  consider- 
ation of  those  who  are  now  associated  with  the  American  Planning  and 
Civic  Association  and  its  affiliated  groups.  Surely,  no  organization  in 
America  is  better  qualified  to  give  consideration  to  this  question — a 
judgment  which  would  be  confirmed  by  the  most  superficial  review  of 
the  long  record  of  influential  support  of  planned  programs  and  policies 
which  stands  to  the  credit  of  the  American  Planning  and  Civic  Asso- 
ciation and  its  predecessors. 


ADDRESSES  DELIVERED  AT  THE  BANQUET         165 

Ever  since  1897,  when  the  Park  and  Outdoor  Art  Association  was 
organized  in  Louisville,  Kentucky,  its  policy  has  been  to  mould  and 
inform  public  opinion  and  to  rally  this  informed  opinion  behind  one 
governmental  project  after  another. 

In  1900  the  American  League  for  Civic  Improvement,  which  was 
organized  in  Springfield,  Ohio,  was  another  step  in  the  direction  of  the 
organization  of  the  American  Civic  Association  through  the  merger  in 
1904  of  the  two  above  named  organizations. 

From  1904  to  1924,  Dr.  J.  Horace  McFarland  led  this  Association 
vigorously  and  aggressively  in  support  of  planned  progress  for  parks 
and  conservation  of  national  resources,  and  his  example  will  long  remain 
an  inspiration  to  private  citizens  of  the  practicality  of  bringing  effective 
pressure  to  bear  on  their  governmental  representatives  when  the  cause 
they  seek  to  serve  is  so  clearly  in  the  public  interest. 

In  Chicago,  from  the  days  of  the  World's  Fair  in  1893,  the  stimulation 
of  public  opinion  in  support  of  planning  became  progressively  more  and 
more  effective  to  the  point  where  no  citizen  of  Chicago  could  fail  to  trace 
the  progress  of  the  city  to  those  efforts  with  which  our  present  President, 
Frederic  A.  Delano,  is  so  intimately  identified  and  in  which  he  acquired 
such  great  skill  in  this  technique  of  marshalling  informed  public  opinion 
in  support  of  planning.  Under  his  Presidency — from  1925  on — this  same 
policy  has  continued  and  the  scope  and  significance  of  the  planning 
movement  has  spread  from  the  region  to  the  Nation  and  from  the  Nation 
back  to  the  48  States  in  a  manner  most  gratifying  to  those  of  us  who 
still  believe  that  it  is  practical  to  establish  long-term  scientific  planning 
as  a  vital  element  in  the  success  of  our  representative  democratic  in- 
stitutions. It  is  particularly  appropriate  that  the  American  Planning 
and  Civic  Association,  as  it  now  stands,  should  be  a  merger  of  this  type 
of  civic  effort  with  the  more  highly  professional  group  which  composed 
the  National  Conference  on  City  Planning. 

I  have  always  said  that  were  I  a  professional  city  planner,  my  greatest 
concern  would  be  the  question  of  arousing  public  opinion  in  support  of 
the  above  planning  practice.  Therefore,  it  is  almost  instinctive  with  me 
perhaps  to  appraise  the  development  of  the  planning  movement,  not  in 
the  light  of  the  excellent  technical  achievement  and  progress  which  are 
being  made,  so  much  as  in  the  light  of  those  factors  which  are  conducive 
to  public  interest  in,  and  support  of,  the  whole  policy  and  principle  of 
community  planning. 

In  the  years  preceding  the  establishment  of  the  Philadelphia  Tri- 
State  Federation,  the  sociological  resistance  to  the  planning  idea  was 
great  and  was  only  overcome  by  us  through  invoking  the  most  wide- 
spread possible  financial  administration  and  technical  cooperation 
throughout  the  region  to  be  served.  In  this  way  $600,000  or  more  was 
contributed,  innumerable  citizens  and  professional  people  contributed 
gratuitous  service  worth  many  times  the  total  money  spent,  and  the 


166  PLANNING  PROCEEDINGS 

officials  of  357  governments  participated  in  tHe  negotiations  and  de- 
liberations which  preceded  the  final  adoption  of  the  400  and  more 
recommendations  included  in  the  Plan. 

Even  before  the  depression  began,  a  number  of  projects  under  con- 
struction were  taken  up  by  the  local  communities  and  put  into  effect. 
However,  when  the  question  of  the  need  for  emergency  employment 
became  acute,  the  Federal  Government  led  off  on  a  policy  of  using  relief 
funds  for  the  construction  of  municipal  projects  which  were  in  accordance 
with  the  spirit,  if  not  the  letter,  of  the  Philadelphia  Tri-State  planning 
program. 

Very  wisely  the  L.  W.  D.  administration  employed  William  H. 
Connell,  who  was  the  Director  of  the  Plan  and  was  therefore  familiar 
with  all  of  the  detailed  studies  upon  which  it  was  based.  In  conse- 
quence, a  high  percentage  of  the  plans  has  already  been  realized  al- 
though the  Plan  has  been  published  for  considerably  less  than  five  years. 

Looking  forward,  much  concern  has  been  expressed  regarding  the 
type  of  support  which  is  to  be  expected  for  the  work  of  the  professional 
planner  of  the  future.  There  are  those  of  a  pessimistic  turn  of  mind 
who  believe  that  a  drastic  reaction  against  all  forms  of  public  expenditure 
will  set  in  and  that  taxpayers  will  be  blind  to  the  benefits  of  planning 
in  their  zeal  to  curtail  public  expenditures.  Meanwhile,  they  predict 
dire  and  overwhelming  tax  burdens  of  such  magnitude  as  to  discourage 
over-taxed  citizens  from  making  gratuitous  contributions  through  such 
official  channels  as  we  in  America  have  learned  to  look  to  for  the  sponsor- 
ship and  support  of  important  civic  planning  effort. 

At  this  point,  and  at  the  risk  of  stretching  the  boundaries  assigned  to 
me,  I  cannot  refrain  from  expressing  a  personal  measure  of  optimism  in 
direct  opposition  to  the  rather  pessimistic  views  above  quoted.  This 
optimism,  I  believe,  is  grounded  in  a  sound,  thoroughly  scientific  ap- 
praisal of  the  economic  trend  which  seems  to  me  to  be  turning  the  tide 
away  from  despondency  and  toward  a  program  of  cooperative  self- 
realization  such  as,  perhaps,  no  nation  on  earth  has  ever  before  experi- 
enced. In  these  days  of  inter-dependence,  planning  must,  and  I  believe 
will,  hold  its  own  and  grow  immensely  as  the  means  of  guiding  and 
articulating  the  common  effort  in  the  channels  that  will  economize  the 
taxpayer's  money  and  attain  to  standards  of  collective  environment 
probably  beyond  the  vision  of  our  most  enlightened  contemporaries. 

I  admit  that  this  will  involve  large  sums  of  taxpayer's  moneys  and  that 
it  will  involve  a  spirit  of  whole-hearted  cooperation  amongst  citizens 
who  hold  no  public  office  and  must  pay  large  taxes.  To  me  the  question 
is  not  so  much,  "Will  the  taxes  be  large  or  small?"  as  it  is,  "Shall  we 
have  the  resources  with  which  to  meet  them  and  still  have  abundant 
margin  to  maintain  the  high  standards  of  living  towards  which  all 
Americans  naturally  yearn?"  Here  we  come  to  the  crux  of  the  situation. 
In  those  previous  civilizations  which  were  dependent  upon  human  en- 


ADDRESSES  DELIVERED  AT  THE  BANQUET          167 

slavement  to  perform  the  work  and  create  the  surpluses  with  which 
civilization  advanced,  it  was  inevitable  that  what  one  gained  another 
lost;  that  the  prosperity  of  the  few  was  earned  by  the  self-denial  of 
the  many.  Within  the  last  decade,  however,  America  has  learned  that 
great  lesson  of  the  potency  of  the  machine  age  to  turn  out  the  products 
needed  for  the  progress  of  men  with  ever  less  and  less  human  drudgery. 
It  is  said  that  on  an  average,  less  than  five  man-days  are  required  to 
produce  a  Ford  automobile  through  the  use  of  modern  machine  methods. 
I  can  see  no  reason  why  this  principle  should  not  be  deliberately  ex- 
tended to  meet  a  vast  range  of  needs  other  than  for  transportation. 
Already  man's  production  methods  are  turning  out  automatic  refriger- 
ation and  innumerable  other  devices,  and  the  prices  for  these  superior 
products  bring  them  within  the  range  of  modest  pocketbooks. 

For  the  first  tune  in  human  history  it  is  now  practicable,  and  practical 
men  with  vision  are  demonstrating  the  fact,  to  pay  higher  wages  to 
increase  the  per  man  day  output  and  to  reduce  the  selling  price  of  articles 
of  general  consumption  which  are  susceptible  to  this  type  of  man's  pro- 
duction! 

It  is  my  belief  that  political,  economic  and  social  planning  will  best 
be  advanced  if  all  of  us  dedicate  our  best  thought  and  attention  to  the 
extension  of  this  great  American  system  under  which  wages  can  go  up 
and  prices  can  come  down  at  the  same  time.  Wise  labor  leaders  will  see 
in  this  a  short-cut  to  Utopian  standards  which  could  never  be  attained 
by  restriction  of  output,  and  financial  profiteers  who  seek  excessive 
prices  and  the  lowest  possible  wage  will  see  that  a  small  profit  and  a 
mass  production  made  possible  by  a  higher  general  consuming  power 
of  the  wage-earners  will  be  the  only  sound  business  practice  of  the  future. 
It  is  for  this  reason  and  because  of  my  profound  confidence  that  the 
lessons  of  this  philosophy  of  abundance  are  rapidly  being  learned  by 
the  American  people,  that  I  am  confident  that  for  generations  to  come 
the  planning  profession  need  have  no  fear  of  lack  of  popular  support 
for  its  well-considered  program. 

It  is  for  these  reasons  that  I  am  definitely  a  "bull"  on  America  and 
I  feel  that  we  of  this  generation  are  living  through  a  thrilling  and 
significant  era  and,  instead  of  handing  on  to  our  posterity  nothing  but 
debts  and  burdens  and  impoverished  self-respect,  quite  the  reverse  is 
in  store  for  them.  They  will  learn  to  cooperate;  they  will  learn  to  adjust 
private  to  public  interest ;  the  legitimate  incentive  to  profit  will  be  shared 
by  more  and  more  and  the  American  standard  of  living  will  once  more 
become  the  envy  of  the  world. 


OFFICERS  AND  DIRECTORS  OF  THE 
AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  PLANNING  OFFICIALS 


ALFRED  BETTMAN,  PRESIDENT 

Chairman  of  the  City  Planning  Commission,  Cincinnati,  Ohio;  Member 
of  the  Ohio  State  Planning  Board;  District  Chairman  for  the  National 
Resources  Committee. 

MORTON  L.  WALLERSTEIN,  VICE-PRESIDENT 

Executive  Secretary  of  the  League  of  Virginia  Municipalities;  Chairman 
of  the  Virginia  State  Planning  Board. 

HAROLD  S.  BUTTENHEIM,  NEW  YORK  CITY 

Editor  of  the  American  City  Magazine;  Chairman  of  the  Zoning  Board 
of  Adjustment,  Madison,  N.  J. 

JACOB  L.  CRANE,  JR.,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

Planning  Consultant,  National  Resources  Committee. 

CHARLES  W.  ELIOT,  2o,  WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

Executive  Officer  of  the  National  Resources  Committee. 

ESTES  KEFAUVER,  CHATTANOOGA,  TENN. 

Chairman,  Hamilton  County  Regional  Planning  Commission. 

HENRY  H.  KILDEE,  AMES,  IOWA 

Dean  of  the  College  of  Agriculture,  Iowa  State  College;  Chairman,  Iowa 
State  Planning  Board. 

B.  H.  KIZER,  SPOKANE,  WASH. 

Chairman,  Washington  State  Planning  Council;  Member,  Pacific  North- 
west Regional  Planning  Commission;  President,  Spokane  City  Planning 
Commission. 

WILLIAM  STANLEY  PARKER,  BOSTON,  MASS. 

Member,  Massachusetts  State  Planning  Board;  Vice-Chairman,  Boston 
City  Planning  Board. 

L.  DEMING  TILTON,  SANTA  BARBARA,  CALIF. 

Director  of  the  California  State  Planning  Board;  County  Planning 
Engineer. 

SAMUEL  WILSON,  TOPEKA,  KAN. 

Executive  Officer  of  the  Kansas  State  Planning  Board;  Secretary  of  the 
Kansas  State  Chamber  of  Commerce. 


CHARLES  S.  ASCHER,  TREASURER  OF  THE  SOCIETY 

Secretary  of  the  Public  Administration  Clearing  House;  former  Executive 
Director  of  the  National  Association  of  Housing  Officials. 

WALTER  H.  BLUCHER,  EXECUTIVE  DIRECTOR 

Former  City  Planner  and  Secretary  of  the  Detroit  City  Plan  Commission; 
former  member  of  the  Detroit  City  Housing  Commission;  Planning  Consul- 
tant, National  Resources  Committee;  President,  Michigan  Planning  Con- 
ference; Consultant  to  Housing  Division,  P.  W.  A. 

168 


INDEX 


Agricultural   Adjustment  Admin.,   66,   69, 

70,  107. 

Allin,  Bushrod  W.,  66. 
American  City  Planning  Institute,  1,  31,  98. 
American  Planning  and  Civic  Association, 

1,  98,  163,  165. 

American  Society  of  Planning  Officials,  1, 98. 
Barrows,  H.  H.,  86,  118,  145. 
Bartholomew,  Harland,  26,  50. 
Bassett,  Edward  M.,  28,  33. 
Bennett,  Charles  B.,  25,  40. 
Bennett,  H.  H.,  145. 
Bettman,  Alfred,  v,  119. 
Bigger,  Frederick,  17,  23. 
Black,  Russell  VanNest,  v,  13,  23. 
Blucher,  Walter  H.,  v. 
Boston  City  Planning  Board,  84,  85. 
Bowers,  G.  M.,  47. 
Buttenheim,  Harold  S.,  31,  34. 
Central  Statistical  Board,  128,  131. 
Citizen  Support  for  Planning,  164. 
City  Planning,  3,  7-50. 
City  Planning,  Richmond,  47-50. 
Clackamas  County,  Oregon,  59-65. 
Columbia  Basin  Report,  116. 
Comey,  Arthur  C.,  27,  34. 
Conference  Resolution,  168. 
Connell,  William  H.,  166. 
Conservation,  97. 
County  Planning,  53,  54,  59-77. 
County  Planning,  Iowa,  54-58. 
Crane,  Jacob  L.,  105. 
Dana,  Marshall  N.,  53. 
Darling,  J.  N.,  100. 
Day,  Willard,  95. 
DeBoer,  S.  R.,  44. 
Delano,  Frederic  A.,  v,  25,  154,  162,  163, 

165. 

Dimock,  Marshall  E.,  105,  111. 
Drainage  Basin  Districts,  142-144. 
Dust  Storms,  151. 
East  Georgia  Planning  Council,  72. 
Ebert,  Mrs.  M.  M.,  91. 
Education,  96. 
Eliot,  Charles  W.,  2d.,  116. 
El  wood,  P.  H.,  54. 
Emerson,  Merton  L.,  141. 
Farny,  Major  George  W.,  24. 
Federal  Emergency  Relief  Administration, 

92. 
Federal  Employment  Stabilization  Board, 

132,  135. 
Federated  Societies  on  Planning  and  Parks, 

154. 

Fesler,  James  W.,  112. 
Floods,  151. 
Florida,  91-94. 

Florida  State  Planning  Board,  72,  91,  92. 
Fowler,  Frederick  H.,  141. 
Freeman,  Dr.  Douglas  S.,  95. 
Gabrielson,  Ira  N.,  145. 
Gaus,  John  M.,  105,  107. 
Gimre,  Gerald,  75. 
Grand  Coulee  Dam,  37. 
Great  Plains  Region,  109-111,  119. 
Grover,  N.  C.,  145. 
Hall,  Sidney  B.,  96. 


Hall,  Wilbur  C.,  97. 

Ham,  Clifford  W.,  35. 

Herlihy,  Elisabeth  M.,  81. 

Heydecker,  Wayne  D.,  25. 

Hodges,  Colonel  Leroy,  95. 

Home  Economics,  Bureau  of,  128,  131. 

Hoover,  Herbert,  88. 

Hopkins,  Harry  L.,  65. 

Housing,  13-26. 

Hyatt,  Edward,  145. 

Ickes,  Harold  L.,  138,  154. 

Ihlder,  John,  22. 

Industrial  Resources,  126-131. 

Inter-County  Planning,  72-77. 

James,  Harlean,  v. 

Labor  Statistics,  Bureau  of,  128,  131. 

Legislative  Planning,  101,  102. 

Lohmann,  Karl,  111. 

Lorimer,  Frank,  123. 

Markham,  Major  General  Edward  M.,  145. 

Mason  City,  37. 

Massachusetts,  81-87. 

Massachusetts  State  Planning  Board,  81, 
82. 

Maverick,  Maury,  149. 

McCormick,  J.  Rossa,  24. 

McFarland,  J.  Horace,  165. 

Mclntosh,  Henry  T.,  72. 

McNary,  Charles  L.,  65. 

Means,  Gardiner  C.,  126. 

Menhinick,  Howard  K.,  v. 

Merriam,  Dr.  Charles  E.,  7,  154. 

Messick,  Charles  P.,  94. 

Milwaukee  Planning  Commission,  40,  42, 
43. 

Mitchell,  Wesley  C.,  154. 

Moses,  Robert,  34. 

National  Capital  Park  and  Planning  Com- 
mission, 163. 

National  Conference  on  City  Planning,  165. 

National  Plan,  153. 

National  Planning,  123-145. 

National  Recovery  Administration,  107. 

National  Resources  Board.  See  National 
Resources  Committee. 

National  Resources  Committee,  2,  7,  35,  38, 
73,  83,  86,  98,  100,  105,  112,  113,  115, 
116,  117,  125,  126,  127,  130,  138,  139, 
149,  153,  154,  163. 

New  England  Regional  Planning  Commis- 
sion, 83,  117. 

New  Jersey,  94-95. 

New  Jersey  State  Planning  Board,  94,  95. 

Nolen,  John,  24. 

Northeast  Tennessee  Regional  Planning 
Commission,  76. 

Odum,  Howard  W.,  108,  111. 

Ohio  Valley  Regional  Planning  Commis- 
sion, 119. 

Pacific  Northwest  Regional  Planning  Com- 
mission, 53. 

Page,  John  C.,  145. 

Peery,  George  C.,  Governor  of  Va.,  157. 

Philadelphia  Tri-State  District,  164. 

Planning.  See  City,  State,  Regional  and 
National  Planning. 

Population,  121-125. 


169 


170 


PLANNING   PROCEEDINGS 


Public  Roads,  Bureau  of,  92. 

Public  Works,  132-138. 

Public  Works  Administration,  118, 132, 134. 

Reclamation  Service,  38,  65. 

Regional  Planning,  105-119. 

Renner,  George  T.,  105. 

Resettlement  Administration,   38,   42,   90, 

125. 

Ronald,  W.  R.,  87. 
Roosevelt,  Franklin  D.,  87,  151. 
Roosevelt,  Theodore,  151,  153. 
Saville,  Thorndike,  145. 
Schnepfe,  Fred  E.,  132. 
Segoe,  L.,  7,  22,  25. 
Shands,  William  R.,  101. 
Social  Science  Research  Council,  128. 
South  Dakota  State  Planning  Board,  87. 
Stanbery,  V.  B.,  59. 
State  Planning,  81-101. 
State  Planning,  South  Dakota,  87-90. 
Stoll,  L.  C.,  59. 
Supreme  Court,  70,  113. 
Swan,  Herbert  S.,  23. 
Tarbett,  R.  E.,  145. 
Tate,  Thomas  R.,  145. 
Tennessee  Counties,  75-77. 
Tennessee  Valley  Authority,  113,  152. 
Tilton,  L.  Deming,  3. 
Tolley,  H.  R.,  68. 
Treadway,  C.  B.,  91. 


Unwin,  Sir  Raymond,  162. 

Urbanism,  7-11. 

Urbanism,  Research  Committee  on,  7. 

Virginia,  95-102. 

Virginia  Commission  on  Conservation  and 

Development,  97,  101. 
Virginia  State  Planning  Board,  95,  97,  101, 

161. 

Wagner,  Robert  F.,  132. 
Wallace,  Henry  A.,  68. 
Wallerstein,  Morton  L.,  95,  149. 
Water  Pollution,  114,  115. 
Water  Resources,  138,  139,  141. 
Water  Resources  Committee,  District  Field 

Staffs,  141-145. 
Water    Resources    Committee,    Personnel, 

145. 

Wells,  Oris  V.,  69. 
Wetherill,  Samuel  P.,  Jr.,  64. 
Williams,  Frank  B.,  31. 
Wilson,  M.  L.,  68. 
Wolman,  Abel,  138,  145. 
Woodward,  Sherman  M.,  145. 
Works  Progress  Administration,  65,  84,  86, 

93,  128,  141. 
Zoning,  27-36,  48. 
Zoning  Appeals,  Board  of,  49. 
Zoning  Ordinances,  27-31. 
Zoning,  Table  of  Bulk  Restrictions,  32. 
Zoning,  Table  of  Density  Restrictions,  33.